[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20150241696A1 - Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality - Google Patents

Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150241696A1
US20150241696A1 US14/706,596 US201514706596A US2015241696A1 US 20150241696 A1 US20150241696 A1 US 20150241696A1 US 201514706596 A US201514706596 A US 201514706596A US 2015241696 A1 US2015241696 A1 US 2015241696A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
light
eye
waveguide
configuration
display
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/706,596
Inventor
Brian T. Schowengerdt
Matthew D. Watson
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Magic Leap Inc
Original Assignee
Magic Leap Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Magic Leap Inc filed Critical Magic Leap Inc
Priority to US14/706,596 priority Critical patent/US20150241696A1/en
Publication of US20150241696A1 publication Critical patent/US20150241696A1/en
Assigned to JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. reassignment JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: MAGIC LEAP, INC., MENTOR ACQUISITION ONE, LLC, MOLECULAR IMPRINTS, INC.
Assigned to CITIBANK, N.A. reassignment CITIBANK, N.A. ASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS Assignors: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/42Diffraction optics, i.e. systems including a diffractive element being designed for providing a diffractive effect
    • G02B27/4205Diffraction optics, i.e. systems including a diffractive element being designed for providing a diffractive effect having a diffractive optical element [DOE] contributing to image formation, e.g. whereby modulation transfer function MTF or optical aberrations are relevant
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B17/00Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
    • G02B17/08Catadioptric systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B26/00Optical devices or arrangements for the control of light using movable or deformable optical elements
    • G02B26/08Optical devices or arrangements for the control of light using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the direction of light
    • G02B26/0808Optical devices or arrangements for the control of light using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the direction of light by means of one or more diffracting elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/0087Phased arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/0093Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00 with means for monitoring data relating to the user, e.g. head-tracking, eye-tracking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/017Head mounted
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/017Head mounted
    • G02B27/0172Head mounted characterised by optical features
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/017Head mounted
    • G02B27/0176Head mounted characterised by mechanical features
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/0006Arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/0006Arrays
    • G02B3/0037Arrays characterized by the distribution or form of lenses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B30/00Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images
    • G02B30/20Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes
    • G02B30/22Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes of the stereoscopic type
    • G02B30/24Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes of the stereoscopic type involving temporal multiplexing, e.g. using sequentially activated left and right shutters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B30/00Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images
    • G02B30/20Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes
    • G02B30/34Stereoscopes providing a stereoscopic pair of separated images corresponding to parallactically displaced views of the same object, e.g. 3D slide viewers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/005Diaphragms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/18Diffraction gratings
    • G02B5/1814Diffraction gratings structurally combined with one or more further optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors, prisms or other diffraction gratings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/18Diffraction gratings
    • G02B5/1828Diffraction gratings having means for producing variable diffraction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/02Optical fibres with cladding with or without a coating
    • G02B6/02042Multicore optical fibres
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/04Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings formed by bundles of fibres
    • G02B6/06Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings formed by bundles of fibres the relative position of the fibres being the same at both ends, e.g. for transporting images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/26Optical coupling means
    • G02B6/32Optical coupling means having lens focusing means positioned between opposed fibre ends
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/26Optical coupling means
    • G02B6/34Optical coupling means utilising prism or grating
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/40Mechanical coupling means having fibre bundle mating means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02CSPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C7/00Optical parts
    • G02C7/02Lenses; Lens systems ; Methods of designing lenses
    • G02C7/04Contact lenses for the eyes
    • G02C7/049Contact lenses having special fitting or structural features achieved by special materials or material structures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02CSPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C7/00Optical parts
    • G02C7/10Filters, e.g. for facilitating adaptation of the eyes to the dark; Sunglasses
    • G02C7/104Filters, e.g. for facilitating adaptation of the eyes to the dark; Sunglasses having spectral characteristics for purposes other than sun-protection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/0102Constructional details, not otherwise provided for in this subclass
    • G02F1/0105Illuminating devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1334Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods based on polymer dispersed liquid crystals, e.g. microencapsulated liquid crystals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/17Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on variable-absorption elements not provided for in groups G02F1/015 - G02F1/169
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/29Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/29Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection
    • G02F1/292Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection by controlled diffraction or phased-array beam steering
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/29Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection
    • G02F1/294Variable focal length devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/29Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection
    • G02F1/31Digital deflection, i.e. optical switching
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/012Head tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/013Eye tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/017Gesture based interaction, e.g. based on a set of recognized hand gestures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1423Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T13/00Animation
    • G06T13/203D [Three Dimensional] animation
    • G06T13/403D [Three Dimensional] animation of characters, e.g. humans, animals or virtual beings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T15/003D [Three Dimensional] image rendering
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T15/003D [Three Dimensional] image rendering
    • G06T15/10Geometric effects
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T15/003D [Three Dimensional] image rendering
    • G06T15/50Lighting effects
    • G06T15/506Illumination models
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T17/00Three dimensional [3D] modelling, e.g. data description of 3D objects
    • G06T17/10Constructive solid geometry [CSG] using solid primitives, e.g. cylinders, cubes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T19/00Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
    • G06T19/003Navigation within 3D models or images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T19/00Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
    • G06T19/006Mixed reality
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T19/00Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
    • G06T19/20Editing of 3D images, e.g. changing shapes or colours, aligning objects or positioning parts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T5/00Image enhancement or restoration
    • G06T5/50Image enhancement or restoration using two or more images, e.g. averaging or subtraction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T5/00Image enhancement or restoration
    • G06T5/70Denoising; Smoothing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T5/00Image enhancement or restoration
    • G06T5/73Deblurring; Sharpening
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/50Depth or shape recovery
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/70Determining position or orientation of objects or cameras
    • G06T7/73Determining position or orientation of objects or cameras using feature-based methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/10Human or animal bodies, e.g. vehicle occupants or pedestrians; Body parts, e.g. hands
    • G06V40/18Eye characteristics, e.g. of the iris
    • G06V40/193Preprocessing; Feature extraction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/003Details of a display terminal, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/02Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the way in which colour is displayed
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/10Intensity circuits
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/18Timing circuits for raster scan displays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/10Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
    • H04N13/106Processing image signals
    • H04N13/111Transformation of image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation
    • H04N13/117Transformation of image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation the virtual viewpoint locations being selected by the viewers or determined by viewer tracking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/20Image signal generators
    • H04N13/204Image signal generators using stereoscopic image cameras
    • H04N13/239Image signal generators using stereoscopic image cameras using two 2D image sensors having a relative position equal to or related to the interocular distance
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/20Image signal generators
    • H04N13/286Image signal generators having separate monoscopic and stereoscopic modes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/327Calibration thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/332Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/332Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
    • H04N13/341Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD] using temporal multiplexing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/332Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
    • H04N13/344Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD] with head-mounted left-right displays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/361Reproducing mixed stereoscopic images; Reproducing mixed monoscopic and stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window on a monoscopic image background
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/363Image reproducers using image projection screens
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/366Image reproducers using viewer tracking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/366Image reproducers using viewer tracking
    • H04N13/383Image reproducers using viewer tracking for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the viewer's eyes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00Details of television systems
    • H04N5/14Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region
    • H04N5/21Circuitry for suppressing or minimising disturbance, e.g. moiré or halo
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00Details of television systems
    • H04N5/74Projection arrangements for image reproduction, e.g. using eidophor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B2006/0098Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings for scanning
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/0118Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising devices for improving the contrast of the display / brillance control visibility
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/0123Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising devices increasing the field of view
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/0123Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising devices increasing the field of view
    • G02B2027/0125Field-of-view increase by wavefront division
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/0132Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising binocular systems
    • G02B2027/0134Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising binocular systems of stereoscopic type
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/0138Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising image capture systems, e.g. camera
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G02B2027/014Head-up displays characterised by optical features comprising information/image processing systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0149Head-up displays characterised by mechanical features
    • G02B2027/0161Head-up displays characterised by mechanical features characterised by the relative positioning of the constitutive elements
    • G02B2027/0163Electric or electronic control thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/017Head mounted
    • G02B2027/0178Eyeglass type
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0179Display position adjusting means not related to the information to be displayed
    • G02B2027/0187Display position adjusting means not related to the information to be displayed slaved to motion of at least a part of the body of the user, e.g. head, eye
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02CSPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C2202/00Generic optical aspects applicable to one or more of the subgroups of G02C7/00
    • G02C2202/16Laminated or compound lenses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2207/00Indexing scheme for image analysis or image enhancement
    • G06T2207/10Image acquisition modality
    • G06T2207/10016Video; Image sequence
    • G06T2207/10021Stereoscopic video; Stereoscopic image sequence
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2207/00Indexing scheme for image analysis or image enhancement
    • G06T2207/30Subject of image; Context of image processing
    • G06T2207/30196Human being; Person
    • G06T2207/30201Face
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2213/00Indexing scheme for animation
    • G06T2213/08Animation software package
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N2013/0074Stereoscopic image analysis
    • H04N2013/0085Motion estimation from stereoscopic image signals

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to virtual reality and augmented reality imaging and visualization systems.
  • a virtual reality, or “VR”, scenario typically involves presentation of digital or virtual image information without transparency to other actual real-world visual input;
  • an augmented reality, or “AR”, scenario typically involves presentation of digital or virtual image information as an augmentation to visualization of the actual world around the user. For example, referring to FIG.
  • an augmented reality scene ( 4 ) is depicted wherein a user of an AR technology sees a real-world park-like setting ( 6 ) featuring people, trees, buildings in the background, and a concrete platform ( 1120 ).
  • the user of the AR technology also perceives that he “sees” a robot statue ( 1110 ) standing upon the real-world platform ( 1120 ), and a cartoon-like avatar character ( 2 ) flying by which seems to be a personification of a bumble bee, even though these elements ( 2 , 1110 ) do not exist in the real world.
  • the human visual perception system is very complex, and producing a VR or AR technology that facilitates a comfortable, natural-feeling, rich presentation of virtual image elements amongst other virtual or real-world imagery elements is challenging.
  • stereoscopic wearable glasses ( 8 ) type configurations have been developed which generally feature two displays ( 10 , 12 ) that are configured to display images with slightly different element presentation such that a three-dimensional perspective is perceived by the human visual system.
  • Such configurations have been found to be uncomfortable for many users due to a mismatch between vergence and accommodation which must be overcome to perceive the images in three dimensions; indeed, some users are not able to tolerate stereoscopic configurations.
  • FIG. 2B shows another stereoscopic wearable glasses ( 14 ) type configuration featuring two forward-oriented cameras ( 16 , 18 ) configured to capture images for an augmented reality presentation to the user through stereoscopic displays.
  • the position of the cameras ( 16 , 18 ) and displays generally blocks the natural field of view of the user when the glasses ( 14 ) are mounted on the user's head.
  • an augmented reality configuration ( 20 ) which features a visualization module ( 26 ) coupled to a glasses frame ( 24 ) which also holds conventional glasses lenses ( 22 ).
  • the user is able to see an at least partially unobstructed view of the real world with such a system, and has a small display ( 28 ) with which digital imagery may be presented in an AR configuration to one eye—for a monocular AR presentation.
  • FIG. 2D features a configuration wherein a visualization module ( 32 ) may be coupled to a hat or helmet ( 30 ) and configured to present monocular augmented digital imagery to a user through a small display ( 34 ).
  • FIG. 2E illustrates another similar configuration wherein a frame ( 36 ) couple-able to a user's head in a manner similar to an eyeglasses coupling so that a visualization module ( 38 ) may be utilized to capture images and also present monocular augmented digital imagery to a user through a small display ( 40 ).
  • a visualization module 38
  • Such a configuration is available, for example, from Google, Inc., of Mountain View, Calif. under the trade name GoogleGlass®.
  • None of these configurations is optimally suited for presenting a rich, binocular, three-dimensional augmented reality experience in a manner that will be comfortable and maximally useful to the user, in part because prior systems fail to address some of the fundamental aspects of the human perception system, including the photoreceptors of the retina and their interoperation with the brain to produce the perception of visualization to the user.
  • FIG. 3 a simplified cross-sectional view of a human eye is depicted featuring a cornea ( 42 ), iris ( 44 ), lens—or “crystalline lens” ( 46 ), sclera ( 48 ), choroid layer ( 50 ), macula ( 52 ), retina ( 54 ), and optic nerve pathway ( 56 ) to the brain.
  • the macula is the center of the retina, which is utilized to see moderate detail; at the center of the macula is a portion of the retina that is referred to as the “fovea”, which is utilized for seeing the finest details, and which contains more photoreceptors (approximately 120 cones per visual degree) than any other portion of the retina.
  • the human visual system is not a passive sensor type of system; it is configured to actively scan the environment.
  • the photoreceptors of the eye fire in response to changes in stimulation, rather than constantly responding to a constant state of stimulation.
  • motion is required to present photoreceptor information to the brain (as is motion of the linear scanner array across a piece of paper in a flatbed scanner, or motion of a finger across a word of Braille imprinted into a paper).
  • the fovea of the retina contains the greatest density of photoreceptors, and while humans typically have the perception that they have high-resolution visualization capabilities throughout their field of view, they generally actually have only a small high-resolution center that they are mechanically sweeping around a lot, along with a persistent memory of the high-resolution information recently captured with the fovea.
  • the focal distance control mechanism of the eye (ciliary muscles operatively coupled to the crystalline lens in a manner wherein ciliary relaxation causes taut ciliary connective fibers to flatten out the lens for more distant focal lengths; ciliary contraction causes loose ciliary connective fibers, which allow the lens to assume a more rounded geometry for more close-in focal lengths) dithers back and forth by approximately 1 ⁇ 4 to 1 ⁇ 2 diopter to cyclically induce a small amount of what is called “dioptric blur” on both the close side and far side of the targeted focal length; this is utilized by the accommodation control circuits of the brain as cyclical negative feedback that helps to constantly correct course and keep the retinal image of a fixated object approximately in focus.
  • the visualization center of the brain also gains valuable perception information from the motion of both eyes and components thereof relative to each other.
  • Vergence movements i.e., rolling movements of the pupils toward or away from each other to converge the lines of sight of the eyes to fixate upon an object
  • vergence movements of the two eyes relative to each other are closely associated with focusing (or “accommodation”) of the lenses of the eyes.
  • accommodation movements i.e., rolling movements of the pupils toward or away from each other to converge the lines of sight of the eyes to fixate upon an object
  • accommodation or “accommodation”
  • Movement of the head which houses the eyes, also has a key impact upon visualization of objects.
  • Humans move their heads to visualize the world around them; they often are in a fairly constant state of repositioning and reorienting the head relative to an object of interest. Further, most people prefer to move their heads when their eye gaze needs to move more than about 20 degrees off center to focus on a particular object (i.e., people do not typically like to look at things “from the corner of the eye”). Humans also typically scan or move their heads in relation to sounds—to improve audio signal capture and utilize the geometry of the ears relative to the head.
  • the human visual system gains powerful depth cues from what is called “head motion parallax”, which is related to the relative motion of objects at different distances as a function of head motion and eye vergence distance (i.e., if a person moves his head from side to side and maintains fixation on an object, items farther out from that object will move in the same direction as the head; items in front of that object will move opposite the head motion; these are very salient cues for where things are spatially in the environment relative to the person—perhaps as powerful as stereopsis). Head motion also is utilized to look around objects, of course.
  • head and eye motion are coordinated with something called the “vestibulo-ocular reflex”, which stabilizes image information relative to the retina during head rotations, thus keeping the object image information approximately centered on the retina.
  • the vestibulo-ocular reflex In response to a head rotation, the eyes are reflexively and proportionately rotated in the opposite direction to maintain stable fixation on an object.
  • many humans can read a book while shaking their head back and forth (interestingly, if the book is panned back and forth at the same speed with the head approximately stationary, the same generally is not true—the person is not likely to be able to read the moving book; the vestibulo-ocular reflex is one of head and eye motion coordination, generally not developed for hand motion).
  • This paradigm may be important for augmented reality systems, because head motions of the user may be associated relatively directly with eye motions, and the system preferably will be ready to work with this relationship.
  • the 2-D oil painting object may be head-centric, in which case the object moves around along with the user's head (e.g., as in a GoogleGlass approach); or the object may be world-centric, in which case it may be presented as though it is part of the real world coordinate system, so that the user may move his head or eyes without moving the position of the object relative to the real world.
  • the object should be presented as world centric (i.e., the virtual object stays in position in the real world so that the user may move his body, head, eyes around it without changing its position relative to the real world objects surrounding it, such as a real world wall); body, or torso, centric, in which case a virtual element may be fixed relative to the user's torso, so that the user can move his head or eyes without moving the object, but that is slaved to torso movements; head centric, in which case the displayed object (and/or display itself) may be moved along with head movements, as described above in reference to GoogleGlass; or eye centric, as in a “foveated display” configuration, as is described below, wherein content is slewed around as a function of what the eye position is.
  • world centric i.e., the virtual object stays in position in the real world so that the user may move his body, head, eyes around it without changing its position relative to the real world objects surrounding it, such as a real world wall
  • Embodiments of the present invention are directed to devices, systems and methods for facilitating virtual reality and/or augmented reality interaction for one or more users.
  • a system for displaying virtual content is disclosed.
  • the system comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a light modulator configured to transmit light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a substrate to direct image information to a user's eye, wherein the substrate houses a plurality of reflectors, a first reflector of the plurality of reflectors to reflect light associated with a first frame of image data at a first angle to the user's eye, and a second reflector of the plurality of reflectors to reflect light associated with a second frame of image data at a second angle to the user's eye.
  • a system for displaying virtual content comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a display assembly to project light rays associated with the one or more frames of image data, the display assembly comprises a first display element corresponding to a first frame-rate and a first bit depth, and a second display element corresponding to a second frame-rate and a second bit depth, and a variable focus element (VFE) configurable to vary a focus of the projected light and transmit the light to the user's eye.
  • VFE variable focus element
  • a system for displaying virtual content comprises an array of optical fibers to transmit light beams associated with an image to be presented to a user, and a lens coupled to the array of the optical fibers to deflect a plurality of light beams output by the array of optical fibers through a single nodal point, wherein the lens is physically attached to the optical fibers such that a movement of the optical fiber causes the lens to move, and wherein the single nodal point is scanned.
  • a virtual reality display system comprises a plurality of optical fibers to generate light beams associated with one or more images to be presented to a user, and a plurality of phase modulators coupled to the plurality of optical fibers to modulate the light beams, wherein the plurality of phase modulators modulate the light in a manner that affects a wavefront generated as a result of the plurality of light beams.
  • a system for displaying virtual content to a user comprises a light projection system to project light associated with one or more frames of image data to a user's eyes, the light project system configured to project light corresponding to a plurality of pixels associated with the image data and a processor to modulate a size of the plurality of pixels displayed to the user.
  • a system of displaying virtual content to a user comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data, a multicore assembly comprising a plurality of multicore fibers to project light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a multicore fiber of the plurality of multicore fibers emitting light in a wavefront, such that the multicore assembly produces an aggregate wavefront of the projected light, and a phase modulator to induce phase delays between the multicore fibers in a manner such that the aggregate wavefront emitted by the multicore assembly is varied, thereby varying a focal distance at which the user perceives the one or more frames of image data.
  • a system for displaying virtual content to a user comprises an array of microprojectors to project light beams associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user, wherein the microprojector is configurable to be movable relative to one or more microprojectors of the array of the microprojectors, a frame to house the array of microprojectors, a processor operatively coupled to the one or more microprojectors of the array of microprojectors to control one or more light beams transmitted from the one or more projectors in a manner such that the one or more light beams are modulated as a function of a position of the one or more microprojectors relative to the array of microprojectors, thereby enabling delivery of a lightfield image to the user.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a user's view of augmented reality (AR) through a wearable AR user device, in one illustrated embodiment.
  • AR augmented reality
  • FIGS. 2A-2E illustrates various embodiments of wearable AR devices.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the human eye, in one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 4A-4D illustrate one or more embodiments of various internal processing components of the wearable AR device.
  • FIGS. 5A-5H illustrate embodiments of transmitting focused light to a user through a transmissive beamsplitter substrate.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate embodiments of coupling a lens element with the transmissive beamsplitter substrate of FIGS. 5A-5H .
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate embodiments of using one or more waveguides to transmit light to a user.
  • FIGS. 8A-8Q illustrate embodiments of a diffractive optical element (DOE).
  • DOE diffractive optical element
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a wavefront produced from a light projector, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an embodiment of a stacked configuration of multiple transmissive beamsplitter substrate coupled with optical elements, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 11A-11C illustrate a set of beamlets projected into a user's pupil, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B illustrate configurations of an array of microprojectors, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A-13M illustrate embodiments of coupling microprojectors with optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14F illustrate embodiments of spatial light modulators coupled with optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge type waveguides along with a plurality of light sources, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-160 illustrate embodiments of coupling optical elements to optical fibers, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a notch filter, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral pattern of a fiber scanning display, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 19A-19N illustrate occlusion effects in presenting a darkfield to a user, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 20A-200 illustrate embodiments of various waveguide assemblies, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 21A-21N illustrate various configurations of DOEs coupled to other optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 22A-22Y illustrate various configurations of freeform optics, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 4A-4D some general componentry options are illustrated.
  • various systems, subsystems, and components are presented for addressing the objectives of providing a high-quality, comfortably-perceived display system for human VR and/or AR.
  • an AR system user ( 60 ) is depicted wearing a frame ( 64 ) structure coupled to a display system ( 62 ) positioned in front of the eyes of the user.
  • a speaker ( 66 ) is coupled to the frame ( 64 ) in the depicted configuration and positioned adjacent the ear canal of the user (in one embodiment, another speaker, not shown, is positioned adjacent the other ear canal of the user to provide for stereo/shapeable sound control).
  • the display ( 62 ) is operatively coupled ( 68 ), such as by a wired lead or wireless connectivity, to a local processing and data module ( 70 ) which may be mounted in a variety of configurations, such as fixedly attached to the frame ( 64 ), fixedly attached to a helmet or hat ( 80 ) as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4B , embedded in headphones, removably attached to the torso ( 82 ) of the user ( 60 ) in a backpack-style configuration as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4C , or removably attached to the hip ( 84 ) of the user ( 60 ) in a belt-coupling style configuration as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4D .
  • the local processing and data module ( 70 ) may comprise a power-efficient processor or controller, as well as digital memory, such as flash memory, both of which may be utilized to assist in the processing, caching, and storage of data a) captured from sensors which may be operatively coupled to the frame ( 64 ), such as image capture devices (such as cameras), microphones, inertial measurement units, accelerometers, compasses, GPS units, radio devices, and/or gyros; and/or b) acquired and/or processed using the remote processing module ( 72 ) and/or remote data repository ( 74 ), possibly for passage to the display ( 62 ) after such processing or retrieval.
  • image capture devices such as cameras
  • microphones such as inertial measurement units
  • accelerometers compasses
  • GPS units GPS units
  • radio devices radio devices
  • the local processing and data module ( 70 ) may be operatively coupled ( 76 , 78 ), such as via a wired or wireless communication links, to the remote processing module ( 72 ) and remote data repository ( 74 ) such that these remote modules ( 72 , 74 ) are operatively coupled to each other and available as resources to the local processing and data module ( 70 ).
  • the remote processing module ( 72 ) may comprise one or more relatively powerful processors or controllers configured to analyze and process data and/or image information.
  • the remote data repository ( 74 ) may comprise a relatively large-scale digital data storage facility, which may be available through the internet or other networking configuration in a “cloud” resource configuration. In one embodiment, all data is stored and all computation is performed in the local processing and data module, allowing fully autonomous use from any remote modules.
  • FIGS. 5A through 22Y various display configurations are presented that are designed to present the human eyes with photon-based radiation patterns that can be comfortably perceived as augmentations to physical reality, with high-levels of image quality and three-dimensional perception, as well as being capable of presenting two-dimensional content.
  • a transmissive beamsplitter substrate ( 104 ) with a 45-degree reflecting surface ( 102 ) directs incoming radiation ( 106 ), which may be output from a lens (not shown), through the pupil ( 45 ) of the eye ( 58 ) and to the retina ( 54 ).
  • incoming radiation 106
  • the field of view for such a system is limited by the geometry of the beamsplitter ( 104 ).
  • a larger field of view can be created by aggregating the outputs/reflections of various different reflective and/or diffractive surfaces and using, e.g., a frame-sequential configuration wherein eye ( 58 ) is presented with a sequence of frames at high frequency that provides the perception of a single coherent scene.
  • the reflectors may separate content by other means, such as polarization selectivity or wavelength selectivity.
  • the reflectors can relay the three-dimensional wavefronts associated with true-three-dimensional viewing of actual physical objects.
  • a substrate ( 108 ) comprising a plurality of reflectors at a plurality of angles ( 110 ) is shown, with each reflector actively reflecting in the depicted configuration for illustrative purposes.
  • the reflectors may be switchable elements to facilitate temporal selectivity.
  • the reflective surfaces would intentionally be sequentially activated with frame-sequential input information ( 106 ), in which each reflective surface presents a narrow field of view sub-image which is tiled with other narrow field of view sub-images presented by the other reflective surfaces to form a composite wide field of view image.
  • frame-sequential input information 106
  • surface ( 110 ), about in the middle of substrate ( 108 ), is switched “on” to a reflecting state, such that it reflects incoming image information ( 106 ) to present a relatively narrow field of view sub-image in the middle of a larger field of view, while the other potential reflective surfaces are in a transmissive state.
  • FIG. 5C incoming image information ( 106 ) coming from the right of the narrow field of view sub-image (as shown by the angle of incoming beams 106 relative to the substrate 108 input interface 112 , and the resultant angle at which they exit the substrate 108 ) is reflected toward the eye ( 58 ) from reflective surface ( 110 ).
  • FIG. 5D illustrates the same reflector ( 110 ) active, with image information coming from the middle of the narrow field of view sub-image, as shown by the angle of the input information ( 106 ) at the input interface ( 112 ) and its angle as it exits substrate ( 108 ).
  • FIG. 5E illustrates the same reflector ( 110 ) active, with image information coming from the left of the field of view, as shown by the angle of the input information ( 106 ) at the input interface ( 112 ) and the resultant exit angle at the surface of the substrate ( 108 ).
  • FIG. 5F illustrates a configuration wherein the bottom reflector ( 110 ) is active, with image information ( 106 ) coming in from the far right of the overall field of view.
  • FIGS. 5C , 5 D, and 5 E can illustrate one frame representing the center of a frame-sequential tiled image
  • FIG. 5F can illustrate a second frame representing the far right of that tiled image.
  • the light carrying the image information ( 106 ) may strike the reflective surface ( 110 ) directly after entering substrate ( 108 ) at input interface ( 112 ), without first reflecting from the surfaces of substrate ( 108 ).
  • the light carrying the image information ( 106 ) may reflect from one or more surfaces of substrate ( 108 ) after entering at input interface ( 112 ) and before striking the reflective surface ( 110 ); for instance, substrate ( 108 ) may act as a planar waveguide, propagating the light carrying image information ( 106 ) by total internal reflection.
  • Light may also reflect from one or more surfaces of the substrate ( 108 ) from a partially reflective coating, a wavelength-selective coating, an angle-selective coating, and/or a polarization-selective coating.
  • the angled reflectors may be constructed using an electro-active material, such that upon application of a voltage and/or current to a particular reflector, the refractive index of the material comprising such reflector changes from an index substantially matched to the rest of the substrate ( 108 ), in which case the reflector is in a transmissive configuration, to a reflective configuration wherein the refractive index of the reflector mismatches the refractive index of the substrate ( 108 ) such that a reflection effect is created.
  • Example electro-active material includes lithium niobate and electro-active polymers.
  • Suitable substantially transparent electrodes for controlling a plurality of such reflectors may comprise materials such as indium tin oxide, which is utilized in liquid crystal displays.
  • the electro-active reflectors ( 110 ) may comprise liquid crystal, embedded in a substrate ( 108 ) host medium such as glass or plastic.
  • liquid crystal may be selected that changes refractive index as a function of an applied electric signal, so that more analog changes may be accomplished as opposed to binary (from one transmissive state to one reflective state).
  • an input display that can refresh at the rate of about 360 Hz, with an electro-active reflector array that can keep up with such frequency.
  • lithium niobate may be utilized as an electro-active reflective material as opposed to liquid crystal; lithium niobate is utilized in the photonics industry for high-speed switches and fiber optic networks and has the capability to switch refractive index in response to an applied voltage at a very high frequency; this high frequency may be used to steer line-sequential or pixel-sequential sub-image information, especially if the input display is a scanned light display, such as a fiber-scanned display or scanning mirror-based display.
  • a variable switchable angled mirror configuration may comprise one or more high-speed mechanically repositionable reflective surfaces, such as a MEMS (micro-electro-mechanical system) device.
  • a MEMS device may include what is known as a “digital mirror device”, or “DMD”, (often part of a “digital light processing”, or “DLP” system, such as those available from Texas Instruments, Inc.).
  • DMD digital mirror device
  • DLP digital light processing
  • a plurality of air-gapped (or in vacuum) reflective surfaces could be mechanically moved in and out of place at high frequency.
  • a single reflective surface may be moved up and down and re-pitched at very high frequency.
  • the switchable variable angle reflector configurations described herein are capable of passing not only collimated or flat wavefront information to the retina ( 54 ) of the eye ( 58 ), but also curved wavefront ( 122 ) image information, as shown in the illustration of FIG. 5G .
  • the ability to pass curved wavefront information facilitates the ability of configurations such as those shown in FIGS. 5B-5H to provide the retina ( 54 ) with input perceived as focused at various distances from the eye ( 58 ), not just optical infinity (which would be the interpretation of collimated light absent other cues).
  • an array of static partially reflective surfaces ( 116 ) may be embedded in a substrate ( 114 ) with a high-frequency gating layer ( 118 ) controlling outputs to the eye ( 58 ) by only allowing transmission through an aperture ( 120 ) which is controllably movable. In other words, everything may be selectively blocked except for transmissions through the aperture ( 120 ).
  • the gating layer ( 118 ) may comprise a liquid crystal array, a lithium niobate array, an array of MEMS shutter elements, an array of DLP DMD elements, or an array of other MEMS devices configured to pass or transmit with relatively high-frequency switching and high transmissibility upon being switched to transmission mode.
  • FIGS. 6A-6B other embodiments are depicted wherein arrayed optical elements may be combined with exit pupil expansion configurations to assist with the comfort of the virtual or augmented reality experience of the user.
  • exit pupil for the optics configuration, the user's eye positioning relative to the display (which, as in FIGS. 4A-4D , may be mounted on the user's head in an eyeglasses sort of configuration) is not as likely to disrupt his experience—because due to the larger exit pupil of the system, there is a larger acceptable area wherein the user's anatomical pupil may be located to still receive the information from the display system as desired.
  • the system is less likely to be sensitive to slight misalignments of the display relative to the user's anatomical pupil, and greater comfort for the user may be achieved through less geometric constraint on his or her relationship with the display/glasses.
  • the display ( 140 ) on the left feeds a set of parallel rays into the substrate ( 124 ).
  • the display may be a scanned fiber display scanning a narrow beam of light back and forth at an angle as shown to project an image through the lens or other optical element ( 142 ), which may be utilized to collect the angularly-scanned light and convert it to a parallel bundle of rays.
  • the rays may be reflected from a series of reflective surfaces ( 126 , 128 , 130 , 132 , 134 , 136 ) which may be configured to partially reflect and partially transmit incoming light so that the light may be shared across the group of reflective surfaces ( 126 , 128 , 130 , 132 , 134 , 136 ) approximately equally.
  • the exiting light rays may be steered through a nodal point and scanned out toward the eye ( 58 ) to provide an array of exit pupils, or the functional equivalent of one large exit pupil that is usable by the user as he or she gazes toward the display system.
  • a similar set of lenses ( 139 ) may be presented on the opposite side of the waveguide ( 124 ) to compensate for the lower set of lenses; thus creating a the equivalent of a zero-magnification telescope.
  • the reflective surfaces ( 126 , 128 , 130 , 132 , 134 , 136 ) each may be aligned at approximately 45 degrees as shown, or may be configured to have different alignments, akin to the configurations of FIGS. 5B-5H , for example).
  • the reflective surfaces may comprise wavelength-selective reflectors, band pass reflectors, half silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations.
  • the lenses ( 138 , 139 ) shown are refractive lenses, but diffractive lens elements may also be utilized.
  • FIG. 6B a somewhat similar configuration is depicted wherein a plurality of curved reflective surfaces ( 148 , 150 , 152 , 154 , 156 , 158 ) may be utilized to effectively combine the lens (element 138 of FIG. 6A ) and reflector (elements 126 , 128 , 130 , 132 , 134 , 136 of FIG. 6A ) functionality of the embodiment of FIG. 6A , thereby obviating the need for the two groups of lenses (element 138 of FIG. 6A ).
  • the curved reflective surfaces may be various curved configurations selected to both reflect and impart angular change, such as parabolic or elliptical curved surfaces.
  • a parabolic shape a parallel set of incoming rays will be collected into a single output point; with an elliptical configuration, a set of rays diverging from a single point of origin are collected to a single output point.
  • an elliptical configuration a set of rays diverging from a single point of origin are collected to a single output point.
  • the curved reflective surfaces ( 148 , 150 , 152 , 154 , 156 , 158 ) preferably are configured to partially reflect and partially transmit so that the incoming light is shared across the length of the waveguide ( 146 ).
  • the curved reflective surfaces ( 148 , 150 , 152 , 154 , 156 , 158 ) may comprise wavelength-selective notch reflectors, half silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations.
  • the curved reflective surfaces ( 148 , 150 , 152 , 154 , 156 , 158 ) may be replaced with diffractive reflectors configured to reflect and also deflect.
  • perceptions of Z-axis difference may be facilitated by using a waveguide in conjunction with a variable focus optical element configuration.
  • image information from a display ( 160 ) may be collimated and injected into a waveguide ( 164 ) and distributed in a large exit pupil manner using, e.g., configurations such as those described in reference to FIGS.
  • variable focus optical element capability may be utilized to change the focus of the wavefront of light emerging from the waveguide and provide the eye with the perception that the light coming from the waveguide ( 164 ) is from a particular focal distance.
  • variable focus optical element capability since the incoming light has been collimated to avoid challenges in total internal reflection waveguide configurations, it will exit in collimated fashion, requiring a viewer's eye to accommodate to the far point to bring it into focus on the retina, and naturally be interpreted as being from optical infinity—unless some other intervention causes the light to be refocused and perceived as from a different viewing distance; one suitable such intervention is a variable focus lens.
  • collimated image information is injected into a piece of glass ( 162 ) or other material at an angle such that it totally internally reflects and is passed into the adjacent waveguide ( 164 ).
  • the waveguide ( 164 ) may be configured akin to the waveguides of FIGS. 6A or 6 B ( 124 , 146 , respectively) so that the collimated light from the display is distributed to exit somewhat uniformly across the distribution of reflectors or diffractive features along the length of the waveguide.
  • variable focus lens element ( 166 ) Upon exit toward the eye ( 58 ), in the depicted configuration the exiting light is passed through a variable focus lens element ( 166 ) wherein, depending upon the controlled focus of the variable focus lens element ( 166 ), the light exiting the variable focus lens element ( 166 ) and entering the eye ( 58 ) will have various levels of focus (a collimated flat wavefront to represent optical infinity, more and more beam divergence/wavefront curvature to represent closer viewing distance relative to the eye 58 ).
  • variable focus lens element ( 166 ) between the eye ( 58 ) and the waveguide ( 164 ) another similar variable focus lens element ( 167 ) is placed on the opposite side of the waveguide ( 164 ) to cancel out the optical effects of the lenses ( 166 ) for light coming from the world ( 144 ) for augmented reality (i.e., as described above, one lens compensates for the other, producing the functional equivalent of a zero-magnification telescope).
  • the variable focus lens element ( 166 ) may be a refractive element, such as a liquid crystal lens, an electro-active lens, a conventional refractive lens with moving elements, a mechanical-deformation-based lens (such as a fluid-filled membrane lens, or a lens akin to the human crystalline lens wherein a flexible element is flexed and relaxed by actuators), an electrowetting lens, or a plurality of fluids with different refractive indices.
  • a refractive element such as a liquid crystal lens, an electro-active lens, a conventional refractive lens with moving elements, a mechanical-deformation-based lens (such as a fluid-filled membrane lens, or a lens akin to the human crystalline lens wherein a flexible element is flexed and relaxed by actuators), an electrowetting lens, or a plurality of fluids with different refractive indices.
  • variable focus lens element ( 166 ) may also comprise a switchable diffractive optical element (such as one featuring a polymer dispersed liquid crystal approach wherein a host medium, such as a polymeric material, has microdroplets of liquid crystal dispersed within the material; when a voltage is applied, the molecules reorient so that their refractive indices no longer match that of the host medium, thereby creating a high-frequency switchable diffraction pattern).
  • a switchable diffractive optical element such as one featuring a polymer dispersed liquid crystal approach wherein a host medium, such as a polymeric material, has microdroplets of liquid crystal dispersed within the material; when a voltage is applied, the molecules reorient so that their refractive indices no longer match that of the host medium, thereby creating a high-frequency switchable diffraction pattern).
  • One embodiment includes a host medium in which microdroplets of a Kerr effect-based electro-active material, such as lithium niobate, is dispersed within the host medium, enabling refocusing of image information on a pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line basis, when coupled with a scanning light display, such as a fiber-scanned display or scanning-mirror-based display.
  • a scanning light display such as a fiber-scanned display or scanning-mirror-based display.
  • the pattern spacing may be modulated to not only change the focal power of the variable focus lens element ( 166 ), but also to change the focal power of the overall optical system—for a zoom lens type of functionality.
  • the lenses ( 166 ) could be telecentric, in that focus of the display imagery can be altered while keeping magnification constant—in the same way that a photography zoom lens may be configured to decouple focus from zoom position.
  • the lenses ( 166 ) may be non-telecentric, so that focus changes will also slave zoom changes. With such a configuration, such magnification changes may be compensated for in software with dynamic scaling of the output from the graphics system in sync with focus changes).
  • a stack of sequential two-dimensional images may be fed to the display sequentially to produce three-dimensional perception over time; in a manner akin to the manner in which a computed tomography system uses stacked image slices to represent a three-dimensional structure.
  • a series of two-dimensional image slices may be presented to the eye, each at a different focal distance to the eye, and the eye/brain would integrate such a stack into a perception of a coherent three-dimensional volume.
  • line-by-line, or even pixel-by-pixel sequencing may be conducted to produce the perception of three-dimensional viewing. For example, with a scanned light display (such as a scanning fiber display or scanning mirror display), then the display is presenting the waveguide ( 164 ) with one line or one pixel at a time in a sequential fashion.
  • variable focus lens element ( 166 ) is able to keep up with the high-frequency of pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line presentation, then each line or pixel may be presented and dynamically focused through the variable focus lens element ( 166 ) to be perceived at a different focal distance from the eye ( 58 ).
  • Pixel-by-pixel focus modulation generally requires an extremely fast/high-frequency variable focus lens element ( 166 ).
  • a 1080 P resolution display with an overall frame rate of 60 frames per second typically presents around 125 million pixels per second.
  • Such a configuration also may be constructed using a solid state switchable lens, such as one using an electro-active material, e.g., lithium niobate or an electro-active polymer.
  • a frame sequential multi-focal display driving approach may be used in conjunction with a number of the display system and optics embodiments described in this disclosure.
  • an electro-active layer ( 172 ) (such as one comprising liquid crystal or lithium niobate) surrounded by functional electrodes ( 170 , 174 ) which may be made of indium tin oxide
  • a waveguide ( 168 ) with a conventional transmissive substrate ( 176 , such as one made from glass or plastic with known total internal reflection characteristics and an index of refraction that matches the on or off state of the electro-active layer 172 ) may be controlled such that the paths of entering beams may be dynamically altered to essentially create a time-varying light field.
  • a stacked waveguide assembly may be utilized to provide three-dimensional perception to the eye/brain by having a plurality of waveguides ( 182 , 184 , 186 , 188 , 190 ) and a plurality of weak lenses ( 198 , 196 , 194 , 192 ) configured together to send image information to the eye with various levels of wavefront curvature for each waveguide level indicative of focal distance to be perceived for that waveguide level.
  • a plurality of displays ( 200 , 202 , 204 , 206 , 208 ), or in another embodiment a single multiplexed display, may be utilized to inject collimated image information into the waveguides ( 182 , 184 , 186 , 188 , 190 ), each of which may be configured, as described above, to distribute incoming light substantially equally across the length of each waveguide, for exit down toward the eye.
  • the waveguide ( 182 ) nearest the eye is configured to deliver collimated light, as injected into such waveguide ( 182 ), to the eye, which may be representative of the optical infinity focal plane.
  • the next waveguide up ( 184 ) is configured to send out collimated light which passes through the first weak lens ( 192 ; e.g., a weak negative lens) before it can reach the eye ( 58 ); such first weak lens ( 192 ) may be configured to create a slight convex wavefront curvature so that the eye/brain interprets light coming from that next waveguide up ( 184 ) as coming from a first focal plane closer inward toward the person from optical infinity.
  • the third up waveguide ( 186 ) passes its output light through both the first ( 192 ) and second ( 194 ) lenses before reaching the eye ( 58 ); the combined optical power of the first ( 192 ) and second ( 194 ) lenses may be configured to create another incremental amount of wavefront divergence so that the eye/brain interprets light coming from that third waveguide up ( 186 ) as coming from a second focal plane even closer inward toward the person from optical infinity than was light from the next waveguide up ( 184 ).
  • the other waveguide layers ( 188 , 190 ) and weak lenses ( 196 , 198 ) are similarly configured, with the highest waveguide ( 190 ) in the stack sending its output through all of the weak lenses between it and the eye for an aggregate focal power representative of the closest focal plane to the person.
  • a compensating lens layer ( 180 ) is disposed at the top of the stack to compensate for the aggregate power of the lens stack ( 198 , 196 , 194 , 192 ) below.
  • Such a configuration provides as many perceived focal planes as there are available waveguide/lens pairings, again with a relatively large exit pupil configuration as described above.
  • Both the reflective aspects of the waveguides and the focusing aspects of the lenses may be static (i.e., not dynamic or electro-active). In an alternative embodiment they may be dynamic using electro-active features as described above, enabling a small number of waveguides to be multiplexed in a time sequential fashion to produce a larger number of effective focal planes.
  • FIGS. 8B-8N various aspects of diffraction configurations for focusing and/or redirecting collimated beams are depicted. Other aspects of diffraction systems for such purposes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/845,907 (U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/331,218), which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • a linear diffraction pattern such as a Bragg grating
  • FIG. 8C illustrates the deflection effect of passing a collimated beam through a linear diffraction pattern ( 210 );
  • FIG. 8D illustrates the focusing effect of passing a collimated beam through a radially symmetric diffraction pattern ( 212 ).
  • a combination diffraction pattern that has both linear and radial elements ( 214 ) produces both deflection and focusing of a collimated input beam.
  • These deflection and focusing effects can be produced in a reflective as well as transmissive mode.
  • These principles may be applied with waveguide configurations to allow for additional optical system control, as shown in FIGS. 8G-8N , for example. As shown in FIGS.
  • a diffraction pattern ( 220 ), or “diffractive optical element” (or “DOE”) has been embedded within a planar waveguide ( 216 ) such that as a collimated beam is totally internally reflected along the planar waveguide ( 216 ), it intersects the diffraction pattern ( 220 ) at a multiplicity of locations.
  • DOE diffractive optical element
  • the DOE ( 220 ) has a relatively low diffraction efficiency so that only a portion of the light of the beam is deflected away toward the eye ( 58 ) with each intersection of the DOE ( 220 ) while the rest continues to move through the planar waveguide ( 216 ) via total internal reflection; the light carrying the image information is thus divided into a number of related light beams that exit the waveguide at a multiplicity of locations and the result is a fairly uniform pattern of exit emission toward the eye ( 58 ) for this particular collimated beam bouncing around within the planar waveguide ( 216 ), as shown in FIG. 8H .
  • the exit beams toward the eye ( 58 ) are shown in FIG.
  • the exit beam pattern is more divergent, which would require the eye to accommodation to a closer distance to bring it into focus on the retina and would be interpreted by the brain as light from a viewing distance closer to the eye than optical infinity.
  • a DOE ( 221 ) embedded in this other waveguide ( 218 ), such as a linear diffraction pattern, may function to spread the light across the entire larger planar waveguide ( 216 ), which functions to provide the eye ( 58 ) with a very large incoming field of incoming light that exits from the larger planar waveguide ( 216 ), i.e., a large eye box, in accordance with the particular DOE configurations at work.
  • the DOEs ( 220 , 221 ) are depicted bisecting the associated waveguides ( 216 , 218 ) but this need not be the case; they could be placed closer to, or upon, either side of either of the waveguides ( 216 , 218 ) to have the same functionality.
  • FIG. 8K with the injection of a single collimated beam, an entire field of cloned collimated beams may be directed toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • a combined linear diffraction pattern/radially symmetric diffraction pattern scenario such as that depicted in FIGS.
  • a beam distribution waveguide optic for functionality such as exit pupil functional expansion; with a configuration such as that of FIG. 8K , the exit pupil can be as large as the optical element itself, which can be a very significant advantage for user comfort and ergonomics
  • Z-axis focusing capability is presented, in which both the divergence angle of the cloned beams and the wavefront curvature of each beam represent light coming from a point closer than optical infinity.
  • one or more DOEs are switchable between “on” states in which they actively diffract, and “off” states in which they do not significantly diffract.
  • a switchable DOE may comprise a layer of polymer dispersed liquid crystal, in which microdroplets comprise a diffraction pattern in a host medium, and the refractive index of the microdroplets can be switched to substantially match the refractive index of the host material (in which case the pattern does not appreciably diffract incident light) or the microdroplet can be switched to an index that does not match that of the host medium (in which case the pattern actively diffracts incident light).
  • the diffraction terms such as the linear diffraction pitch term as in FIGS.
  • a beam scanning or tiling functionality may be achieved.
  • it is desirable to have a relatively low diffraction grating efficiency in each of the DOEs ( 220 , 221 ) because it facilitates distribution of the light, and also because light coming through the waveguides that is desirably transmitted (for example, light coming from the world 144 toward the eye 58 in an augmented reality configuration) is less affected when the diffraction efficiency of the DOE that it crosses ( 220 ) is lower—so a better view of the real world through such a configuration is achieved.
  • Configurations such as those illustrated in FIG. 8K preferably are driven with injection of image information in a time sequential approach, with frame sequential driving being the most straightforward to implement.
  • an image of the sky at optical infinity may be injected at time 1 and the diffraction grating retaining collimation of light may be utilized; then an image of a closer tree branch may be injected at time 2 while a DOE controllably imparts a focal change, say one diopter or 1 meter away, to provide the eye/brain with the perception that the branch light information is coming from the closer focal range.
  • This kind of paradigm can be repeated in rapid time sequential fashion such that the eye/brain perceives the input to be all part of the same image.
  • This kind of configuration generally assumes that the DOE is switched at a relatively low speed (i.e., in sync with the frame-rate of the display that is injecting the images—in the range of tens to hundreds of cycles/second).
  • the opposite extreme may be a configuration wherein DOE elements can shift focus at tens to hundreds of MHz or greater, which facilitates switching of the focus state of the DOE elements on a pixel-by-pixel basis as the pixels are scanned into the eye ( 58 ) using a scanned light display type of approach.
  • This is desirable because it means that the overall display frame-rate can be kept quite low; just low enough to make sure that “flicker” is not a problem (in the range of about 60-120 frames/sec).
  • the DOEs can be switched at KHz rates, then on a line-by-line basis the focus on each scan line may be adjusted, which may afford the user with a visible benefit in terms of temporal artifacts during an eye motion relative to the display, for example.
  • the different focal planes in a scene may, in this manner, be interleaved, to minimize visible artifacts in response to a head motion (as is discussed in greater detail later in this disclosure).
  • a line-by-line focus modulator may be operatively coupled to a line scan display, such as a grating light valve display, in which a linear array of pixels is swept to form an image; and may be operatively coupled to scanned light displays, such as fiber-scanned displays and mirror-scanned light displays.
  • a line scan display such as a grating light valve display, in which a linear array of pixels is swept to form an image
  • scanned light displays such as fiber-scanned displays and mirror-scanned light displays.
  • a stacked configuration may use dynamic DOEs (rather than the static waveguides and lenses of the embodiment of FIG. 8A ) to provide multi-planar focusing simultaneously.
  • dynamic DOEs rather than the static waveguides and lenses of the embodiment of FIG. 8A
  • a primary focus plane (based upon measured eye accommodation, for example) could be presented to the user, and a +margin and ⁇ margin (i.e., one focal plane closer, one farther out) could be utilized to provide a large focal range in which the user can accommodate before the planes need be updated.
  • This increased focal range can provide a temporal advantage if the user switches to a closer or farther focus (i.e., as determined by accommodation measurement); then the new plane of focus could be made to be the middle depth of focus, with the + and ⁇ margins again ready for a fast switchover to either one while the system catches up.
  • a stack ( 222 ) of planar waveguides ( 244 , 246 , 248 , 250 , 252 ) is shown, each having a reflector ( 254 , 256 , 258 , 260 , 262 ) at the end and being configured such that collimated image information injected in one end by a display ( 224 , 226 , 228 , 230 , 232 ) bounces by total internal reflection down to the reflector, at which point some or all of the light is reflected out toward an eye or other target.
  • Each of the reflectors may have slightly different angles so that they all reflect exiting light toward a common destination such as a pupil. Such a configuration is somewhat similar to that of FIG.
  • each different angled reflector in the embodiment of FIG. 8O has its own waveguide for less interference when projected light is travelling to the targeted reflector.
  • Lenses ( 234 , 236 , 238 , 240 , 242 ) may be interposed between the displays and waveguides for beam steering and/or focusing.
  • FIG. 8P illustrates a geometrically staggered version wherein reflectors ( 276 , 278 , 280 , 282 , 284 ) are positioned at staggered lengths in the waveguides ( 266 , 268 , 270 , 272 , 274 ) so that exiting beams may be relatively easily aligned with objects such as an anatomical pupil.
  • the geometries of the reflectors ( 276 , 278 , 280 , 282 , 284 ) and waveguides ( 266 , 268 , 270 , 272 , 274 ) may be set up to fill the eye pupil (typically about 8 mm across or less) with exiting light.
  • the viewer may make eye movements while retaining the ability to see the displayed imagery. Referring back to the discussion related to FIGS. 5A and 5B about field of view expansion and reflector size, an expanded field of view is presented by the configuration of FIG. 8P as well, and it does not involve the complexity of the switchable reflective elements of the embodiment of FIG. 5B .
  • FIG. 8Q illustrates a version wherein many reflectors ( 298 ) form a relatively continuous curved reflection surface in the aggregate or discrete flat facets that are oriented to align with an overall curve.
  • the curve could a parabolic or elliptical curve and is shown cutting across a plurality of waveguides ( 288 , 290 , 292 , 294 , 296 ) to minimize any crosstalk issues, although it also could be utilized with a monolithic waveguide configuration.
  • a high-frame-rate and lower persistence display may be combined with a lower-frame-rate and higher persistence display and a variable focus element to comprise a relatively high-frequency frame sequential volumetric display.
  • the high-frame-rate display has a lower bit depth and the lower-frame-rate display has a higher bit depth, and are combined to comprise an effective high-frame-rate and high bit depth display, that is well suited to presenting image slices in a frame sequential fashion.
  • a three-dimensional volume that is desirably represented is functionally divided into a series of two-dimensional slices. Each of those two-dimensional slices is projected to the eye frame sequentially, and in sync with this presentation, the focus of a variable focus element is changed.
  • two display elements may be integrated: a full-color, high-resolution liquid crystal display (“LCD”; a backlighted ferroelectric panel display also may be utilized in another embodiment; in a further embodiment a scanning fiber display may be utilized) operating at 60 frames per second, and aspects of a higher-frequency DLP system.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • a backlighted ferroelectric panel display also may be utilized in another embodiment; in a further embodiment a scanning fiber display may be utilized
  • the conventional lighting configuration may be removed to accommodate using the DLP projector to project a mask pattern on the back of the LCD (in one embodiment, the mask pattern may be binary in that the DLP either projects illumination, or not-illumination; in another embodiment described below, the DLP may be utilized to project a grayscale mask image).
  • DLP projection systems can operate at very high frame rates; in one embodiment for 6 depth planes at 60 frames per second, a DLP projection system can be operated against the back of the LCD display at 360 frames/second. Then the DLP projector is utilized to selectively illuminate portions of the LCD panel in sync with a high-frequency variable focus element (such as a deformable membrane mirror) that is disposed between the viewing side of the LCD panel and the eye of the user, the variable focus element being used to change the global display focus on a frame by frame basis at 360 frames/second.
  • a high-frequency variable focus element such as a deformable membrane mirror
  • variable focus element is positioned to be optically conjugate to the exit pupil, to enable adjustments of focus without simultaneously affecting image magnification or “zoom.”
  • variable focus element is not conjugate to the exit pupil, such that image magnification changes accompany focus adjustments, and software is used to compensate for these optical magnification changes and any distortions by pre-scaling or warping the images to be presented.
  • the system may be configured to present on an LCD a full-color, all in-focus image of the tree branch in front the sky.
  • the DLP projector in a binary masking configuration (i.e., illumination or absence of illumination) may be used to only illuminate the portion of the LCD that represents the cloudy sky while functionally black-masking (i.e., failing to illuminate) the portion of the LCD that represents the tree branch and other elements that are not to be perceived at the same focal distance as the sky, and the variable focus element (such as a deformable membrane mirror) may be utilized to position the focal plane at optical infinity so that the eye sees a sub-image at subframe 1 as being clouds that are infinitely far away.
  • a binary masking configuration i.e., illumination or absence of illumination
  • functionally black-masking i.e., failing to illuminate
  • the variable focus element such as a deformable membrane mirror
  • the variable focus element may be switched to focusing on a point about 1 meter away from the user's eyes (or whatever distance is required; here 1 meter for the branch location is used for illustrative purposes), the pattern of illumination from the DLP can be switched so that the system only illuminates the portion of the LCD that represents the tree branch while functionally black-masking (i.e., failing to illuminate) the portion of the LCD that represents the sky and other elements that are not to be perceived at the same focal distance as the tree branch.
  • the eye gets a quick flash of cloud at optical infinity followed by a quick flash of tree at 1 meter, and the sequence is integrated by the eye/brain to form a three-dimensional perception.
  • the branch may be positioned diagonally relative to the viewer, such that it extends through a range of viewing distances, e.g., it may join with the trunk at around 2 meters viewing distance while the tips of the branch are at the closer position of 1 meter.
  • the display system can divide the 3-D volume of the tree branch into multiple slices, rather than a single slice at 1 meter.
  • one focus slice may be used to represent the sky (using the DLP to mask all areas of the tree during presentation of this slice), while the tree branch is divided across 5 focus slices (using the DLP to mask the sky and all portions of the tree except one, for each part of the tree branch to be presented).
  • the depth slices are positioned with a spacing equal to or smaller than the depth of focus of the eye, such that the viewer will be unlikely to notice the transition between slices, and instead perceive a smooth and continuous flow of the branch through the focus range.
  • the DLP in a binary (illumination or darkfield only) mode, it may be utilized to project a grayscale (for example, 256 shades of grayscale) mask onto the back of the LCD panel to enhance three-dimensional perception.
  • the grayscale shades may be utilized to impart to the eye/brain a perception that something resides in between adjacent depth or focal planes.
  • that portion branch on the LCD may be lit up with full intensity white from the DLP system with the variable focus element at focalplane 1 .
  • grayscale masking can be utilized.
  • the DLP can project an illumination mask to that portion during both subframe 1 and subframe 2 , but at half-illumination (such as at level 128 out of 256 grayscale) for each subframe. This provides the perception of a blending of depth of focus layers, with the perceived focal distance being proportional to the illuminance ratio between subframe 1 and subframe 2 .
  • an about 25% intensity grayscale mask can be used to illuminate that portion of the LCD at subframe 1 and an about 75% grayscale mask can be used to illuminate the same portion of the LCD at subframe 2 .
  • bit depths of both the low-frame-rate display and the high-frame-rate display can be combined for image modulation, to create a high dynamic range display.
  • the high dynamic range driving may be conducted in tandem with the focus plane addressing function described above, to comprise a high dynamic range multi-focal 3-D display.
  • only a certain portion of the display (i.e., LCD) output may be mask-illuminated by the DMD and variably focused en route to the user's eye.
  • the middle portion of the display may be mask illuminated, with the periphery of the display not providing varying accommodation cues to the user (i.e. the periphery could be uniformly illuminated by the DLP DMD, while a central portion is actively masked and variably focused en route to the eye).
  • a refresh rate of about 360 Hz allows for 6 depth planes at about 60 frames/second each.
  • even higher refresh rates may be achieved by increasing the operating frequency of the DLP.
  • a standard DLP configuration uses a MEMS device and an array of micro-mirrors that toggle between a mode of reflecting light toward the display or user to a mode of reflecting light away from the display or user, such as into a light trap—thus they are inherently binary.
  • DLPs typically create grayscale images using a pulse width modulation schema wherein the mirror is left in the “on” state for a variable amount of time for a variable duty cycle in order to create a brighter pixel, or pixel of interim brightness.
  • pulse width modulation schema wherein the mirror is left in the “on” state for a variable amount of time for a variable duty cycle in order to create a brighter pixel, or pixel of interim brightness.
  • a typical pulse width modulation scheme for a Texas Instruments DLP system has an 8-bit command signal (first bit is the first long pulse of the mirror; second bit is a pulse that is half as long as the first; third bit is half as long again; and so on)—so that the configuration can create 2 to the 8th power different illumination levels.
  • the backlighting from the DLP may have its intensity varied in sync with the different pulses of the DMD to equalize the brightness of the subimages that are created, which is a practical workaround to get existing DMD drive electronics to produce significantly higher frame rates.
  • direct control changes to the DMD drive electronics and software may be utilized to have the mirrors always have an equal on-time instead of the variable on-time configuration that is conventional, which would facilitate higher frame rates.
  • the DMD drive electronics may be configured to present low bit depth images at a frame rate above that of high bit depth images but lower than the binary frame rate, enabling some grayscale blending between focus planes, while moderately increasing the number of focus planes.
  • the virtual monster when limited to a finite number of depth planes, such as 6 in the example above, it is desirable to functionally move these 6 depth planes around to be maximally useful in the scene that is being presented to the user. For example, if a user is standing in a room and a virtual monster is to be placed into his augmented reality view, the virtual monster being about 2 feet deep in the Z axis straight away from the user's eyes, then it makes sense to cluster all 6 depth planes around the center of the monster's current location (and dynamically move them with him as he moves relative to the user)—so that more rich accommodation cues may be provided for the user, with all six depth planes in the direct region of the monster (for example, 3 in front of the center of the monster, 3 in back of the center of the monster). Such allocation of depth planes is content dependent.
  • the same monster is to be presented in the same room, but also to be presented to the user is a virtual window frame element, and then a virtual view to optical infinity out of the virtual window frame, it will be useful to spend at least one depth plane on optical infinity, one on the depth of the wall that is to house the virtual window frame, and then perhaps the remaining four depth planes on the monster in the room. If the content causes the virtual window to disappear, then the two depth planes may be dynamically reallocated to the region around the monster, and so on—content-based dynamic allocation of focal plane resources to provide the most rich experience to the user given the computing and presentation resources.
  • phase delays in a multicore fiber or an array of single-core fibers may be utilized to create variable focus light wavefronts.
  • a multicore fiber ( 300 ) may comprise the aggregation of multiple individual fibers ( 302 );
  • FIG. 9B shows a close-up view of a multicore assembly, which emits light from each core in the form of a spherical wavefront ( 304 ) from each.
  • these small spherical wavefronts ultimately constructively and destructively interfere with each other, and if they were emitted from the multicore fiber in phase, they will develop an approximately planar wavefront ( 306 ) in the aggregate, as shown.
  • phase delays are induced between the cores (using a conventional phase modulator such as one using lithium niobate, for example, to slow the path of some cores relative to others)
  • a curved or spherical wavefront may be created in the aggregate, to represent at the eyes/brain an object coming from a point closer than optical infinity, which presents another option that may be used in place of the variable focus elements described above.
  • phased multicore configuration, or phased array may be utilized to create multiple optical focus levels from a light source.
  • a known Fourier transform aspect of multi-mode optical fiber or light guiding rods or pipes may be utilized for control of the wavefronts that are output from such fiber.
  • Optical fibers typically are available in two categories: single mode and multi-mode.
  • Multi-mode optical fiber typically has larger core diameters and allows light to propagate along multiple angular paths, rather than just the one of single mode optical fiber. It is known that if an image is injected into one end of a multi-mode fiber, that angular differences that are encoded into that image will be retained to some degree as it propagates through the multi-mode fiber, and for some configurations the output from the fiber will be significantly similar to a Fourier transform of the image that was input.
  • the inverse Fourier transform of a wavefront may be input so that, after passing through the fiber that optically imparts a Fourier transform, the output is the desired shaped, or focused, wavefront.
  • a wavefront such as a diverging spherical wavefront to represent a focal plane nearer to the user than optical infinity
  • the output is the desired shaped, or focused, wavefront.
  • Such output end may be scanned about to be used as a scanned fiber display, or may be used as a light source for a scanning mirror to form an image, for instance.
  • Such a configuration may be utilized as yet another focus modulation subsystem.
  • Other kinds of light patterns and wavefronts may be injected into a multi-mode fiber, such that on the output end, a certain spatial pattern is emitted.
  • the Fourier transform of a hologram may be injected into the input end of a multi-mode fiber to output a wavefront that may be used for three-dimensional focus modulation and/or resolution enhancement.
  • Certain single fiber core, multi-core fibers, or concentric core+cladding configurations also may be utilized in the aforementioned inverse Fourier transform configurations.
  • a system may be configured to monitor the user's accommodation and rather than presenting a set of multiple different light wavefronts, present a single wavefront at a time that corresponds to the accommodation state of the eye.
  • Accommodation may be measured directly (such as by infrared autorefractor or eccentric photorefraction) or indirectly (such as by measuring the convergence level of the two eyes of the user; as described above, vergence and accommodation are strongly linked neurologically, so an estimate of accommodation can be made based upon vergence geometry).
  • the wavefront presentations at the eye may be configured for a 1 meter focal distance using any of the above variable focus configurations. If an accommodation change to focus at 2 meters is detected, the wavefront presentation at the eye may be reconfigured for a 2 meter focal distance, and so on.
  • variable focus element may be placed in the optical path between an outputting combiner (e.g., a waveguide or beamsplitter) and the eye of the user, so that the focus may be changed along with (i.e., preferably at the same rate as) accommodation changes of the eye.
  • Software effects may be utilized to produce variable amounts blur (e.g., Gaussian) to objects which should not be in focus to simulate the dioptric blur expected at the retina if an object were at that viewing distance and enhance the three-dimensional perception by the eyes/brain.
  • a simple embodiment is a single plane whose focus level is slaved to the viewer's accommodation level, however the performance demands on the accommodation tracking system can be relaxed if even a low number of multiple planes are used.
  • a stack ( 328 ) of about 3 waveguides ( 318 , 320 , 322 ) may be utilized to create three focal planes worth of wavefronts simultaneously.
  • the weak lenses ( 324 , 326 ) may have static focal distances, and a variable focal lens ( 316 ) may be slaved to the accommodation tracking of the eyes such that one of the three waveguides (say the middle waveguide 320 ) outputs what is deemed to be the in-focus wavefront, while the other two waveguides ( 322 , 318 ) output a +margin wavefront and a ⁇ margin wavefront (i.e., a little farther than detected focal distance, a little closer than detected focal distance) which may improve the three-dimensional perception and also provide enough difference for the brain/eye accommodation control system to sense some blur as negative feedback, which enhances the perception of reality, and allows a range of accommodation before an physical adjustment of the focus levels is necessary.
  • a variable focal lens ( 316 ) may be slaved to the accommodation tracking of the eyes such that one of the three waveguides (say the middle waveguide 320 ) outputs what is deemed to be the in-focus wavefront, while the other two waveguides (
  • variable focus compensating lens ( 314 ) is also shown to ensure that light coming in from the real world ( 144 ) in an augmented reality configuration is not refocused or magnified by the assembly of the stack ( 328 ) and output lens ( 316 ).
  • the variable focus in the lenses ( 316 , 314 ) may be achieved, as discussed above, with refractive, diffractive, or reflective techniques.
  • each of the waveguides in a stack may contain their own capability for changing focus (such as by having an included electronically switchable DOE) so that the variable focus element need not be centralized as in the stack ( 328 ) of the configuration of FIG. 10 .
  • variable focus elements may be interleaved between the waveguides of a stack (i.e., rather than fixed focus weak lenses as in the embodiment of FIG. 10 ) to obviate the need for a combination of fixed focus weak lenses plus whole-stack-refocusing variable focus element.
  • stacking configurations may be used in accommodation tracked variations as described herein, and also in a frame-sequential multi-focal display approach.
  • a pinhole lens configuration wherein the beam is always interpreted as in-focus by the eyes/brain—e.g., a scanned light display using a 0.5 mm diameter beam to scan images to the eye.
  • accommodation tracking input may be utilized to induce blur using software to image information that is to be perceived as at a focal plane behind or in front of the focal plane determined from the accommodation tracking.
  • simulated dioptric blur may be induced with software, and may be slaved to the accommodation tracking status.
  • a scanning fiber display is well suited to such configuration because it may be configured to only output small-diameter beams in a Maxwellian form.
  • an array of small exit pupils may be created to increase the functional eye box of the system (and also to reduce the impact of a light-blocking particle which may reside in the vitreous or cornea of the eye), such as by one or more scanning fiber displays, or by a DOE configuration such as that described in reference to FIG. 8K , with a pitch in the array of presented exit pupils that ensure that only one will hit the anatomical pupil of the user at any given time (for example, if the average anatomical pupil diameter is 4 mm, one configuration may comprise 1 ⁇ 2 mm exit pupils spaced at intervals of approximate 4 mm apart).
  • Such exit pupils may also be switchable in response to eye position, such that only the eye always receives one, and only one, active small exit pupil at a time; allowing a denser array of exit pupils.
  • Such user will have a large depth of focus to which software-based blur techniques may be added to enhance perceived depth perception.
  • an object at optical infinity creates a substantially planar wavefront
  • an object closer such as 1 m away from the eye
  • the eye's optical system needs to have enough optical power to bend the incoming rays of light so that they end up focused on the retina (convex wavefront gets turned into concave, and then down to a focal point on the retina).
  • light directed to the eye has been treated as being part of one continuous wavefront, some subset of which would hit the pupil of the particular eye.
  • light directed to the eye may be effectively discretized or broken down into a plurality of beamlets or individual rays, each of which has a diameter less than about 0.5 mm and a unique propagation pathway as part of a greater aggregated wavefront that may be functionally created with the an aggregation of the beamlets or rays.
  • a curved wavefront may be approximated by aggregating a plurality of discrete neighboring collimated beams, each of which is approaching the eye from an appropriate angle to represent a point of origin that matches the center of the radius of curvature of the desired aggregate wavefront.
  • each individual beamlet is always in relative focus on the retina, independent of the accommodation state of the eye—however the trajectory of each beamlet will be affected by the accommodation state. For instance, if the beamlets approach the eye in parallel, representing a discretized collimated aggregate wavefront, then an eye that is correctly accommodated to infinity will deflect the beamlets to all converge upon the same shared spot on the retina, and will appear in focus. If the eye accommodates to, say, 1 m, the beams will be converged to a spot in front of the retina, cross paths, and fall on multiple neighboring or partially overlapping spots on the retina—appearing blurred.
  • the beamlets approach the eye in a diverging configuration, with a shared point of origin 1 meter from the viewer, then an accommodation of 1 m will steer the beams to a single spot on the retina, and will appear in focus; if the viewer accommodates to infinity, the beamlets will converge to a spot behind the retina, and produce multiple neighboring or partially overlapping spots on the retina, producing a blurred image.
  • the accommodation of the eye determines the degree of overlap of the spots on the retina, and a given pixel is “in focus” when all of the spots are directed to the same spot on the retina and “defocused” when the spots are offset from one another.
  • a set of multiple narrow beams may be used to emulate what is going on with a larger diameter variable focus beam, and if the beamlet diameters are kept to a maximum of about 0.5 mm, then they maintain a relatively static focus level, and to produce the perception of out-of-focus when desired, the beamlet angular trajectories may be selected to create an effect much like a larger out-of-focus beam (such a defocussing treatment may not be the same as a Gaussian blur treatment as for the larger beam, but will create a multimodal point spread function that may be interpreted in a similar fashion to a Gaussian blur).
  • the beamlets are not mechanically deflected to form this aggregate focus effect, but rather the eye receives a superset of many beamlets that includes both a multiplicity of incident angles and a multiplicity of locations at which the beamlets intersect the pupil; to represent a given pixel from a particular viewing distance, a subset of beamlets from the superset that comprise the appropriate angles of incidence and points of intersection with the pupil (as if they were being emitted from the same shared point of origin in space) are turned on with matching color and intensity, to represent that aggregate wavefront, while beamlets in the superset that are inconsistent with the shared point of origin are not turned on with that color and intensity (but some of them may be turned on with some other color and intensity level to represent, e.g., a different pixel).
  • each of a multiplicity of incoming beamlets ( 332 ) is passing through a small exit pupil ( 330 ) relative to the eye ( 58 ) in a discretized wavefront display configuration.
  • a subset ( 334 ) of the group of beamlets ( 332 ) may be driven with matching color and intensity levels to be perceived as though they are part of the same larger-sized ray (the bolded subgroup 334 may be deemed an “aggregated beam”).
  • the subset of beamlets are parallel to one another, representing a collimated aggregate beam from optical infinity (such as light coming from a distant mountain).
  • the eye is accommodated to infinity, so the subset of beamlets are deflected by the eye's cornea and lens to all fall substantially upon the same location of the retina and are perceived to comprise a single in focus pixel.
  • FIG. 11C shows another subset of beamlets representing an aggregated collimated beam ( 336 ) coming in from the right side of the field of view of the user's eye ( 58 ) if the eye ( 58 ) is viewed in a coronal-style planar view from above. Again, the eye is shown accommodated to infinity, so the beamlets fall on the same spot of the retina, and the pixel is perceived to be in focus. If, in contrast, a different subset of beamlets were chosen that were reaching the eye as a diverging fan of rays, those beamlets would not fall on the same location of the retina (and be perceived as in focus) until the eye were to shift accommodation to a near point that matches the geometrical point of origin of that fan of rays.
  • patterns of points of intersection of beamlets with the anatomical pupil of the eye i.e., the pattern of exit pupils
  • they may be organized in configurations such as a cross-sectionally efficient hex-lattice (for example, as shown in FIG. 12A ) or a square lattice or other two-dimensional array.
  • a three-dimensional array of exit pupils could be created, as well as time-varying arrays of exit pupils.
  • Discretized aggregate wavefronts may be created using several configurations, such as an array of microdisplays or microprojectors placed optically conjugate with the exit pupil of viewing optics, microdisplay or microprojector arrays coupled to a direct field of view substrate (such as an eyeglasses lens) such that they project light to the eye directly, without additional intermediate viewing optics, successive spatial light modulation array techniques, or waveguide techniques such as those described in relation to FIG. 8K .
  • a direct field of view substrate such as an eyeglasses lens
  • a lightfield may be created by bundling a group of small projectors or display units (such as scanned fiber displays).
  • FIG. 12A depicts a hexagonal lattice projection bundle ( 338 ) which may, for example, create a 7 mm-diameter hex array with each fiber display outputting a sub-image ( 340 ). If such an array has an optical system, such as a lens, placed in front of it such that the array is placed optically conjugate with the eye's entrance pupil, this will create an image of the array at the eye's pupil, as shown in FIG. 12B , which essentially provides the same optical arrangement as the embodiment of FIG. 11A .
  • Each of the small exit pupils of the configuration is created by a dedicated small display in the bundle ( 338 ), such as a scanning fiber display. Optically, it's as though the entire hex array ( 338 ) is positioned right into the anatomical pupil ( 45 ).
  • Such embodiments are means for driving different subimages to different small exit pupils within the larger anatomical entrance pupil ( 45 ) of the eye, comprising a superset of beamlets with a multiplicity of incident angles and points of intersection with the eye pupil.
  • Each of the separate projectors or displays may be driven with a slightly different image, such that subimages may be created that pull out different sets of rays to be driven at different light intensities and colors.
  • a strict image conjugate may be created, as in the embodiment of FIG. 12B , wherein there is direct 1-to-1 mapping of the array ( 338 ) with the pupil ( 45 ).
  • the spacing may be changed between displays in the array and the optical system (lens 342 , in FIG. 12B ) so that instead of getting a conjugate mapping of the array to the eye pupil, the eye pupil may be catching the rays from the array at some other distance.
  • FIG. 13A another lightfield creating embodiment is depicted wherein an array of microdisplays or microprojectors ( 346 ) may be coupled to a frame ( 344 ; such as an eyeglasses frame) to be positioned in front of the eye ( 58 ).
  • the depicted configuration is a nonconjugate arrangement wherein there are no large-scale optical elements interposed between the displays (for example, scanning fiber displays) of the array ( 346 ) and the eye ( 58 ).
  • the displays for example, scanning fiber displays
  • Each display may be configured to create a set of rays representing different elements of the beamlet superset.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a nonconjugate configuration similar to that of FIG. 13A , with the exception that the embodiment of FIG. 13B features a reflecting surface ( 348 ) to facilitate moving the display array ( 346 ) away from the eye's ( 58 ) field of view, while also allowing views of the real world ( 144 ) through the reflective surface ( 348 ).
  • Scanning fiber displays which may be utilized as displays may have baseline diameters in the range of 1 mm, but reduction in enclosure and projection lens hardware may decrease the diameters of such displays to about 0.5 mm or less, which is less disturbing for a user.
  • Another downsizing geometric refinement may be achieved by directly coupling a collimating lens (which may, for example, comprise a gradient refractive index, or “GRIN”, lens, a conventional curved lens, or a diffractive lens) to the tip of the scanning fiber itself in a case of a fiber scanning display array.
  • GRIN gradient refractive index
  • a GRIN lens ( 354 ) is shown fused to the end of a single mode optical fiber.
  • An actuator ( 350 ; such as a piezoelectric actuator) is coupled to the fiber ( 352 ) and may be used to scan the fiber tip.
  • the end of the fiber may be shaped into a hemispherical shape using a curved polishing treatment of an optical fiber to create a lensing effect.
  • a standard refractive lens may be coupled to the end of each optical fiber using an adhesive.
  • a lens may be built from a dab of transmissive polymeric material or glass, such as epoxy.
  • the end of an optical fiber may be melted to create a curved surface for a lensing effect.
  • FIG. 13C-2 shows an embodiment wherein display configurations (i.e., scanning fiber displays with GRIN lenses; shown in close-up view of FIG. 13C-1 ) such as that shown in FIG. 13D may be coupled together through a single transparent substrate ( 356 ) preferably having a refractive index that closely matches the cladding of the optical fibers ( 352 ) so that the fibers themselves are not very visible for viewing of the outside world across the depicted assembly (if the index matching of the cladding is done precisely, then the larger cladding/housing becomes transparent and only the tiny cores, which preferably are about 3 microns in diameter, will be obstructing the view.
  • the matrix ( 358 ) of displays may all be angled inward so they are directed toward the anatomic pupil of the user (in another embodiment, they may stay parallel to each other, but such a configuration is less efficient).
  • a thin series of planar waveguides ( 358 ) are configured to be cantilevered relative to a larger substrate structure ( 356 ).
  • the substrate ( 356 ) may be moved to produce cyclic motion (i.e., at the resonant frequency of the cantilevered members 358 ) of the planar waveguides relative to the substrate structure.
  • the cantilevered waveguide portions ( 358 ) may be actuated with piezoelectric or other actuators relative to the substrate.
  • Image illumination information may be injected, for example, from the right side ( 360 ) of the substrate structure to be coupled into the cantilevered waveguide portions ( 358 ).
  • the substrate ( 356 ) may comprise a waveguide configured (such as with an integrated DOE configuration as described above) to totally internally reflect incoming light ( 360 ) along its length and then redirect it to the cantilevered waveguide portions ( 358 ).
  • the planar waveguides are configured to minimize any dispersion and/or focus changes with their planar shape factors.
  • one way to gain further angular and spatial diversity is to use a multicore fiber and place a lens at the exit point, such as a GRIN lens, so that the exit beams are deflected through a single nodal point ( 366 ); that nodal point may then be scanned back and forth in a scanned fiber type of arrangement (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368 ). If a retinal conjugate is placed at the plane defined at the end of the GRIN lens, a display may be created that is functionally equivalent to the general case discretized aggregate wavefront configuration described above.
  • a similar effect may be achieved not by using a lens, but by scanning the face of a multicore system at the correct conjugate of an optical system ( 372 ), the goal being to create a higher angular and spatial diversity of beams.
  • some of this requisite angular and spatial diversity may be created through the use of multiple cores to create a plane which may be relayed by a waveguide.
  • a multicore fiber ( 362 ) may be scanned (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368 ) to create a set of beamlets with a multiplicity of angles of incidence and points of intersection which may be relayed to the eye ( 58 ) by a waveguide ( 370 ).
  • a collimated lightfield image may be injected into a waveguide, and without any additional refocusing elements, that lightfield display may be translated directly to the human eye.
  • FIGS. 131-13L depict certain commercially available multicore fiber ( 362 ) configurations (from vendors such as Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan), including one variation ( 363 ) with a rectangular cross section, as well as variations with flat exit faces ( 372 ) and angled exit faces ( 374 ).
  • some additional angular diversity may be created by having a waveguide ( 376 ) fed with a linear array of displays ( 378 ), such as scanning fiber displays.
  • FIGS. 14A-14F another group of configurations for creating a fixed viewpoint lightfield display is described.
  • FIG. 11A if a two-dimensional plane was created that was intersecting all of the tiny beams coming in from the left, each beamlet would have a certain point of intersection with that plane. If another plane was created at a different distance to the left, then all of the beamlets would intersect that plane at a different location. Then going back to FIG. 14A , if various positions on each of two or more planes can be allowed to selectively transmit or block the light radiation directed through it, such a multi-planar configuration may be utilized to selectively create a lightfield by independently modulating individual beamlets.
  • FIG. 14A shows two spatial light modulators, such as liquid crystal display panels ( 380 , 382 ; in other embodiments they may be MEMS shutter displays or DLP DMD arrays) which may be independently controlled to block or transmit different rays on a high-resolution basis.
  • two spatial light modulators such as liquid crystal display panels ( 380 , 382 ; in other embodiments they may be MEMS shutter displays or DLP DMD arrays) which may be independently controlled to block or transmit different rays on a high-resolution basis.
  • a set of beamlets with a multiplicity of angles and points of intersection may be created using a plurality of stacked SLMs. Additional numbers of SLMs beyond two provides more opportunities to control which beams are selectively attenuated.
  • planes of DMD devices from DLP systems may be stacked to function as SLMs, and may be preferred over liquid crystal systems as SLMs due to their ability to more efficiently pass light (with a mirror element in a first state, reflectivity to the next element on the way to the eye may be quite efficient; with a mirror element in a second state, the mirror angle may be moved by an angle such as 12 degrees to direct the light away from the path to the eye).
  • two DMDs may be utilized in series with a pair of lenses ( 394 , 396 ) in a periscope type of configuration to maintain a high amount of transmission of light from the real world ( 144 ) to the eye ( 58 ) of the user.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 14C provides six different DMD ( 402 , 404 , 406 , 408 , 410 , 412 ) plane opportunities to intercede from an SLM functionality as beams are routed to the eye ( 58 ), along with two lenses ( 398 , 400 ) for beam control.
  • FIG. 14D illustrates a more complicated periscope type arrangement with up to four DMDs ( 422 , 424 , 426 , 428 ) for SLM functionality and four lenses ( 414 , 420 , 416 , 418 ); this configuration is designed to ensure that the image does not become flipped upside down as it travels through to the eye ( 58 ).
  • FIG. 14D illustrates a more complicated periscope type arrangement with up to four DMDs ( 422 , 424 , 426 , 428 ) for SLM functionality and four lenses ( 414 , 420 , 416 , 418 ); this configuration is designed to ensure that the image does not become flipped upside down as it travels through to the eye ( 58 ).
  • FIG. 14D illustrates a more complicated periscope type arrangement with up to four DMDs ( 422 , 424 , 426 , 428 ) for SLM functionality and four lenses ( 414 , 420 , 416 , 418 ); this configuration is
  • FIG. 14E illustrates in embodiment wherein light may be reflected between two different DMD devices ( 430 , 432 ) without any intervening lenses (the lenses in the above designs are useful in such configurations for incorporating image information from the real world), in a hall-of-mirrors type of arrangement wherein the display may be viewed through the “hall of mirrors” and operates in a mode substantially similar to that illustrated in FIG. 14A .
  • FIG. 14F illustrates an embodiment wherein a the non-display portions of two facing DMD chips ( 434 , 436 ) may be covered with a reflective layer to propagate light to and from active display regions ( 438 , 440 ) of the DMD chips.
  • arrays of sliding MEMS shutters may be utilized to either pass or block light.
  • arrays of small louvers that move out of place to present light-transmitting apertures may similarly be aggregated for SLM functionality.
  • a lightfield of many small beamlets may be injected into and propagated through a waveguide or other optical system.
  • a conventional “birdbath” type of optical system may be suitable for transferring the light of a lightfield input, or a freeform optics design, as described below, or any number of waveguide configurations.
  • FIGS. 15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge type waveguide ( 442 ) along with a plurality of light sources as another configuration useful in creating a lightfield. Referring to FIG.
  • light may be injected into the wedge-shaped waveguide ( 442 ) from two different locations/displays ( 444 , 446 ), and will emerge according to the total internal reflection properties of the wedge-shaped waveguide at different angles ( 448 ) based upon the points of injection into the waveguide.
  • FIG. 15B if one creates a linear array ( 450 ) of displays (such as scanning fiber displays) projecting into the end of the waveguide as shown, then a large angular diversity of beams ( 452 ) will be exiting the waveguide in one dimension, as shown in FIG. 15C .
  • displays such as scanning fiber displays
  • FIG. 15C if one contemplates adding yet another linear array of displays injecting into the end of the waveguide but at a slightly different angle, then an angular diversity of beams may be created that exits similarly to the fanned out exit pattern shown in FIG. 15C , but at an orthogonal axis; together these may be utilized to create a two-dimensional fan of rays exiting each location of the waveguide.
  • another configuration is presented for creating angular diversity to form a lightfield display using one or more scanning fiber display arrays (or alternatively using other displays which will meet the space requirements, such as miniaturized DLP projection configurations).
  • a stack of SLM devices may be utilized, in which case rather than the direct view of SLM output as described above, the lightfield output from the SLM configuration may be used as an input to a configuration such as that shown in FIG. 15C .
  • a conventional waveguide is best suited to relay beams of collimated light successfully, with a lightfield of small-diameter collimated beams
  • conventional waveguide technology may be utilized to further manipulate the output of such a lightfield system as injected into the side of a waveguide, such as a wedge-shaped waveguide, due to the beam size/collimation.
  • a multicore fiber may be used to generate a lightfield and inject it into the waveguide.
  • a time-varying lightfield may be utilized as an input, such that rather than creating a static distribution of beamlets coming out of a lightfield, one may have some dynamic elements that are methodically changing the path of the set of beams. They may be done using components such as waveguides with embedded DOEs (e.g., such as those described above in reference to FIGS. 8B-8N , or liquid crystal layers, as described in reference to FIG.
  • a wedge-shaped waveguide may be configured to have a bi-modal total internal reflection paradigm (for example, in one variation, wedge-shaped elements may be configured such that when a liquid crystal portion is activated, not only is the spacing changed, but also the angle at which the beams are reflected).
  • a scanning light display may be characterized simply as a scanning fiber display with a lens at the end of the scanned fiber.
  • Many lens varieties are suitable, such as a GRIN lens, which may be used to collimate the light or to focus the light down to a spot smaller than the fiber's mode field diameter providing the advantage of producing a numerical aperture (or “NA”) increase and circumventing the optical invariant, which is correlated inversely with spot size. Smaller spot size generally facilitates a higher resolution opportunity from a display perspective, which generally is preferred.
  • a GRIN lens may be long enough relative to the fiber that it may comprise the vibrating element (i.e., rather than the usual distal fiber tip vibration with a scanned fiber display)—a configuration which may be deemed a “scanned GRIN lens display”.
  • a diffractive lens may be utilized at the exit end of a scanning fiber display (i.e., patterned onto the fiber).
  • a curved mirror may be positioned on the end of the fiber that operates in a reflecting configuration. Essentially any of the configurations known to collimate and focus a beam may be used at the end of a scanning fiber to produce a suitable scanned light display.
  • Two significant utilities to having a lens coupled to or comprising the end of a scanned fiber are a) the light exiting may be collimated to obviate the need to use other external optics to do so; b) the NA, or the angle of the cone at which light sprays out the end of the single-mode fiber core, may be increased, thereby decreasing the associated spot size for the fiber and increasing the available resolution for the display.
  • a lens such as a GRIN lens may be fused to or otherwise coupled to the end of an optical fiber or formed from a portion of the end of the fiber using techniques such as polishing.
  • a typical optical fiber with an NA of about 0.13 or 0.14 may have a spot size (also known as the “mode field diameter” for the optical fiber given the NA) of about 3 microns.
  • This provides for relatively high resolution display possibilities given the industry standard display resolution paradigms (for example, a typical microdisplay technology such as LCD or organic light emitting diode, or “OLED” has a spot size of about 5 microns).
  • the aforementioned scanning light display may have 3 ⁇ 5 of the smallest pixel pitch available with a conventional display; further, using a lens at the end of the fiber, the aforementioned configuration may produce a spot size in the range of 1-2 microns.
  • a cantilevered portion of a waveguide (such as a waveguide created using microfabrication processes such as masking and etching, rather than drawn microfiber techniques) may be placed into scanning oscillatory motion, and may be fitted with lensing at the exit ends.
  • an increased numerical aperture for a fiber to be scanned may be created using a diffuser (i.e., one configured to scatter light and create a larger NA) covering the exit end of the fiber.
  • the diffuser may be created by etching the end of the fiber to create small bits of terrain that scatter light; in another variation a bead or sandblasting technique, or direct sanding/scuffing technique may be utilized to create scattering terrain.
  • an engineered diffuser similar to a diffractive element, may be created to maintain a clean spot size with desirable NA, which ties into the notion of using a diffractive lens, as noted above.
  • an array of optical fibers ( 454 ) is shown coupled in to a coupler ( 456 ) configured to hold them in parallel together so that their ends may be ground and polished to have an output edge at a critical angle ( 458 ; 42 degrees for most glass, for example) to the longitudinal axes of the input fibers, such that the light exiting the angled faces will exit as though it had been passing through a prism, and will bend and become nearly parallel to the surfaces of the polished faces.
  • the beams exiting the fibers ( 454 ) in the bundle will become superimposed, but will be out of phase longitudinally due to the different path lengths (referring to FIG. 16B , for example, the difference in path lengths from angled exit face to focusing lens for the different cores is visible).
  • a multicore fiber such as those available from Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan, may be angle polished.
  • the exiting light may be reflected from the polished surface and emerge from the side of the fiber (in one embodiment at a location wherein a flat-polished exit window has been created in the side of the fiber) such that as the fiber is scanned in what would normally be an X-Y Cartesian coordinate system axis, that fiber would now be functionally performing the equivalent of an X-Z scan, with the distance changing during the course of the scan.
  • a reflective element such as a mirror coating
  • Multicore fibers may be configured to play a role in display resolution enhancement (i.e., higher resolution). For example, in one embodiment, if separate pixel data is sent down a tight bundle of 19 cores in a multicore fiber, and that cluster is scanned around in a sparse spiral pattern with the pitch of the spiral being approximately equal to the diameter of the multicore, then sweeping around will effectively create a display resolution that is approximately 19 ⁇ the resolution of a single core fiber being similarly scanned around. Indeed, it may be more practical to have the fibers more sparsely positioned relative to each other, as in the configuration of FIG.
  • display resolution enhancement i.e., higher resolution
  • 16C which has 7 clusters ( 464 ; 7 is used for illustrative purposes because it is an efficient tiling/hex pattern; other patterns or numbers may be utilized; for example, a cluster of 19; the configuration is scalable up or down) of 3 fibers each housed within a conduit ( 462 ).
  • densely packed scanned cores can create blurring at the display may be utilized as an advantage in one embodiment wherein a plurality (say a triad or cores to carry red, green, and blue light) of cores may be intentionally packed together densely so that each triad forms a triad of overlapped spots featuring red, green, and blue light.
  • a plurality say a triad or cores to carry red, green, and blue light
  • cores may be intentionally packed together densely so that each triad forms a triad of overlapped spots featuring red, green, and blue light.
  • each tight cluster of 3 fiber cores contains one core that relays red light, one core that relays green light, and one core that relays blue light, with the 3 fiber cores close enough together that their positional differences are not resolvable by the subsequent relay optics, forming an effectively superimposed RGB pixel; thus, the sparse tiling of 7 clusters produces resolution enhancement while the tight packing of 3 cores within the clusters facilitates seamless color blending without the need to utilize glossy RGB fiber combiners (e.g., those using wavelength division multiplexing or evanescent coupling techniques).
  • one may have just one cluster ( 464 ) housed in a conduit ( 468 ) for, say, red/green/blue (and in another embodiment, another core may be added for infrared for uses such as eye tracking). In another embodiment, additional cores may be placed in the tight cluster to carrying additional wavelengths of light to comprise a multi-primary display for increased color gamut.
  • a sparse array of single cores ( 470 ); in one variation with red, green, and blue combined down each of them) within a conduit ( 466 ) may be utilized; such a configuration is workable albeit somewhat less efficient for resolution increase, but not optimum for red/green/blue combining.
  • Multicore fibers also may be utilized for creating lightfield displays. Indeed, rather than keeping the cores separated enough from each other so that the cores do not scan on each other's local area at the display panel, as described above in the context of creating a scanning light display, with a lightfield display, it is desirable to scan around a densely packed plurality of fibers because each of the beams produced represents a specific part of the lightfield.
  • the light exiting from the bundled fiber tips can be relatively narrow if the fibers have a small NA; lightfield configurations may take advantage of this and have an arrangement in which at the anatomic pupil, a plurality of slightly different beams are being received from the array.
  • there are optical configurations with scanning a multicore that are functionally equivalent to an array of single scanning fiber modules, and thus a lightfield may be created by scanning a multicore rather than scanning a group of single mode fibers.
  • a multi-core phased array approach may be used to create a large exit pupil variable wavefront configuration to facilitate three-dimensional perception.
  • a single laser configuration with phase modulators is described above.
  • phase delays may be induced into different channels of a multicore fiber, such that a single laser's light is injected into all of the cores of the multicore configuration so that there is mutual coherence.
  • a multi-core fiber may be combined with a lens, such as a GRIN lens.
  • a lens such as a GRIN lens.
  • Such lens may be, for example, a refractive lens, diffractive lens, or a polished edge functioning as a lens.
  • the lens may be a single optical surface, or may comprise multiple optical surfaces stacked up. Indeed, in addition to having a single lens that extends the diameter of the multicore, a smaller lenslet array may be desirable at the exit point of light from the cores of the multicore, for example.
  • FIG. 16F shows an embodiment wherein a multicore fiber ( 470 ) is emitting multiple beams into a lens ( 472 ), such as a GRIN lens.
  • the lens collects the beams down to a focal point ( 474 ) in space in front of the lens.
  • the beams would exit the multicore fiber as diverging.
  • the GRIN or other lens is configured to function to direct them down to a single point and collimate them, such that the collimated result may be scanned around for a lightfield display, for instance.
  • smaller lenses ( 478 ) may be placed in front of each of the cores of a multicore ( 476 ) configuration, and these lenses may be utilized to collimate; then a shared lens ( 480 ) may be configured to focus the collimated beams down to a diffraction limited spot ( 482 ) that is aligned for all of the three spots.
  • a shared lens ( 480 ) may be configured to focus the collimated beams down to a diffraction limited spot ( 482 ) that is aligned for all of the three spots.
  • one embodiment features a multicore fiber ( 476 ) with a lenslet ( 478 ) array feeding the light to a small prism array ( 484 ) that deflects the beams generated by the individual cores to a common point.
  • a small prism array 484
  • the small lenslet array shifted relative to the cores such that the light is being deflected and focused down to a single point.
  • Such a configuration may be utilized to increase the numerical aperture.
  • a two-step configuration is shown with a small lenslet ( 478 ) array capturing light from the multicore fiber ( 476 ), followed sequentially by a shared lens ( 486 ) to focus the beams to a single point ( 488 ).
  • a small lenslet ( 478 ) array capturing light from the multicore fiber ( 476 ), followed sequentially by a shared lens ( 486 ) to focus the beams to a single point ( 488 ).
  • Such a configuration may be utilized to increase the numerical aperture. As discussed above, a larger NA corresponds to a smaller pixel size and higher possible display resolution.
  • a beveled fiber array which may be held together with a coupler ( 456 ), such as those described above, may be scanned with a reflecting device ( 494 ; such as a DMD module of a DLP system).
  • a reflecting device 494 ; such as a DMD module of a DLP system.
  • the superimposed light can be directed through one or more focusing lenses ( 490 , 492 ) to create a multifocal beam; with the superimposing and angulation of the array, the different sources are different distances from the focusing lens, which creates different focus levels in the beams as they emerge from the lens ( 492 ) and are directed toward the retina ( 54 ) of the eye ( 58 ) of the user.
  • the farthest optical route/beam may be set up to be a collimated beam representative of optical infinity focal positions. Closer routes/beams may be associated with diverging spherical wavefronts of closer focal locations.
  • the multifocal beam may be passed into a scanning mirror which may be configured to create a raster scan (or, for example, a Lissajous curve scan pattern or a spiral scan pattern) of the multifocal beam which may be passed through a series of focusing lenses and then to the cornea and crystalline lens of the eye.
  • a scanning mirror which may be configured to create a raster scan (or, for example, a Lissajous curve scan pattern or a spiral scan pattern) of the multifocal beam which may be passed through a series of focusing lenses and then to the cornea and crystalline lens of the eye.
  • the various beams emerging from the lenses are creating different pixels or voxels of varying focal distances that are superimposed.
  • one may write different data to each of the light modulation channels at the front end, thereby creating an image that is projected to the eye with one or more focus elements.
  • the fiber array may be actuated/moved around by a piezoelectric actuator.
  • a relatively thin ribbon array may be resonated in cantilevered form along the axis perpendicular to the arrangement of the array fibers (i.e., in the thin direction of the ribbon) when a piezoelectric actuator is activated.
  • a separate piezoelectric actuator may be utilized to create a vibratory scan in the orthogonal long axis.
  • a single mirror axis scan may be employed for a slow scan along the long axis while the fiber ribbon is vibrated resonantly.
  • an array ( 496 ) of scanning fiber displays ( 498 ) may be beneficially bundled/tiled for an effective resolution increase, the notion being that with such as configuration, each scanning fiber of the bundle is configured to write to a different portion of the image plane ( 500 ), as shown, for example, in FIG. 16N , wherein each portion of the image plane is addressed by the emissions from a least one bundle.
  • optical configurations may be utilized that allow for slight magnification of the beams as they exit the optical fiber so that there is some overlap in the hexagonal, or other lattice pattern, that hits the display plane, so there is a better fill factor while also maintaining an adequately small spot size in the image plane and understanding that there is a subtle magnification in that image plane.
  • a monolithic lenslet array may be utilized, so that the lenses can be as closely packed as possible, which allows for even smaller spot sizes in the image plane because one may use a lower amount of magnification in the optical system.
  • arrays of fiber scan displays may be used to increase the resolution of the display, or in other words, they may be used to increase the field of view of the display, because each engine is being used to scan a different portion of the field of view.
  • a lightfield display may be created using a plurality of small diameter fibers scanned around in space. For example, instead of having all of the fibers address a different part of an image plane as described above, have more overlapping, more fibers angled inward, etc., or change the focal power of the lenses so that the small spot sizes are not conjugate with a tiled image plane configuration. Such a configuration may be used to create a lightfield display to scan lots of smaller diameter rays around that become intercepted in the same physical space.
  • one way of creating a lightfield display involves making the output of the elements on the left collimated with narrow beams, and then making the projecting array conjugate with the eye pupil on the right.
  • a single actuator may be utilized to actuate a plurality of fibers ( 506 ) in unison together.
  • a similar configuration is discussed above in reference to FIGS. 13 -C- 1 and 13 -C- 2 . It may be practically difficult to have all of the fibers retain the same resonant frequency, vibrate in a desirable phase relationship to each other, or have the same dimensions of cantilevering from the substrate block.
  • the tips of the fibers may be mechanically coupled with a lattice or sheet ( 504 ), such as a graphene sheet that is very thin, rigid, and light in weight.
  • the entire array may vibrate similarly and have the same phase relationship.
  • a matrix of carbon nanotubes may be utilized to couple the fibers, or a piece of very thin planar glass (such as the kind used in creating liquid crystal display panels) may be coupled to the fiber ends.
  • a laser or other precision cutting device may be utilized to cut all associated fibers to the same cantilevered length.
  • FIG. 17 it may be desirable to have a contact lens directly interfaced with the cornea, and configured to facilitate the eye focusing on a display that is quite close (such as the typical distance between a cornea and an eyeglasses lens).
  • the lens may comprise a selective filter.
  • FIG. 17 depicts a plot ( 508 ) what may be deemed a “notch filter”, due to its design to block only certain wavelength bands, such as 450 nm (peak blue), 530 nm (green), and 650 nm, and generally pass or transmit other wavelengths.
  • several layers of dielectric coatings may be aggregated to provide the notch filtering functionality.
  • Such a filtering configuration may be coupled with a scanning fiber display that is producing a very narrow band illumination for red, green, and blue, and the contact lens with the notch filtering will block out all of the light coming from the display (such as a minidisplay, such as an OLED display, mounted in a position normally occupied by an eyeglasses lens) except for the transmissive wavelengths.
  • a scanning fiber display that is producing a very narrow band illumination for red, green, and blue
  • the contact lens with the notch filtering will block out all of the light coming from the display (such as a minidisplay, such as an OLED display, mounted in a position normally occupied by an eyeglasses lens) except for the transmissive wavelengths.
  • a narrow pinhole may be created in the middle of the contact lens filtering layers/film such that the small aperture (i.e., less than about 1.5 mm diameter) does allow passage of the otherwise blocked wavelengths.
  • a pinhole lens configuration that functions in a pinhole manner for red, green, and blue only to intake images from the minidisplay, while light from the real world, which generally is broadband illumination, will pass through the contact lens relatively unimpeded.
  • a large depth of focus virtual display configuration may be assembled and operated.
  • a collimated image exiting from a waveguide would be visible at the retina because of the pinhole large-depth-of-focus configuration.
  • a display may be configured to have different display modes that may be selected (preferably rapidly toggling between the two at the command of the operator) by an operator, such as a first mode combining a very large depth of focus with a small exit pupil diameter (i.e., so that everything is in focus all of the time), and a second mode featuring a larger exit pupil and a more narrow depth of focus.
  • the operator may select the first mode; alternatively, if a user is to type in a long essay (i.e., for a relatively long period of time) using a two-dimensional word processing display configuration, it may be more desirable to switch to the second mode to have the convenience of a larger exit pupil, and a sharper image.
  • one configuration may have red wavelength and blue wavelength channels presented with a very small exit pupil so that they are always in focus.
  • a green channel only may be presented with a large exit pupil configuration with multiple depth planes (i.e., because the human accommodation system tends to preferentially target green wavelengths for optimizing focus level).
  • the green wavelength may be prioritized and represented with various different wavefront levels. Red and blue may be relegated to being represented with a more Maxwellian approach (and, as described above in reference to Maxwellian displays, software may be utilized to induce Gaussian levels of blur). Such a display would simultaneously present multiple depths of focus.
  • the fovea portion generally is populated with approximately 120 cones per visual degree.
  • Display systems have been created in the past that use eye or gaze tracking as an input, and to save computation resources by only creating really high resolution rendering for where the person is gazing at the time, while lower resolution rendering is presented to the rest of the retina; the locations of the high versus low resolution portions may be dynamically slaved to the tracked gaze location in such a configuration, which may be termed a “foveated display”.
  • An improvement on such configurations may comprise a scanning fiber display with pattern spacing that may be dynamically slaved to tracked eye gaze.
  • a scanning fiber display with pattern spacing that may be dynamically slaved to tracked eye gaze.
  • a typical scanning fiber display operating in a spiral pattern as shown in FIG. 18 (the leftmost portion 510 of the image in FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral motion pattern of a scanned multicore fiber 514 ; the rightmost portion 512 of the image in FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral motion pattern of a scanned single fiber 516 for comparison), a constant pattern pitch provides for a uniform display resolution.
  • a non-uniform scanning pitch may be utilized, with smaller/tighter pitch (and therefore higher resolution) dynamically slaved to the detected gaze location. For example, if the user's gaze was detected as moving toward the edge of the display screen, the spirals may be clustered more densely in such location, which would create a toroid-type scanning pattern for the high-resolution portions, and the rest of the display being in a lower-resolution mode. In a configuration wherein gaps may be created in the portions of the display in a lower-resolution mode, blur could be intentionally dynamically created to smooth out the transitions between scans, as well as between transitions from high-resolution to lower-resolution scan pitch.
  • the term lightfield may be used to describe a volumetric 3-D representation of light traveling from an object to a viewer's eye.
  • an optical see-through display can only reflect light to the eye, not the absence of light, and ambient light from the real world will add to any light representing a virtual object. That is, if a virtual object presented to the eye contains a black or very dark portion, the ambient light from the real world may pass through that dark portion and obscure that it was intended to be dark.
  • one way to selectively attenuate for a darkfield perception is to block all of the light coming from one angle, while allowing light from other angles to be transmitted.
  • This may be accomplished with a plurality of SLM planes comprising elements such as liquid crystal (which may not be the most optimal due to its relatively low transparency when in the transmitting state), DMD elements of DLP systems (which have relative high transmission/reflection ratios when in such mode), and MEMS arrays or shutters that are configured to controllably shutter or pass light radiation, as described above.
  • a cholesteric LCD array may be utilized for a controlled occlusion/blocking array.
  • a cholesteric LCD configuration a pigment is being bound to the liquid crystal molecule, and then the molecule is physically tilted in response to an applied voltage.
  • Such a configuration may be designed to achieve greater transparency when in a transmissive mode than conventional LCD, and a stack of polarizing films is not needed as it is with conventional LCD.
  • a plurality of layers of controllably interrupted patterns may be utilized to controllably block selected presentation of light using moire effects.
  • two arrays of attenuation patterns each of which may comprise, for example, fine-pitched sine waves printed or painted upon a transparent planar material such as a glass substrate, may be presented to the eye of a user at a distance close enough that when the viewer looks through either of the patterns alone, the view is essentially transparent, but if the viewer looks through both patterns lined up in sequence, the viewer will see a spatial beat frequency moire attenuation pattern, even when the two attenuation patterns are placed in sequence relatively close to the eye of the user.
  • the beat frequency is dependent upon the pitch of the patterns on the two attenuation planes, so in one embodiment, an attenuation pattern for selectively blocking certain light transmission for darkfield perception may be created using two sequential patterns, each of which otherwise would be transparent to the user, but which together in series create a spatial beat frequency moire attenuation pattern selected to attenuate in accordance with the darkfield perception desired in the augmented reality system.
  • a controlled occlusion paradigm for darkfield effect may be created using a multi-view display style occluder.
  • one configuration may comprise one pin-holed layer that fully occludes with the exception of small apertures or pinholes, along with a selective attenuation layer in series, which may comprise an LCD, DLP system, or other selective attenuation layer configuration, such as those described above.
  • a selective attenuation layer in series which may comprise an LCD, DLP system, or other selective attenuation layer configuration, such as those described above.
  • a perception of a sharp mechanical edge out in space may be created.
  • the pinhole array layer may be replaced with a second dynamic attenuation layer to provide a somewhat similar configuration, but with more controls than the static pinhole array layer (the static pinhole layer could be simulated, but need not be).
  • the pinholes may be replaced with cylindrical lenses.
  • the same pattern of occlusion as in the pinhole array layer configuration may be achieved, but with cylindrical lenses, the array is not restricted to the very tiny pinhole geometries.
  • a second lens array may be added on the side of the aperture or lens array opposite of the side nearest the eye to compensate and provide the view-through illumination with basically a zero power telescope configuration.
  • each liquid crystal layer may act as a polarization rotator such that if a patterned polarizing material is incorporated on one face of a panel, then the polarization of individual rays coming from the real world may be selectively manipulated so they catch a portion of the patterned polarizer.
  • polarizers known in the art that have checkerboard patterns wherein half of the “checker boxes” have vertical polarization and the other half have horizontal polarization.
  • polarizers known in the art that have checkerboard patterns wherein half of the “checker boxes” have vertical polarization and the other half have horizontal polarization.
  • a material such as liquid crystal is used in which polarization may be selectively manipulated, light may be selectively attenuated with this.
  • selective reflectors may provide greater transmission efficiency than LCD.
  • a lens system if a lens system is placed such that it takes light coming in from the real world and focuses a plane from the real world onto an image plane, and if a DMD (i.e., DLP technology) is placed at that image plane to reflect light when in an “on” state towards another set of lenses that pass the light to the eye, and those lenses also have the DMD at their focal length, the one may create an attenuation pattern that is in focus for the eye.
  • DMDs may be used in a selective reflector plane in a zero magnification telescope configuration, such as is shown in FIG. 19A , to controllably occlude and facilitate creating darkfield perception.
  • a lens ( 518 ) is taking light from the real world ( 144 ) and focusing it down to an image plane ( 520 ); if a DMD (or other spatial attenuation device) ( 522 ) is placed at the focal length of the lens (i.e., at the image plane 520 ), the lens ( 518 ) is going to take whatever light is coming from optical infinity and focus that onto the image plane ( 520 ). Then the spatial attenuator ( 522 ) may be utilized to selectively block out things that are to be attenuated.
  • FIG. 19A shows the attenuator DMDs in the transmissive mode wherein they pass the beams shown crossing the device.
  • the image is then placed at the focal length of the second lens ( 524 ).
  • the two lenses ( 518 , 524 ) have the same focal power so they end up being a zero-power telescope, or a “relay”, that does not magnify views to the real world ( 144 ).
  • Such a configuration may be used to present unmagnified views of the world while also allowing selective blocking/attenuation of certain pixels.
  • FIGS. 19B and 19C additional DMDs may be added such that light reflects from each of four DMDs ( 526 , 528 , 530 , 532 ) before passing to the eye.
  • FIG. 19B shows an embodiment with two lenses preferably with the same focal power (focal length “F”) placed at a 2 F relationship from one another (the focal length of the first being conjugate to the focal length of the second) to have the zero-power telescope effect;
  • FIG. 19C shows an embodiment without lenses.
  • the angles of orientation of the four reflective panels ( 526 , 528 , 530 , 532 ) in the depicted embodiments of FIGS. 19B and 19C are shown to be around 45 degrees for simple illustration purposes, but specific relative orientation is required (for example, a typical DMD reflect at about a 12 degree angle).
  • the panels may also be ferroelectric, or may be any other kind of reflective or selective attenuator panel or array.
  • one of the three reflector arrays may be a simple mirror, such that the other 3 are selective attenuators, thus still providing three independent planes to controllably occlude portions of the incoming illumination in furtherance of darkfield perception.
  • Such a configuration may be driven in lightfield algorithms to selectively attenuate certain rays while others are passed.
  • a DMD or similar matrix of controllably movable devices may be created upon a transparent substrate as opposed to a generally opaque substrate, for use in a transmissive configuration such as virtual reality.
  • two LCD panels may be utilized as lightfield occluders.
  • they may be thought of as attenuators due to their attenuating capability as described above; alternatively they may be considered polarization rotators with a shared polarizer stack.
  • Suitable LCDs may comprise components such as blue phase liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal, ferroelectric liquid crystal, and/or twisted nematic liquid crystal.
  • One embodiment may comprise an array of directionally-selective occlusion elements, such as a MEMS device featuring a set of louvers that can change rotation such that they pass the majority of light that is coming from a particular angle, but are presenting more of a broad face to light that is coming from a different angle (somewhat akin to the manner in which plantation shutters may be utilized with a typical human scale window).
  • the MEMS/louvers configuration may be placed upon an optically transparent substrate, with the louvers substantially opaque. Ideally such a configuration would have a louver pitch fine enough to selectably occlude light on a pixel-by-pixel basis.
  • two or more layers or stacks of louvers may be combined to provide yet further controls.
  • the louvers may be polarizers configured to change the polarization state of light on a controllably variable basis.
  • another embodiment for selective occlusion may comprise an array of sliding panels in a MEMS device such that the sliding panels may be controllably opened (i.e., by sliding in a planar fashion from a first position to a second position; or by rotating from a first orientation to a second orientation; or, for example, combined rotational reorientation and displacement) to transmit light through a small frame or aperture, and controllably closed to occlude the frame or aperture and prevent transmission.
  • the array may be configured to open or occlude the various frames or apertures such that they maximally attenuate the rays that are to be attenuated, and only minimally attenuate the rays to be transmitted.
  • the sliding panels may comprise sliding polarizers, and if placed in a stacked configuration with other polarizing elements that are either static or dynamic, may be utilized to selectively attenuate.
  • FIG. 19D another configuration providing an opportunity for selective reflection, such as via a DMD style reflector array ( 534 ), is shown, such that a stacked set of two waveguides ( 536 , 538 ) along with a pair of focus elements ( 540 , 542 ) and a reflector ( 534 ; such as a DMD) may be used to capture a portion of incoming light with an entrance reflector ( 544 ).
  • a DMD style reflector array 534
  • the reflected light may be totally internally reflected down the length of the first waveguide ( 536 ), into a focusing element ( 540 ) to bring the light into focus on a reflector ( 534 ) such as a DMD array, after which the DMD may selectively attenuate and reflect a portion of the light back through a focusing lens ( 542 ; the lens configured to facilitate injection of the light back into the second waveguide) and into the second waveguide ( 538 ) for total internal reflection down to an exit reflector ( 546 ) configured to exit the light out of the waveguide and toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • a reflector 534
  • the DMD may selectively attenuate and reflect a portion of the light back through a focusing lens ( 542 ; the lens configured to facilitate injection of the light back into the second waveguide) and into the second waveguide ( 538 ) for total internal reflection down to an exit reflector ( 546 ) configured to exit the light out of the waveguide and toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • Such a configuration may have a relatively thin shape factor, and is designed to allow light from the real world ( 144 ) to be selectively attenuated.
  • waveguides work most cleanly with collimated light
  • such a configuration may be well suited for virtual reality configurations wherein focal lengths are in the range of optical infinity.
  • a lightfield display may be used as a layer on top of the silhouette created by the aforementioned selective attenuation/darkfield configuration to provide other cues to the eye of the user that light is coming from another focal distance.
  • An occlusion mask may be out of focus, even nondesirably so, and then in one embodiment, a lightfield on top of the masking layer may be used to hide the fact that the darkfield may be at the wrong focal distance.
  • FIG. 19E an embodiment is shown featuring two waveguides ( 552 , 554 ) each having two angled reflectors ( 558 , 544 ; 556 , 546 ) for illustrative purposes shown at approximately 45 degrees; in actual configurations the angle may differ depending upon the reflective surface, reflective/refractive properties of the waveguides, etc.) directing a portion of light incoming from the real world down each side of a first waveguide (or down two separate waveguides if the top layer is not monolithic) such that it hits a reflector ( 548 , 550 ) at each end, such as a DMD which may be used for selective attenuation, after which the reflected light may be injected back into the second waveguide (or into two separate waveguides if the bottom layer is not monolithic) and back toward two angled reflectors (again, they need not be at 45 degrees as shown) for exit out toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • a reflector 548 , 550
  • Focusing lenses may also be placed between the reflectors at each end and the waveguides.
  • the reflectors ( 548 , 550 ) at each end may comprise standard mirrors (such as alumized mirrors).
  • the reflectors may be wavelength selective reflectors, such as dichroic mirrors or film interference filters.
  • the reflectors may be diffractive elements configured to reflect incoming light.
  • FIG. 19F illustrates a configuration wherein four reflective surfaces in a pyramid type configuration are utilized to direct light through two waveguides ( 560 , 562 ), in which incoming light from the real world may be divided up and reflected to four difference axes.
  • the pyramid-shaped reflector ( 564 ) may have more than four facets, and may be resident within the substrate prism, as with the reflectors of the configuration of FIG. 19E .
  • the configuration of FIG. 19F is an extension of that of FIG. 19E .
  • a single waveguide ( 566 ) may be utilized to capture light from the world ( 144 ) with one or more reflective surfaces ( 574 , 576 , 578 , 580 , 582 ), relay it ( 570 ) to a selective attenuator ( 568 ; such as a DMD array), and recouple it back into the same waveguide so that it propagates ( 572 ) and encounters one or more other reflective surfaces ( 584 , 586 , 588 , 590 , 592 ) that cause it to at least partially exit ( 594 ) the waveguide on a path toward the eye ( 58 ) of the user.
  • a selective attenuator 568 ; such as a DMD array
  • the waveguide comprises selective reflectors such that one group ( 574 , 576 , 578 , 580 , 582 ) may be switched on to capture incoming light and direct it down to the selective attenuator, while separate another group ( 584 , 586 , 588 , 590 , 592 ) may be switched on to exit light returning from the selective attenuator out toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • one group 574 , 576 , 578 , 580 , 582
  • another group 584 , 586 , 588 , 590 , 592
  • the selective attenuator is shown oriented substantially perpendicularly to the waveguide; in other embodiments, various optics components, such as refractive or reflective optics, may be utilized to have the selective attenuator at a different and more compact orientation relative to the waveguide.
  • FIG. 19H a variation on the configuration described in reference to FIG. 19D is illustrated.
  • This configuration is somewhat analogous to that discussed above in reference to FIG. 5B , wherein a switchable array of reflectors may be embedded within each of a pair of waveguides ( 602 , 604 ).
  • a controller may be configured to turn the reflectors ( 598 , 600 ) on and off in sequence, such that multiple reflectors may be operated on a frame sequential basis; then the DMD or other selective attenuator ( 594 ) may also be sequentially driven in sync with the different mirrors being turned on and off.
  • FIG. 19I a pair of wedge-shaped waveguides similar to those described above (for example, in reference to FIGS. 15A-15C ) are shown in side or sectional view to illustrate that the two long surfaces of each wedge-shaped waveguide ( 610 , 612 ) are not co-planar.
  • a “turning film” ( 606 , 608 ; such as that available from 3M corporation under the trade name, “TRAF”, which in essence comprises a microprism array), may be utilized on one or more surfaces of the wedge-shaped waveguides to either turn incoming rays at an angle so that they will be captured by total internal reflection, or to turn outgoing rays as they are exiting the waveguide toward an eye or other target.
  • Incoming rays are directed down the first wedge and toward the selective attenuator ( 614 ) such as a DMD, LCD (such as a ferroelectric LCD), or an LCD stack to act as a mask).
  • reflected light is coupled back into the second wedge-shaped waveguide which then relays the light by total internal reflection along the wedge.
  • the properties of the wedge-shaped waveguide are intentionally such that each bounce of light causes an angle change; the point at which the angle has changed enough to be the critical angle to escape total internal reflection becomes the exit point from the wedge-shaped waveguide.
  • the exit will be at an oblique angle, so another layer of turning film may be used to “turn” the exiting light toward a targeted object such as the eye ( 58 ).
  • FIG. 19J several arcuate lenslet arrays ( 616 , 620 , 622 ) are positioned relative to an eye and configured such that a spatial attenuator array ( 618 ) is positioned at a focal/image plane so that it may be in focus with the eye ( 58 ).
  • the first ( 616 ) and second ( 620 ) arrays are configured such that in the aggregate, light passing from the real world to the eye is essentially passed through a zero power telescope.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 19J shows a third array ( 622 ) of lenslets which may be utilized for improved optical compensation, but the general case does not require such a third layer.
  • having telescopic lenses that are the diameter of the viewing optic may create an undesirably large form factor (somewhat akin to having a bunch of small sets of binoculars in front of the eyes).
  • One way to optimize the overall geometry is to reduce the diameter of the lenses by splitting them out into smaller lenslets, as shown in FIG. 19J (i.e., an array of lenses rather than one single large lens).
  • the lenslet arrays ( 616 , 620 , 622 ) are shown wrapped radially or arcuately around the eye ( 58 ) to ensure that beams incoming to the pupil are aligned through the appropriate lenslets (else the system may suffer from optical problems such as dispersion, aliasing, and/or lack of focus).
  • all of the lenslets are oriented “toed in” and pointed at the pupil of the eye ( 58 ), and the system facilitates avoidance of scenarios wherein rays are propagated through unintended sets of lenses en route to the pupil.
  • FIGS. 19K-19N various software approaches may be utilized to assist in the presentation of darkfield in a virtual or augmented reality displace scenario.
  • a typical challenging scenario for augmented reality is depicted ( 632 ), with a textured carpet ( 624 ) and non-uniform background architectural features ( 626 ), both of which are lightly-colored.
  • the black box ( 628 ) depicted indicates the region of the display in which one or more augmented reality features are to be presented to the user for three-dimensional perception, and in the black box a robot creature ( 630 ) is being presented that may, for example, be part of an augmented reality game in which the user is engaged.
  • the robot character ( 630 ) is darkly-colored, which makes for a challenging presentation in three-dimensional perception, particularly with the background selected for this example scenario.
  • one of the main challenges for a presenting darkfield augmented reality object is that the system generally cannot add or paint in “darkness”; generally the display is configured to add light.
  • presentation of the robot character in the augmented reality view results in a scene wherein portions of the robot character that are to be essentially flat black in presentation are not visible, and portions of the robot character that are to have some lighting (such as the lightly-pigmented cover of the shoulder gun of the robot character) are only barely visible ( 634 )—they appear almost like a light grayscale disruption to the otherwise normal background image.
  • using a software-based global attenuation treatment provides enhanced visibility to the robot character because the brightness of the nearly black robot character is effective increased relative to the rest of the space, which now appears more dark ( 640 ).
  • a digitally-added light halo 636
  • the halo treatment even the portions of the robot character that are to be presented as flat black become visible with the contrast to the white halo, or “aura” presented around the robot character.
  • the halo may be presented to the user with a perceived focal distance that is behind the focal distance of the robot character in three-dimensional space.
  • the light halo may be presented with an intensity gradient to match the dark halo that may accompany the occlusion, minimizing the visibility of either darkfield effect.
  • the halo may be presented with blurring to the background behind the presented halo illumination for further distinguishing effect. A more subtle aura or halo effect may be created by matching, at least in part, the color and/or brightness of a relatively light-colored background.
  • some or all of the black intonations of the robot character may be changed to dark, cool blue colors to provide a further distinguishing effect relative to the background, and relatively good visualization of the robot ( 642 ).
  • Wedge-shaped waveguides have been described above, such as in reference to FIGS. 15A-15D and FIG. 19I .
  • a wedge-shaped waveguide every time a ray bounces off of one of the non-coplanar surfaces, it gets an angle change, which ultimately results in the ray exiting total internal reflection when its approach angle to one of the surfaces goes past the critical angle.
  • Turning films may be used to redirect exiting light so that exiting beams leave with a trajectory that is more or less perpendicular to the exit surface, depending upon the geometric and ergonomic issues at play.
  • the wedge-shaped waveguide may be configured to create a fine-pitched array of angle-biased rays emerging from the wedge.
  • a lightfield display, or a variable wavefront creating waveguide both may produce a multiplicity of beamlets or beams to represent a single pixel in space such that wherever the eye is positioned, the eye is hit by a plurality of different beamlets or beams that are unique to that particular eye position in front of the display panel.
  • a plurality of viewing zones may be created within a given pupil, and each may be used for a different focal distance, with the aggregate producing a perception similar to that of a variable wavefront creating waveguide, or similar to the actual optical physics of reality of the objects viewed were real.
  • a wedge-shaped waveguide with multiple displays may be utilized to generate a lightfield.
  • a fan of exiting rays is created for each pixel.
  • This concept may be extended in an embodiment wherein multiple linear arrays are stacked to all inject image information into the wedge-shaped waveguide (in one variation, one array may inject at one angle relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide face, while the second array may inject at a second angle relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide face), in which case exit beams fan out at two different axes from the wedge.
  • one or more arrays or displays may be configured to inject image information into wedge-shaped waveguide through sides or faces of the wedge-shaped waveguide other than that shown in FIG. 15C , such as by using a diffractive optic to bend injected image information into total an internal reflection configuration relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide.
  • Various reflectors or reflecting surfaces may also be utilized in concert with such a wedge-shaped waveguide embodiment to outcouple and manage light from the wedge-shaped waveguide.
  • an entrance aperture to a wedge-shaped waveguide, or injection of image information through a different face other than shown in FIG. 15C may be utilized to facilitate staggering (geometric and/or temporal) of different displays and arrays such that a Z-axis delta may also be developed as a means for injecting three-dimensional information into the wedge-shaped waveguide.
  • various displays may be configured to enter a wedge-shaped waveguide at multiple edges in multiple stacks with staggering to get higher dimensional configurations.
  • a configuration similar to that depicted in FIG. 8H is shown wherein a waveguide ( 646 ) has a diffractive optical element ( 648 ; or “DOE”, as noted above) sandwiched in the middle (alternatively, as described above, the diffractive optical element may reside on the front or back face of the depicted waveguide).
  • a ray may enter the waveguide ( 646 ) from the projector or display ( 644 ). Once in the waveguide ( 646 ), each time the ray intersects the DOE ( 648 ), part of it is exited out of the waveguide ( 646 ).
  • the DOE may be designed such that the exit illuminance across the length of the waveguide ( 646 ) is somewhat uniform (for example, the first such DOE intersection may be configured to exit about 10% of the light; then the second DOE intersection may be configured to exit about 10% of the remaining light so that 81% is passed on, and so on; in another embodied a DOE may be designed to have a variable diffraction efficiency, such as linearly-decreasing diffraction efficiency, along its length to map out a more uniform exit illuminance across the length of the waveguide).
  • a variable diffraction efficiency such as linearly-decreasing diffraction efficiency
  • a reflective element ( 650 ) at one or both ends may be included.
  • additional distribution and preservation may be achieved by including an elongate reflector ( 652 ) across the length of the waveguide as shown (comprising, for example, a thin film dichroic coating that is wavelength-selective); preferably such reflector would be blocking light that accidentally is reflected upward (back toward the real world 144 for exit in a way that it would not be utilized by the viewer).
  • an elongate reflector may contribute to a “ghosting” effect perception by the user.
  • this ghosting effect may be eliminated by having a dual-waveguide ( 646 , 654 ) circulating reflection configuration, such as that shown in FIG. 20C , which is designed to keep the light moving around until it has been exited toward the eye ( 58 ) in a preferably substantially equally distributed manner across the length of the waveguide assembly.
  • light may be injected with a projector or display ( 644 ), and as it travels across the DOE ( 656 ) of the first waveguide ( 654 ), it ejects a preferably substantially uniform pattern of light out toward the eye ( 58 ); light that remains in the first waveguide is reflected by a first reflector assembly ( 660 ) into the second waveguide ( 646 ).
  • the second waveguide ( 646 ) may be configured to not have a DOE, such that it merely transports or recycles the remaining light back to the first waveguide, using the second reflector assembly.
  • the second waveguide ( 646 ) may also have a DOE ( 648 ) configured to uniformly eject fractions of travelling light to provide a second plane of focus for three-dimensional perception.
  • the configuration of FIG. 20C is designed for light to travel the waveguide in one direction, which avoids the aforementioned ghosting problem that is related to passing light backwards through a waveguide with a DOE.
  • an array of smaller retroreflectors ( 662 ), or a retroreflective material may be utilized.
  • FIG. 20E an embodiment is shown that utilizes some of the light recycling configurations of the embodiment of FIG. 20C to “snake” the light down through a waveguide ( 646 ) having a sandwiched DOE ( 648 ) after it has been injected with a display or projector ( 644 ) so that it crosses the waveguide ( 646 ) many times back and forth before reaching the bottom, at which point it may be recycled back up to the top level for further recycling.
  • Such a configuration not only recycles the light and facilitates use of relatively low diffraction efficiency DOE elements for exiting light toward the eye ( 58 ), but also distributes the light, to provide for a large exit pupil configuration akin to that described in reference to FIG. 8K .
  • FIG. 20F an illustrative configuration similar to that of FIG. 5A is shown, with incoming light injected along a conventional prism or beamsplitter substrate ( 104 ) to a reflector ( 102 ) without total internal reflection (i.e., without the prism being considered a waveguide) because the input projection ( 106 ), scanning or otherwise, is kept within the bounds of the prism—which means that the geometry of such prism becomes a significant constraint.
  • a waveguide may be utilized in place of the simple prism of FIG. 20F , which facilitates the use of total internal reflection to provide more geometric flexibility.
  • a collimated image injected into a waveguide may be refocused before transfer out toward an eye, in a configuration also designed to facilitate viewing light from the real world.
  • a diffractive optical element may be used as a variable focus element.
  • FIG. 7B another waveguide configuration is illustrated in the context of having multiple layers stacked upon each other with controllable access toggling between a smaller path (total internal reflection through a waveguide) and a larger path (total internal reflection through a hybrid waveguide comprising the original waveguide and a liquid crystal isolated region with the liquid crystal switched to a mode wherein the refractive indices are substantially matched between the main waveguide and the auxiliary waveguide), so that the controller can tune on a frame-by-frame basis which path is being taken.
  • High-speed switching electro-active materials such as lithium niobate, facilitate path changes with such a configuration at gigahertz rates, which allows one to change the path of light on a pixel-by-pixel basis.
  • a stack of waveguides paired with weak lenses is illustrated to demonstrate a multifocal configuration wherein the lens and waveguide elements may be static.
  • Each pair of waveguide and lens may be functionally replaced with waveguide having an embedded DOE element (which may be static, in a closer analogy to the configuration of FIG. 8A , or dynamic), such as that described in reference to FIG. 8I .
  • a transparent prism or block ( 104 ; i.e., not a waveguide) is utilized to hold a mirror or reflector ( 102 ) in a periscope type of configuration to receive light from other components, such as a lens ( 662 ) and projector or display ( 644 ), the field of view is limited by the size of that reflector ( 102 ; the bigger the reflector, the wider the field of view).
  • a thicker substrate may be needed to hold a larger reflector; otherwise, the functionality of an aggregated plurality of reflectors may be utilized to increase the functional field of view, as described in reference to FIGS. 8O , 8 P, and 8 Q.
  • a stack ( 664 ) of planar waveguides ( 666 ), each fed with a display or projector ( 644 ; or in another embodiment a multiplexing of a single display) and having an exit reflector ( 668 ), may be utilized to aggregate toward the function of a larger single reflector.
  • the exit reflectors may be at the same angle in some cases, or not the same angle in other cases, depending upon the positioning of the eye ( 58 ) relative to the assembly.
  • FIG. 20I illustrates a related configuration, wherein the reflectors ( 680 , 682 , 684 , 686 , 688 ) in each of the planar waveguides ( 670 , 672 , 674 , 676 , 678 ) have been offset from each other, and wherein each takes in light from a projector or display ( 644 ) which may be sent through a lens ( 690 ) to ultimately contribute exiting light to the pupil ( 45 ) of the eye ( 58 ) by virtue of the reflectors ( 680 , 682 , 684 , 686 , 688 ) in each of the planar waveguides ( 670 , 672 , 674 , 676 , 678 ).
  • FIG. 20K illustrates a variation wherein the shaded portion of the optical assembly may be utilized as a compensating lens to functionally pass light from the real world ( 144 ) through the assembly as though it has been passed through a zero power telescope.
  • each of the aforementioned rays may also be a relative wide beam that is being reflected through the pertinent waveguide ( 670 , 672 ) by total internal reflection.
  • the reflector ( 680 , 682 ) facet size will determine what the exiting beam width can be.
  • a further discretization of the reflector is shown, wherein a plurality of small straight angular reflectors may form a roughly parabolic reflecting surface ( 694 ) in the aggregate through a waveguide or stack thereof ( 696 ).
  • a linear array of displays injects light into a shared waveguide ( 376 ).
  • a single display may be multiplexed to a series of entry lenses to provide similar functionality as the embodiment of FIG. 13M , with the entry lenses creating parallel paths of rays running through the waveguide.
  • a red/green/blue (or “RGB”) laserline reflector is placed at one or both ends of the planar surfaces, akin to a thin film interference filter that is highly reflective for only certain wavelengths and poorly reflective for other wavelengths, than one can functionally increase the range of angles of light propagation.
  • Windows without the coating
  • the coating may be selected to have a directional selectivity (somewhat like reflective elements that are only highly reflective for certain angles of incidence). Such a coating may be most relevant for the larger planes/sides of a waveguide.
  • a variation on a scanning fiber display was discussed, which may be deemed a scanning thin waveguide configuration, such that a plurality of very thin planar waveguides ( 358 ) may be oscillated or vibrated such that if a variety of injected beams is coming through with total internal reflection, the configuration functionally would provide a linear array of beams escaping out of the edges of the vibrating elements ( 358 ).
  • the depicted configuration has approximately five externally-projecting planar waveguide portions ( 358 ) in a host medium or substrate ( 356 ) that is transparent, but which preferably has a different refractive index so that the light will stay in total internal reflection within each of the substrate-bound smaller waveguides that ultimately feed (in the depicted embodiment there is a 90 degree turn in each path at which point a planar, curved, or other reflector may be utilized to bounce the light outward) the externally-projecting planar waveguide portions ( 358 ).
  • the externally-projecting planar waveguide portions ( 358 ) may be vibrated individually, or as a group along with oscillatory motion of the substrate ( 356 ). Such scanning motion may provide horizontal scanning, and for vertical scanning, the input ( 360 ) aspect of the assembly (i.e., such as one or more scanning fiber displays scanning in the vertical axis) may be utilized. Thus a variation of the scanning fiber display is presented.
  • a waveguide ( 370 ) may be utilized to create a lightfield.
  • all beams staying in focus may cause perception discomfort (i.e., the eye will not make a discernible difference in dioptric blur as a function of accommodation; in other words, the narrow diameter, such as 0.5 mm or less, collimated beamlets may open loop the eye's accommodation/vergence system, causing discomfort).
  • a single beam may be fed in with a number of cone beamlets coming out, but if the introduction vector of the entering beam is changed (i.e., laterally shift the beam injection location for the projector/display relative to the waveguide), one may control where the beam exits from the waveguide as it is directed toward the eye.
  • a waveguide to create a lightfield by creating a bunch of narrow diameter collimated beams, and such a configuration is not reliant upon a true variation in a light wavefront to be associated with the desired perception at the eye.
  • a set of angularly and laterally diverse beamlets is injected into a waveguide (for example, by using a multicore fiber and driving each core separately; another configuration may utilize a plurality of fiber scanners coming from different angles; another configuration may utilize a high-resolution panel display with a lenslet array on top of it), a number of exiting beamlets can be created at different exit angles and exit locations. Since the waveguide may scramble the lightfield, the decoding is preferably predetermined.
  • a waveguide ( 646 ) assembly ( 696 ) that comprises stacked waveguide components in the vertical or horizontal axis.
  • the notion with these embodiments is to stack a plurality of smaller waveguides ( 646 ) immediately adjacent each other such that light introduced into one waveguide, in addition to propagating down (i.e., propagating along a Z axis with total internal reflection in +X, ⁇ X) such waveguide by total internal reflection, also totally internally reflects in the perpendicular axis (+y, ⁇ Y) as well, such that it is not spilling into other areas.
  • each waveguide may have a DOE ( 648 ) embedded and configured to eject out light with a predetermined distribution along the length of the waveguide, as described above, with a predetermined focal length configuration (shown in FIG. 20M as ranging from 0.5 meters to optical infinity).
  • a very dense stack of waveguides with embedded DOEs may be produced such that it spans the size of the anatomical pupil of the eye (i.e., such that multiple layers 698 of the composite waveguide are required to cross the exit pupil, as illustrated in FIG. 20N ).
  • one may feed a collimated image for one wavelength, and then the portion located the next millimeter down producing a diverging wavefront that represents an object coming from a focal distance of, say, 15 meters away, and so on, with the notion being that an exit pupil is coming from a number of different waveguides as a result of the DOEs and total internal reflection through the waveguides and across the DOEs.
  • such a configuration creates a plurality of stripes that, in the aggregate, facilitate the perception of different focal depths with the eye/brain.
  • Such a concept may be extended to configurations comprising a waveguide with a switchable/controllable embedded DOE (i.e. that is switchable to different focal distances), such as those described in relation to FIGS. 8B-8N , which allows more efficient light trapping in the axis across each waveguide.
  • Multiple displays may be coupled into each of the layers, and each waveguide with DOE would emit rays along its own length.
  • a laserline reflector may be used to increase angular range.
  • a completely reflective metallized coating may be utilized, such as aluminum, to ensure total reflection, or alternatively dichroic style or narrow band reflectors may be utilized.
  • the whole composite waveguide assembly ( 696 ) may be curved concavely toward the eye ( 58 ) such that each of the individual waveguides is directed toward the pupil.
  • the configuration may be designed to more efficiently direct the light toward the location where the pupil is likely to be present.
  • Such a configuration also may be utilized to increase the field of view.
  • FIG. 21A illustrates a waveguide ( 698 ) having an embedded (i.e., sandwiched within) DOE ( 700 ) with a linear grating term that may be changed to alter the exit angle of exiting light ( 702 ) from the waveguide, as shown.
  • a high-frequency switching DOE material such as lithium niobate may be utilized.
  • such a scanning configuration may be used as the sole mechanism for scanning a beam in one axis; in another embodiment, the scanning configuration may be combined with other scanning axes, and may be used to create a larger field of view (i.e., if a normal field of view is 40 degrees, and by changing the linear diffraction pitch one can steer over another 40 degrees, the effective usable field of view for the system is 80 degrees).
  • a waveguide ( 708 ) may be placed perpendicular to a panel display ( 704 ), such as an LCD or OLED panel, such that beams may be injected from the waveguide ( 708 ), through a lens ( 706 ), and into the panel ( 704 ) in a scanning configuration to provide a viewable display for television or other purposes.
  • the waveguide may be utilized in such configuration as a scanning image source, in contrast to the configurations described in reference to FIG. 21A , wherein a single beam of light may be manipulated by a scanning fiber or other element to sweep through different angular locations, and in addition, another direction may be scanned using the high-frequency diffractive optical element.
  • a uniaxial scanning fiber display (say scanning the fast line scan, as the scanning fiber is relatively high frequency) may be used to inject the fast line scan into the waveguide, and then the relatively slow DOE switching (i.e., in the range of 100 Hz) may be used to scan lines in the other axis to form an image.
  • the relatively slow DOE switching i.e., in the range of 100 Hz
  • a DOE with a grating of fixed pitch may be combined with an adjacent layer of electro-active material having a dynamic refractive index (such as liquid crystal), so that light may be redirected into the grating at different angles.
  • a dynamic refractive index such as liquid crystal
  • an electro-active layer comprising an electro-active material such as liquid crystal or lithium niobate may change its refractive index such that it changes the angle at which a ray emerges from the waveguide.
  • a linear diffraction grating may be added to the configuration of FIG. 7B (in one embodiment, sandwiched within the glass or other material comprising the larger lower waveguide) such that the diffraction grating may remain at a fixed pitch, but the light is biased before it hits the grating.
  • FIG. 21C shows another embodiment featuring two wedge-like waveguide elements ( 710 , 712 ), wherein one or more of them may be electro-active so that the related refractive index may be changed.
  • the elements may be configured such that when the wedges have matching refractive indices, the light totally internally reflects through the pair (which in the aggregate performs akin to a planar waveguide with both wedges matching) while the wedge interfaces have no effect. Then if one of the refractive indices is changed to create a mismatch, a beam deflection at the wedge interface ( 714 ) is caused, and there is total internal reflection from that surface back into the associated wedge. Then a controllable DOE ( 716 ) with a linear grating may be coupled along one of the long edges of the wedge to allow light to exit out and reach the eye at a desirable exit angle.
  • a DOE such as a Bragg grating
  • a time-varying grating may be utilized for field of view expansion by creating a tiled display configuration. Further, a time-varying grating may be utilized to address chromatic aberration (failure to focus all colors/wavelengths at the same focal point).
  • chromatic aberration frailure to focus all colors/wavelengths at the same focal point.
  • One property of diffraction gratings is that they will deflect a beam as a function of its angle of incidence and wavelength (i.e., a DOE will deflect different wavelengths by different angles: somewhat akin to the manner in which a simple prism will divide out a beam into its wavelength components).
  • the DOE may be configured to drive the red wavelength to a slightly different place than the green and blue to address unwanted chromatic aberration.
  • the DOE may be time-varied by having a stack of elements that switch on and off (i.e. to get red, green, and blue to be diffracted outbound similarly).
  • a time-varying grating may be utilized for exit pupil expansion.
  • a waveguide ( 718 ) with embedded DOE ( 720 ) may be positioned relative to a target pupil such that none of the beams exiting in a baseline mode actually enter the target pupil ( 45 )—such that the pertinent pixel would be missed by the user.
  • a time-varying configuration may be utilized to fill in the gaps in the outbound exit pattern by shifting the exit pattern laterally (shown in dashed/dotted lines) to effectively scan each of the 5 exiting beams to better ensure that one of them hits the pupil of the eye. In other words, the functional exit pupil of the display system is expanded.
  • a time-varying grating may be utilized with a waveguide for one, two, or three axis light scanning.
  • a term in a grating that is scanning a beam in the vertical axis as well as a grating that is scanning in the horizontal axis.
  • radial elements of a grating are incorporated, as is discussed above in relation to FIGS. 8B-8N , one may have scanning of the beam in the Z axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye), all of which may be time sequential scanning.
  • DOEs are usable whether or not the DOE is embedded in a waveguide.
  • the output of a waveguide may be separately manipulated using a DOE; or a beam may be manipulated by a DOE before it is injected into a waveguide; further, one or more DOEs, such as a time-varying DOE, may be utilized as an input for freeform optics configurations, as discussed below.
  • an element of a DOE may have a circularly-symmetric term, which may be summed with a linear term to create a controlled exit pattern (i.e., as described above, the same DOE that outcouples light may also focus it).
  • the circular term of the DOE diffraction grating may be varied such that the focus of the beams representing those pertinent pixels is modulated.
  • one configuration may have a second/separate circular DOE, obviating the need to have a linear term in the DOE.
  • a functional stack 728 of DOE elements may comprise a stack of polymer dispersed liquid crystal elements 726 , as described above, wherein without a voltage applied, a host medium refraction index matches that of a dispersed molecules of liquid crystal; in another embodiment, molecules of lithium niobate may be dispersed for faster response times; with voltage applied, such as through transparent indium tin oxide layers on either side of the host medium, the dispersed molecules change index of refraction and functionally form a diffraction pattern within the host medium) that can be switched on/off.
  • a circular DOE may be layered in front of a waveguide for focus modulation.
  • the waveguide ( 722 ) is outputting collimated light, which will be perceived as associated with a focal depth of optical infinity unless otherwise modified.
  • the collimated light from the waveguide may be input into a diffractive optical element ( 730 ) which may be used for dynamic focus modulation (i.e., one may switch on and off different circular DOE patterns to impart various different focuses to the exiting light).
  • a static DOE may be used to focus collimated light exiting from a waveguide to a single depth of focus that may be useful for a particular user application.
  • multiple stacked circular DOEs may be used for additive power and many focus levels—from a relatively small number of switchable DOE layers.
  • three different DOE layers may be switched on in various combinations relative to each other; the optical powers of the DOEs that are switched on may be added.
  • a first DOE may be configured to provide half of the total diopter range desired (in this example, 2 diopters of change in focus);
  • a second DOE may be configured to induce a 1 diopter change in focus; then a third DOE may be configured to induce a 1 ⁇ 2 diopter change in focus.
  • These three DOEs may be mixed and matched to provide 1 ⁇ 2, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, and 3.5 diopters of change in focus. Thus a super large number of DOEs would not be required to get a relatively broad range of control.
  • a matrix of switchable DOE elements may be utilized for scanning, field of view expansion, and/or exit pupil expansion.
  • a typical DOE is either all on or all off.
  • a DOE ( 732 ) may be subdivided into a plurality of functional subsections (such as the one labeled as element 734 in FIG. 21H ), each of which preferably is uniquely controllable to be on or off (for example, referring to FIG. 21H , each subsection may be operated by its own set of indium tin oxide, or other control lead material, voltage application leads 736 back to a central controller). Given this level of control over a DOE paradigm, additional configurations are facilitated.
  • a waveguide ( 738 ) with embedded DOE ( 740 ) is viewed from the top down, with the user's eye positioned in front of the waveguide.
  • a given pixel may be represented as a beam coming into the waveguide and totally internally reflecting along until it may be exited by a diffraction pattern to come out of the waveguide as a set of beams.
  • the beams may come out parallel/collimated (as shown in FIG. 21I for convenience), or in a diverging fan configuration if representing a focal distance closer than optical infinity.
  • the depicted set of parallel exiting beams may represent, for example, the farthest left pixel of what the user is seeing in the real world as viewed through the waveguide, and light off to the rightmost extreme will be a different group of parallel exiting beams.
  • the DOE subsections as described above, one may spend more computing resource or time creating and manipulating the small subset of beams that is likely to be actively addressing the user's pupil (i.e., because the other beams never reach the user's eye and are effectively wasted).
  • a waveguide ( 738 ) configuration is shown wherein only the two subsections ( 740 , 742 ) of the DOE ( 744 ) are deemed to be likely to address the user's pupil ( 45 ) are activated.
  • one subsection may be configured to direct light in one direction simultaneously as another subsection is directing light in a different direction.
  • FIG. 21K shows an orthogonal view of two independently controlled subsections ( 734 , 746 ) of a DOE ( 732 ).
  • such independent control may be used for scanning or focusing light.
  • an assembly ( 748 ) of three independently controlled DOE/waveguide subsections ( 750 , 752 , 754 ) may be used to scan, increase the field of view, and/or increase the exit pupil region.
  • Such functionality may arise from a single waveguide with such independently controllable DOE subsections, or a vertical stack of these for additional complexity.
  • a circular DOE may be controllably stretched radially-symmetrically, the diffraction pitch may be modulated, and the DOE may be utilized as a tunable lens with an analog type of control.
  • a single axis of stretch (for example, to adjust an angle of a linear DOE term) may be utilized for DOE control.
  • a membrane, akin to a drum head may be vibrated, with oscillatory motion in the Z-axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye) providing Z-axis control and focus change over time.
  • a stack of several DOEs ( 756 ) is shown receiving collimated light from a waveguide ( 722 ) and refocusing it based upon the additive powers of the activated DOEs.
  • Linear and/or radial terms of DOEs may be modulated over time, such as on a frame sequential basis, to produce a variety of treatments (such as tiled display configurations or expanded field of view) for the light coming from the waveguide and exiting, preferably toward the user's eye.
  • a low diffraction efficiency is desired to maximize transparency for light passed from the real world; in configurations wherein the DOE or DOEs are not embedded, a high diffraction efficiency may be desired, as described above.
  • both linear and radial DOE terms may be combined outside of the waveguide, in which case high diffraction efficiency would be desired.
  • a segmented or parabolic reflector such as those discussed above in FIG. 8Q .
  • the same functionality may result from a single waveguide with a DOE having different phase profiles for each section of it, such that it is controllable by subsection.
  • the DOE may be configured to direct light toward the same region in space (i.e., the pupil of the user).
  • optical configurations known as “freeform optics” may be utilized certain of the aforementioned challenges.
  • the term “freeform” generally is used in reference to arbitrarily curved surfaces that may be utilized in situations wherein a spherical, parabolic, or cylindrical lens does not meet a design complexity such as a geometric constraint.
  • a spherical, parabolic, or cylindrical lens does not meet a design complexity such as a geometric constraint.
  • one of the common challenges with display ( 762 ) configurations when a user is looking through a mirror (and also sometimes a lens 760 ) is that the field of view is limited by the area subtended by the final lens ( 760 ) of the system.
  • a typical freeform optic has three active surfaces.
  • light may be directed toward the freeform optic from an image plane, such as a flat panel display ( 768 ), into the first active surface ( 772 ), which typically is a primarily transmissive freeform surface that refracts transmitted light and imparts a focal change (such as an added stigmatism, because the final bounce from the third surface will add a matching/opposite stigmatism and these are desirably canceled).
  • the incoming light may be directed from the first surface to a second surface ( 774 ), wherein it may strike with an angle shallow enough to cause the light to be reflected under total internal reflection toward the third surface ( 776 ).
  • the third surface may comprise a half-silvered, arbitrarily-curved surface configured to bounce the light out through the second surface toward the eye, as shown in FIG. 22E .
  • the light enters through the first surface, bounces from the second surface, bounces from the third surface, and is directed out of the second surface. Due to the optimization of the second surface to have the requisite reflective properties on the first pass, as well as refractive properties on the second pass as the light is exited toward the eye, a variety of curved surfaces with higher-order shapes than a simple sphere or parabola are formed into the freeform optic.
  • a compensating lens ( 780 ) may be added to the freeform optic ( 770 ) such that the total thickness of the optic assembly is substantially uniform in thickness, and preferably without magnification, to light incoming from the real world ( 144 ) in an augmented reality configuration.
  • a freeform optic ( 770 ) may be combined with a waveguide ( 778 ) configured to facilitate total internal reflection of captured light within certain constraints.
  • a waveguide ( 778 ) configured to facilitate total internal reflection of captured light within certain constraints.
  • light may be directed into the freeform/waveguide assembly from an image plane, such as a flat panel display, and totally internally reflected within the waveguide until it hits the curved freeform surface and escapes toward the eye of the user. Thus the light bounces several times in total internal reflection until it reaches the freeform wedge portion.
  • FIG. 22H depicts a configuration similar to that of FIG. 22G , with the exception that the configuration of FIG. 22H also features a compensating lens portion to further extend the thickness uniformity and assist with viewing the world through the assembly without further compensation.
  • a freeform optic ( 782 ) is shown with a small flat surface, or fourth face ( 784 ), at the lower left corner that is configured to facilitate injection of image information at a different location than is typically used with freeform optics.
  • the input device ( 786 ) may comprise, for example, a scanning fiber display, which may be designed to have a very small output geometry.
  • the fourth face may comprise various geometries itself and have its own refractive power, such as by use planar or freeform surface geometries.
  • such a configuration may also feature a reflective coating ( 788 ) along the first surface such that it directs light back to the second surface, which then bounces the light to the third surface, which directs the light out across the second surface and to the eye ( 58 ).
  • a reflective coating 788
  • the addition of the fourth small surface for injection of the image information facilitates a more compact configuration.
  • some lenses ( 792 , 794 ) may be required in order to appropriately form an image plane ( 796 ) using the output from the scanning fiber display; these hardware components add extra bulk that may not be desired.
  • FIG. 22K an embodiment is shown wherein light from a scanning fiber display ( 790 ) is passed through an input optics assembly ( 792 , 794 ) to an image plane ( 796 ), and then directed across the first surface of the freeform optic ( 770 ) to a total internal reflection bounce off of the second surface, then another total internal reflection bounce from the third surface results in the light exiting across the second surface and being directed toward the eye ( 58 ).
  • An all-total-internal-reflection freeform waveguide may be created such that there are no reflective coatings (i.e., such that total-internal-reflection is being relied upon for propagation of light until a critical angle of incidence with a surface is met, at which point the light exits in a manner akin to the wedge-shaped optics described above).
  • a surface comprising one or more sub-surfaces from a set of conical curves, such as parabolas, spheres, ellipses, etc.).
  • Such a configuration still may produce a shallow-enough angles for total internal reflection within the optic; thus an approach that is somewhat a hybrid between a conventional freeform optic and a wedge-shaped waveguide is presented.
  • One motivation to have such a configuration is to get away from the use of reflective coatings, which do help product reflection, but also are known to prevent transmission of a relatively large portion (such as 50%) of the light transmitting through from the real world ( 144 ). Further, such coatings also may block an equivalent amount of the light coming into the freeform optic from the input device. Thus there are reasons to develop designs that do not have reflective coatings.
  • one of the surfaces of a conventional freeform optic may comprise a half-silvered reflective surface.
  • a reflective surface will be of “neutral density”, meaning that it will generally reflect all wavelengths similarly.
  • the conventional reflector paradigm may be replaced with a narrow band reflector that is wavelength sensitive, such as a thin film laserline reflector.
  • a configuration may reflect particular red/green/blue wavelength ranges and remain passive to other wavelengths, which generally will increase transparency of the optic and therefore be preferred for augmented reality configurations wherein transmission of image information from the real world ( 144 ) across the optic also is valued.
  • each of the three depicted freeform optics may have a wavelength-selective coating (for example, one highly selective for blue, the next for green, the next for red) so that images may be injected into each to have blue reflected from one surface, green from another, and red from a third surface.
  • a wavelength-selective coating for example, one highly selective for blue, the next for green, the next for red
  • Such a configuration may be utilized, for example, to address chromatic aberration issues, to create a lightfield, or to increase the functional exit pupil size.
  • a single freeform optic ( 798 ) has multiple reflective surfaces ( 800 , 802 , 804 ), each of which may be wavelength or polarization selective so that their reflective properties may be individually controlled.
  • multiple microdisplays such as scanning light displays, ( 786 ) may be injected into a single freeform optic to tile images (thereby providing an increased field of view), increase the functional pupil size, or address challenges such as chromatic aberration (i.e., by reflecting one wavelength per display).
  • Each of the depicted displays would inject light that would take a different path through the freeform optic due to the different positioning of the displays relative to the freeform optic, which would provide a larger functional exit pupil output.
  • a packet or bundle of scanning fiber displays may be utilized as an input to overcome one of the challenges in operatively coupling a scanning fiber display to a freeform optic.
  • One such challenge with a scanning fiber display configuration is that the output of an individual fiber is emitted with a certain numerical aperture, or “NA”, which is like the projectional angle of light from the fiber; ultimately this angle determines the diameter of the beam that passes through various optics, and ultimately determines the exit functional exit pupil size; thus in order to maximize exit pupil size with a freeform optic configuration, one may either increase the NA of the fiber using optimized refractive relationships, such as between core and cladding, or one may place a lens (i.e., a refractive lens, such as a gradient refractive index lens, or “GRIN” lens) at the end of the fiber or build one into the end of the fiber as described above, or create an array of fibers that is feeding into the freeform optic, in which case all of those NAs in the bundle remain small, and at the exit pupil an array of small exit
  • a more sparse array (i.e., not bundled tightly as a packet) of scanning fiber displays or other displays may be utilized to functionally increase the field of view of the virtual image through the freeform optic.
  • a plurality of displays or displays ( 786 ) may be injected through the top of a freeform optic ( 770 ), as well as another plurality ( 786 ) through the lower corner; the display arrays may be two or three dimensional arrays.
  • image information also may be injected in from the side ( 806 ) of the freeform optic ( 770 ) as well.
  • each of the scanning fibers monochromatic, such that within a given bundle or plurality of projectors or displays, one may have a subgroup of solely red fibers, a subgroup of solely blue fibers, and a subgroup of solely green fibers.
  • Such a configuration facilitates more efficiency in output coupling for bringing light into the optical fibers; for instance, there would be no need in such an embodiment to superimpose red, green, and blue into the same band.
  • FIGS. 22Q-22V various freeform optic tiling configurations are depicted.
  • FIG. 22Q an embodiment is depicted wherein two freeform optics are tiled side-by-side and a microdisplay, such as a scanning light display, ( 786 ) on each side is configured to inject image information from each side, such that one freeform optic wedge represents each half of the field of view.
  • a microdisplay such as a scanning light display
  • a compensator lens ( 808 ) may be included to facilitate views of the real world through the optics assembly.
  • FIG. 22S illustrates a configuration wherein freeform optics wedges are tiled side by side to increase the functional field of view while keeping the thickness of such optical assembly relatively uniform.
  • a star-shaped assembly comprises a plurality of freeform optics wedges (also shown with a plurality of displays for inputting image information) in a configuration that may provide a larger field of view expansion while also maintaining a relatively thin overall optics assembly thickness.
  • the optics elements may be aggregated to produce a larger field of view; the tiling configurations described above have addressed this notion.
  • the freeform waveguides such that their outputs share, or are superimposed in, the space of the pupil (for example, the user may see the left half of the visual field through the left freeform waveguide, and the right half of the visual field through the right freeform waveguide).
  • the freeform waveguides may be oriented such that they do not toe in as much—so they create exit pupils that are side-by-side at the eye's anatomical pupil.
  • the anatomical pupil may be 8 mm wide, and each of the side-by-side exit pupils may be 8 mm, such that the functional exit pupil is expanded by about two times.
  • Such a configuration provides an enlarged exit pupil, but if the eye is moved around in the “eyebox” defined by that exit pupil, that eye may lose parts of the visual field (i.e., lose either a portion of the left or right incoming light because of the side-by-side nature of such configuration).
  • red wavelengths may be driven through one freeform optic, green through another, and blue through another, such red/green/blue chromatic aberration may be addressed.
  • Multiple freeform optics also may be provided to such a configuration that are stacked up, each of which is configured to address a particular wavelength.
  • FIG. 22U two oppositely-oriented freeform optics are shown stacked in the Z-axis (i.e., they are upside down relative to each other).
  • a compensating lens may not be required to facilitate accurate views of the world through the assembly; in other words, rather than having a compensating lens such as in the embodiment of FIG. 22F or FIG. 22R , an additional freeform optic may be utilized, which may further assist in routing light to the eye.
  • FIG. 22V shows another similar configuration wherein the assembly of two freeform optics is presented as a vertical stack.
  • wavelength or polarization selective reflector surfaces For example, referring to FIG. 22V , red, green, and blue wavelengths in the form of 650 nm, 530 nm, and 450 nm may be injected, as well as red, green, and blue wavelengths in the form of 620 nm, 550 nm, and 470 nm; different selective reflectors may be utilized in each of the freeform optics so that they do not interfere with each other.
  • the reflection/transmission selectivity for light that is polarized in a particular axis may be varied (i.e., the images may be pre-polarized before they are sent to each freeform waveguide, to work with reflector selectivity).
  • a plurality of freeform waveguides may be utilized together in series.
  • light may enter from the real world and be directed sequentially through a first freeform optic ( 770 ), through an optional lens ( 812 ) which may be configured to relay light to a reflector ( 810 ) such as a DMD from a DLP system, which may be configured to reflect the light that has been filtered on a pixel by pixel basis (i.e., an occlusion mask may be utilized to block out certain elements of the real world, such as for darkfield perception, as described above; suitable spatial light modulators may be used which comprise DMDs, LCDs, ferroelectric LCOSs, MEMS shutter arrays, and the like, as described above) to another freeform optic ( 770 ) that is relaying light to the eye ( 28 ) of the user.
  • a configuration may be more compact than one using conventional lenses for spatial light modulation.
  • a configuration may be utilized that has one surface that is highly-reflective so that it may bounce light straight into another compactly positioned freeform optic.
  • a selective attenuator ( 814 ) may be interposed between the two freeform optics ( 770 ).
  • a freeform optic may comprise one aspect of a contact lens system.
  • a miniaturized freeform optic is shown engaged against the cornea of a user's eye ( 58 ) with a miniaturized compensator lens portion ( 780 ), akin to that described in reference to FIG. 22F .
  • Signals may be injected into the miniaturized freeform assembly using a tethered scanning fiber display which may, for example, be coupled between the freeform optic and a tear duct area of the user, or between the freeform optic and another head-mounted display configuration.
  • the invention includes methods that may be performed using the subject devices.
  • the methods may comprise the act of providing such a suitable device. Such provision may be performed by the end user.
  • the “providing” act merely requires the end user obtain, access, approach, position, set-up, activate, power-up or otherwise act to provide the requisite device in the subject method.
  • Methods recited herein may be carried out in any order of the recited events which is logically possible, as well as in the recited order of events.
  • any optional feature of the inventive variations described may be set forth and claimed independently, or in combination with any one or more of the features described herein.
  • Reference to a singular item includes the possibility that there are plural of the same items present. More specifically, as used herein and in claims associated hereto, the singular forms “a,” “an,” “said,” and “the” include plural referents unless the specifically stated otherwise.
  • use of the articles allow for “at least one” of the subject item in the description above as well as claims associated with this disclosure. It is further noted that such claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Testing, Inspecting, Measuring Of Stereoscopic Televisions And Televisions (AREA)
  • Mechanical Optical Scanning Systems (AREA)
  • Lenses (AREA)
  • Eyeglasses (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Mechanical Light Control Or Optical Switches (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)
  • Light Guides In General And Applications Therefor (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Processing Or Creating Images (AREA)
  • Stereoscopic And Panoramic Photography (AREA)
  • Optical Modulation, Optical Deflection, Nonlinear Optics, Optical Demodulation, Optical Logic Elements (AREA)
  • Control Of Indicators Other Than Cathode Ray Tubes (AREA)

Abstract

Configurations are disclosed for presenting virtual reality and augmented reality experiences to users. The system may comprise an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a light modulator configured to transmit light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a substrate to direct image information to a user's eye, wherein the substrate houses a plurality of reflectors, a first reflector of the plurality of reflectors to reflect transmitted light associated with a first frame of image data at a first angle to the user's eye, and a second reflector to reflect transmitted light associated with a second frame of the image data at a second angle to the user's eye.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/555,585, filed Nov. 27, 2014, entitled “VIRTUAL AND AUGMENTED REALITY SYSTEMS AND METHODS, which claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/909,774, filed Nov. 27, 2013, entitled “VIRTUAL AND AUGMENTED REALITY SYSTEMS AND METHODS”. The contents of the aforementioned applications are hereby expressly incorporated by reference into the present application their entireties.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present disclosure relates to virtual reality and augmented reality imaging and visualization systems.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Modern computing and display technologies have facilitated the development of systems for so called “virtual reality” or “augmented reality” experiences, wherein digitally reproduced images or portions thereof are presented to a user in a manner wherein they seem to be, or may be perceived as, real. A virtual reality, or “VR”, scenario typically involves presentation of digital or virtual image information without transparency to other actual real-world visual input; an augmented reality, or “AR”, scenario typically involves presentation of digital or virtual image information as an augmentation to visualization of the actual world around the user. For example, referring to FIG. 1, an augmented reality scene (4) is depicted wherein a user of an AR technology sees a real-world park-like setting (6) featuring people, trees, buildings in the background, and a concrete platform (1120). In addition to these items, the user of the AR technology also perceives that he “sees” a robot statue (1110) standing upon the real-world platform (1120), and a cartoon-like avatar character (2) flying by which seems to be a personification of a bumble bee, even though these elements (2, 1110) do not exist in the real world. As it turns out, the human visual perception system is very complex, and producing a VR or AR technology that facilitates a comfortable, natural-feeling, rich presentation of virtual image elements amongst other virtual or real-world imagery elements is challenging.
  • Referring to FIG. 2A, stereoscopic wearable glasses (8) type configurations have been developed which generally feature two displays (10, 12) that are configured to display images with slightly different element presentation such that a three-dimensional perspective is perceived by the human visual system. Such configurations have been found to be uncomfortable for many users due to a mismatch between vergence and accommodation which must be overcome to perceive the images in three dimensions; indeed, some users are not able to tolerate stereoscopic configurations. FIG. 2B shows another stereoscopic wearable glasses (14) type configuration featuring two forward-oriented cameras (16, 18) configured to capture images for an augmented reality presentation to the user through stereoscopic displays. The position of the cameras (16, 18) and displays generally blocks the natural field of view of the user when the glasses (14) are mounted on the user's head.
  • Referring to FIG. 2C, an augmented reality configuration (20) is shown which features a visualization module (26) coupled to a glasses frame (24) which also holds conventional glasses lenses (22). The user is able to see an at least partially unobstructed view of the real world with such a system, and has a small display (28) with which digital imagery may be presented in an AR configuration to one eye—for a monocular AR presentation. FIG. 2D features a configuration wherein a visualization module (32) may be coupled to a hat or helmet (30) and configured to present monocular augmented digital imagery to a user through a small display (34). FIG. 2E illustrates another similar configuration wherein a frame (36) couple-able to a user's head in a manner similar to an eyeglasses coupling so that a visualization module (38) may be utilized to capture images and also present monocular augmented digital imagery to a user through a small display (40). Such a configuration is available, for example, from Google, Inc., of Mountain View, Calif. under the trade name GoogleGlass®. None of these configurations is optimally suited for presenting a rich, binocular, three-dimensional augmented reality experience in a manner that will be comfortable and maximally useful to the user, in part because prior systems fail to address some of the fundamental aspects of the human perception system, including the photoreceptors of the retina and their interoperation with the brain to produce the perception of visualization to the user.
  • Referring to FIG. 3, a simplified cross-sectional view of a human eye is depicted featuring a cornea (42), iris (44), lens—or “crystalline lens” (46), sclera (48), choroid layer (50), macula (52), retina (54), and optic nerve pathway (56) to the brain. The macula is the center of the retina, which is utilized to see moderate detail; at the center of the macula is a portion of the retina that is referred to as the “fovea”, which is utilized for seeing the finest details, and which contains more photoreceptors (approximately 120 cones per visual degree) than any other portion of the retina. The human visual system is not a passive sensor type of system; it is configured to actively scan the environment. In a manner somewhat akin to use of a flatbed scanner to capture an image, or use of a finger to read Braille from a paper, the photoreceptors of the eye fire in response to changes in stimulation, rather than constantly responding to a constant state of stimulation. Thus motion is required to present photoreceptor information to the brain (as is motion of the linear scanner array across a piece of paper in a flatbed scanner, or motion of a finger across a word of Braille imprinted into a paper). Indeed, experiments with substances such as cobra venom, which has been utilized to paralyze the muscles of the eye, have shown that a human subject will experience blindness if positioned with his eyes open, viewing a static scene with venom-induced paralysis of the eyes. In other words, without changes in stimulation, the photoreceptors do not provide input to the brain and blindness is experienced. It is believed that this is at least one reason that the eyes of normal humans have been observed to move back and forth, or dither, in side-to-side motion in what are called “microsaccades”.
  • As noted above, the fovea of the retina contains the greatest density of photoreceptors, and while humans typically have the perception that they have high-resolution visualization capabilities throughout their field of view, they generally actually have only a small high-resolution center that they are mechanically sweeping around a lot, along with a persistent memory of the high-resolution information recently captured with the fovea. In a somewhat similar manner, the focal distance control mechanism of the eye (ciliary muscles operatively coupled to the crystalline lens in a manner wherein ciliary relaxation causes taut ciliary connective fibers to flatten out the lens for more distant focal lengths; ciliary contraction causes loose ciliary connective fibers, which allow the lens to assume a more rounded geometry for more close-in focal lengths) dithers back and forth by approximately ¼ to ½ diopter to cyclically induce a small amount of what is called “dioptric blur” on both the close side and far side of the targeted focal length; this is utilized by the accommodation control circuits of the brain as cyclical negative feedback that helps to constantly correct course and keep the retinal image of a fixated object approximately in focus.
  • The visualization center of the brain also gains valuable perception information from the motion of both eyes and components thereof relative to each other. Vergence movements (i.e., rolling movements of the pupils toward or away from each other to converge the lines of sight of the eyes to fixate upon an object) of the two eyes relative to each other are closely associated with focusing (or “accommodation”) of the lenses of the eyes. Under normal conditions, changing the focus of the lenses of the eyes, or accommodating the eyes, to focus upon an object at a different distance will automatically cause a matching change in vergence to the same distance, under a relationship known as the “accommodation-vergence reflex.” Likewise, a change in vergence will trigger a matching change in accommodation, under normal conditions. Working against this reflex, as do most conventional stereoscopic AR or VR configurations, is known to produce eye fatigue, headaches, or other forms of discomfort in users.
  • Movement of the head, which houses the eyes, also has a key impact upon visualization of objects. Humans move their heads to visualize the world around them; they often are in a fairly constant state of repositioning and reorienting the head relative to an object of interest. Further, most people prefer to move their heads when their eye gaze needs to move more than about 20 degrees off center to focus on a particular object (i.e., people do not typically like to look at things “from the corner of the eye”). Humans also typically scan or move their heads in relation to sounds—to improve audio signal capture and utilize the geometry of the ears relative to the head. The human visual system gains powerful depth cues from what is called “head motion parallax”, which is related to the relative motion of objects at different distances as a function of head motion and eye vergence distance (i.e., if a person moves his head from side to side and maintains fixation on an object, items farther out from that object will move in the same direction as the head; items in front of that object will move opposite the head motion; these are very salient cues for where things are spatially in the environment relative to the person—perhaps as powerful as stereopsis). Head motion also is utilized to look around objects, of course.
  • Further, head and eye motion are coordinated with something called the “vestibulo-ocular reflex”, which stabilizes image information relative to the retina during head rotations, thus keeping the object image information approximately centered on the retina. In response to a head rotation, the eyes are reflexively and proportionately rotated in the opposite direction to maintain stable fixation on an object. As a result of this compensatory relationship, many humans can read a book while shaking their head back and forth (interestingly, if the book is panned back and forth at the same speed with the head approximately stationary, the same generally is not true—the person is not likely to be able to read the moving book; the vestibulo-ocular reflex is one of head and eye motion coordination, generally not developed for hand motion). This paradigm may be important for augmented reality systems, because head motions of the user may be associated relatively directly with eye motions, and the system preferably will be ready to work with this relationship.
  • Indeed, given these various relationships, when placing digital content (e.g., 3-D content such as a virtual chandelier object presented to augment a real-world view of a room; or 2-D content such as a planar/flat virtual oil painting object presented to augment a real-world view of a room), design choices may be made to control behavior of the objects. For example, the 2-D oil painting object may be head-centric, in which case the object moves around along with the user's head (e.g., as in a GoogleGlass approach); or the object may be world-centric, in which case it may be presented as though it is part of the real world coordinate system, so that the user may move his head or eyes without moving the position of the object relative to the real world.
  • Thus when placing virtual content into the augmented reality world presented with an augmented reality system, whether the object should be presented as world centric (i.e., the virtual object stays in position in the real world so that the user may move his body, head, eyes around it without changing its position relative to the real world objects surrounding it, such as a real world wall); body, or torso, centric, in which case a virtual element may be fixed relative to the user's torso, so that the user can move his head or eyes without moving the object, but that is slaved to torso movements; head centric, in which case the displayed object (and/or display itself) may be moved along with head movements, as described above in reference to GoogleGlass; or eye centric, as in a “foveated display” configuration, as is described below, wherein content is slewed around as a function of what the eye position is.
  • With world-centric configurations, it may be desirable to have inputs such as accurate head pose measurement, accurate representation and/or measurement of real world objects and geometries around the user, low-latency dynamic rendering in the augmented reality display as a function of head pose, and a generally low-latency display.
  • The systems and techniques described herein are configured to work with the visual configuration of the typical human to address these challenges.
  • SUMMARY
  • Embodiments of the present invention are directed to devices, systems and methods for facilitating virtual reality and/or augmented reality interaction for one or more users. In one aspect, a system for displaying virtual content is disclosed.
  • In one or more embodiment, the system comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a light modulator configured to transmit light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a substrate to direct image information to a user's eye, wherein the substrate houses a plurality of reflectors, a first reflector of the plurality of reflectors to reflect light associated with a first frame of image data at a first angle to the user's eye, and a second reflector of the plurality of reflectors to reflect light associated with a second frame of image data at a second angle to the user's eye.
  • In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a display assembly to project light rays associated with the one or more frames of image data, the display assembly comprises a first display element corresponding to a first frame-rate and a first bit depth, and a second display element corresponding to a second frame-rate and a second bit depth, and a variable focus element (VFE) configurable to vary a focus of the projected light and transmit the light to the user's eye.
  • In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content comprises an array of optical fibers to transmit light beams associated with an image to be presented to a user, and a lens coupled to the array of the optical fibers to deflect a plurality of light beams output by the array of optical fibers through a single nodal point, wherein the lens is physically attached to the optical fibers such that a movement of the optical fiber causes the lens to move, and wherein the single nodal point is scanned.
  • In another embodiment, a virtual reality display system comprises a plurality of optical fibers to generate light beams associated with one or more images to be presented to a user, and a plurality of phase modulators coupled to the plurality of optical fibers to modulate the light beams, wherein the plurality of phase modulators modulate the light in a manner that affects a wavefront generated as a result of the plurality of light beams.
  • In one embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user comprises a light projection system to project light associated with one or more frames of image data to a user's eyes, the light project system configured to project light corresponding to a plurality of pixels associated with the image data and a processor to modulate a size of the plurality of pixels displayed to the user.
  • In one embodiment, a system of displaying virtual content to a user, comprises an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data, a multicore assembly comprising a plurality of multicore fibers to project light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a multicore fiber of the plurality of multicore fibers emitting light in a wavefront, such that the multicore assembly produces an aggregate wavefront of the projected light, and a phase modulator to induce phase delays between the multicore fibers in a manner such that the aggregate wavefront emitted by the multicore assembly is varied, thereby varying a focal distance at which the user perceives the one or more frames of image data.
  • In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user comprises an array of microprojectors to project light beams associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user, wherein the microprojector is configurable to be movable relative to one or more microprojectors of the array of the microprojectors, a frame to house the array of microprojectors, a processor operatively coupled to the one or more microprojectors of the array of microprojectors to control one or more light beams transmitted from the one or more projectors in a manner such that the one or more light beams are modulated as a function of a position of the one or more microprojectors relative to the array of microprojectors, thereby enabling delivery of a lightfield image to the user.
  • Additional and other objects, features, and advantages of the invention are described in the detail description, figures and claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a user's view of augmented reality (AR) through a wearable AR user device, in one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 2A-2E illustrates various embodiments of wearable AR devices.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the human eye, in one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 4A-4D illustrate one or more embodiments of various internal processing components of the wearable AR device.
  • FIGS. 5A-5H illustrate embodiments of transmitting focused light to a user through a transmissive beamsplitter substrate.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate embodiments of coupling a lens element with the transmissive beamsplitter substrate of FIGS. 5A-5H.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate embodiments of using one or more waveguides to transmit light to a user.
  • FIGS. 8A-8Q illustrate embodiments of a diffractive optical element (DOE).
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a wavefront produced from a light projector, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an embodiment of a stacked configuration of multiple transmissive beamsplitter substrate coupled with optical elements, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 11A-11C illustrate a set of beamlets projected into a user's pupil, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B illustrate configurations of an array of microprojectors, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A-13M illustrate embodiments of coupling microprojectors with optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14F illustrate embodiments of spatial light modulators coupled with optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge type waveguides along with a plurality of light sources, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-160 illustrate embodiments of coupling optical elements to optical fibers, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a notch filter, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral pattern of a fiber scanning display, according to one illustrated embodiment.
  • FIGS. 19A-19N illustrate occlusion effects in presenting a darkfield to a user, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 20A-200 illustrate embodiments of various waveguide assemblies, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 21A-21N illustrate various configurations of DOEs coupled to other optical elements, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • FIGS. 22A-22Y illustrate various configurations of freeform optics, according to the illustrated embodiments.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Referring to FIGS. 4A-4D, some general componentry options are illustrated. In the portions of the detailed description which follow the discussion of FIGS. 4A-4D, various systems, subsystems, and components are presented for addressing the objectives of providing a high-quality, comfortably-perceived display system for human VR and/or AR.
  • As shown in FIG. 4A, an AR system user (60) is depicted wearing a frame (64) structure coupled to a display system (62) positioned in front of the eyes of the user. A speaker (66) is coupled to the frame (64) in the depicted configuration and positioned adjacent the ear canal of the user (in one embodiment, another speaker, not shown, is positioned adjacent the other ear canal of the user to provide for stereo/shapeable sound control). The display (62) is operatively coupled (68), such as by a wired lead or wireless connectivity, to a local processing and data module (70) which may be mounted in a variety of configurations, such as fixedly attached to the frame (64), fixedly attached to a helmet or hat (80) as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4B, embedded in headphones, removably attached to the torso (82) of the user (60) in a backpack-style configuration as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4C, or removably attached to the hip (84) of the user (60) in a belt-coupling style configuration as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 4D.
  • The local processing and data module (70) may comprise a power-efficient processor or controller, as well as digital memory, such as flash memory, both of which may be utilized to assist in the processing, caching, and storage of data a) captured from sensors which may be operatively coupled to the frame (64), such as image capture devices (such as cameras), microphones, inertial measurement units, accelerometers, compasses, GPS units, radio devices, and/or gyros; and/or b) acquired and/or processed using the remote processing module (72) and/or remote data repository (74), possibly for passage to the display (62) after such processing or retrieval. The local processing and data module (70) may be operatively coupled (76, 78), such as via a wired or wireless communication links, to the remote processing module (72) and remote data repository (74) such that these remote modules (72, 74) are operatively coupled to each other and available as resources to the local processing and data module (70).
  • In one embodiment, the remote processing module (72) may comprise one or more relatively powerful processors or controllers configured to analyze and process data and/or image information. In one embodiment, the remote data repository (74) may comprise a relatively large-scale digital data storage facility, which may be available through the internet or other networking configuration in a “cloud” resource configuration. In one embodiment, all data is stored and all computation is performed in the local processing and data module, allowing fully autonomous use from any remote modules.
  • Referring to FIGS. 5A through 22Y, various display configurations are presented that are designed to present the human eyes with photon-based radiation patterns that can be comfortably perceived as augmentations to physical reality, with high-levels of image quality and three-dimensional perception, as well as being capable of presenting two-dimensional content.
  • Referring to FIG. 5A, in a simplified example, a transmissive beamsplitter substrate (104) with a 45-degree reflecting surface (102) directs incoming radiation (106), which may be output from a lens (not shown), through the pupil (45) of the eye (58) and to the retina (54). The field of view for such a system is limited by the geometry of the beamsplitter (104). To accommodate the desire to have comfortable viewing with minimal hardware, in one embodiment, a larger field of view can be created by aggregating the outputs/reflections of various different reflective and/or diffractive surfaces and using, e.g., a frame-sequential configuration wherein eye (58) is presented with a sequence of frames at high frequency that provides the perception of a single coherent scene. As an alternative to, or in addition to, presenting different image data via different reflectors in a time-sequential fashion, the reflectors may separate content by other means, such as polarization selectivity or wavelength selectivity. In addition to being capable of relaying two-dimensional images, the reflectors can relay the three-dimensional wavefronts associated with true-three-dimensional viewing of actual physical objects.
  • Referring to FIG. 5B, a substrate (108) comprising a plurality of reflectors at a plurality of angles (110) is shown, with each reflector actively reflecting in the depicted configuration for illustrative purposes. The reflectors may be switchable elements to facilitate temporal selectivity. In one embodiment, the reflective surfaces would intentionally be sequentially activated with frame-sequential input information (106), in which each reflective surface presents a narrow field of view sub-image which is tiled with other narrow field of view sub-images presented by the other reflective surfaces to form a composite wide field of view image. For example, referring to FIGS. 5C, 5D, and 5E, surface (110), about in the middle of substrate (108), is switched “on” to a reflecting state, such that it reflects incoming image information (106) to present a relatively narrow field of view sub-image in the middle of a larger field of view, while the other potential reflective surfaces are in a transmissive state.
  • Referring to FIG. 5C, incoming image information (106) coming from the right of the narrow field of view sub-image (as shown by the angle of incoming beams 106 relative to the substrate 108 input interface 112, and the resultant angle at which they exit the substrate 108) is reflected toward the eye (58) from reflective surface (110). FIG. 5D illustrates the same reflector (110) active, with image information coming from the middle of the narrow field of view sub-image, as shown by the angle of the input information (106) at the input interface (112) and its angle as it exits substrate (108). FIG. 5E illustrates the same reflector (110) active, with image information coming from the left of the field of view, as shown by the angle of the input information (106) at the input interface (112) and the resultant exit angle at the surface of the substrate (108). FIG. 5F illustrates a configuration wherein the bottom reflector (110) is active, with image information (106) coming in from the far right of the overall field of view. For example, FIGS. 5C, 5D, and 5E can illustrate one frame representing the center of a frame-sequential tiled image, and FIG. 5F can illustrate a second frame representing the far right of that tiled image.
  • In one embodiment, the light carrying the image information (106) may strike the reflective surface (110) directly after entering substrate (108) at input interface (112), without first reflecting from the surfaces of substrate (108). In one embodiment, the light carrying the image information (106) may reflect from one or more surfaces of substrate (108) after entering at input interface (112) and before striking the reflective surface (110); for instance, substrate (108) may act as a planar waveguide, propagating the light carrying image information (106) by total internal reflection. Light may also reflect from one or more surfaces of the substrate (108) from a partially reflective coating, a wavelength-selective coating, an angle-selective coating, and/or a polarization-selective coating.
  • In one embodiment, the angled reflectors may be constructed using an electro-active material, such that upon application of a voltage and/or current to a particular reflector, the refractive index of the material comprising such reflector changes from an index substantially matched to the rest of the substrate (108), in which case the reflector is in a transmissive configuration, to a reflective configuration wherein the refractive index of the reflector mismatches the refractive index of the substrate (108) such that a reflection effect is created. Example electro-active material includes lithium niobate and electro-active polymers. Suitable substantially transparent electrodes for controlling a plurality of such reflectors may comprise materials such as indium tin oxide, which is utilized in liquid crystal displays.
  • In one embodiment, the electro-active reflectors (110) may comprise liquid crystal, embedded in a substrate (108) host medium such as glass or plastic. In some variations, liquid crystal may be selected that changes refractive index as a function of an applied electric signal, so that more analog changes may be accomplished as opposed to binary (from one transmissive state to one reflective state). In an embodiment wherein 6 sub-images are to be presented to the eye frame-sequential to form a large tiled image with an overall refresh rate of 60 frames per second, it is desirable to have an input display that can refresh at the rate of about 360 Hz, with an electro-active reflector array that can keep up with such frequency. In one embodiment, lithium niobate may be utilized as an electro-active reflective material as opposed to liquid crystal; lithium niobate is utilized in the photonics industry for high-speed switches and fiber optic networks and has the capability to switch refractive index in response to an applied voltage at a very high frequency; this high frequency may be used to steer line-sequential or pixel-sequential sub-image information, especially if the input display is a scanned light display, such as a fiber-scanned display or scanning mirror-based display.
  • In another embodiment, a variable switchable angled mirror configuration may comprise one or more high-speed mechanically repositionable reflective surfaces, such as a MEMS (micro-electro-mechanical system) device. A MEMS device may include what is known as a “digital mirror device”, or “DMD”, (often part of a “digital light processing”, or “DLP” system, such as those available from Texas Instruments, Inc.). In another electromechanical embodiment, a plurality of air-gapped (or in vacuum) reflective surfaces could be mechanically moved in and out of place at high frequency. In another electromechanical embodiment, a single reflective surface may be moved up and down and re-pitched at very high frequency.
  • Referring to FIG. 5G, it is notable that the switchable variable angle reflector configurations described herein are capable of passing not only collimated or flat wavefront information to the retina (54) of the eye (58), but also curved wavefront (122) image information, as shown in the illustration of FIG. 5G. This generally is not the case with other waveguide-based configurations, wherein total internal reflection of curved wavefront information causes undesirable complications, and therefore the inputs generally must be collimated. The ability to pass curved wavefront information facilitates the ability of configurations such as those shown in FIGS. 5B-5H to provide the retina (54) with input perceived as focused at various distances from the eye (58), not just optical infinity (which would be the interpretation of collimated light absent other cues).
  • Referring to FIG. 5H, in another embodiment, an array of static partially reflective surfaces (116) (i.e., always in a reflective mode; in another embodiment, they may be electro-active, as above) may be embedded in a substrate (114) with a high-frequency gating layer (118) controlling outputs to the eye (58) by only allowing transmission through an aperture (120) which is controllably movable. In other words, everything may be selectively blocked except for transmissions through the aperture (120). The gating layer (118) may comprise a liquid crystal array, a lithium niobate array, an array of MEMS shutter elements, an array of DLP DMD elements, or an array of other MEMS devices configured to pass or transmit with relatively high-frequency switching and high transmissibility upon being switched to transmission mode.
  • Referring to FIGS. 6A-6B, other embodiments are depicted wherein arrayed optical elements may be combined with exit pupil expansion configurations to assist with the comfort of the virtual or augmented reality experience of the user. With a larger “exit pupil” for the optics configuration, the user's eye positioning relative to the display (which, as in FIGS. 4A-4D, may be mounted on the user's head in an eyeglasses sort of configuration) is not as likely to disrupt his experience—because due to the larger exit pupil of the system, there is a larger acceptable area wherein the user's anatomical pupil may be located to still receive the information from the display system as desired. In other words, with a larger exit pupil, the system is less likely to be sensitive to slight misalignments of the display relative to the user's anatomical pupil, and greater comfort for the user may be achieved through less geometric constraint on his or her relationship with the display/glasses.
  • As shown in FIG. 6A, the display (140) on the left feeds a set of parallel rays into the substrate (124). In one embodiment, the display may be a scanned fiber display scanning a narrow beam of light back and forth at an angle as shown to project an image through the lens or other optical element (142), which may be utilized to collect the angularly-scanned light and convert it to a parallel bundle of rays. The rays may be reflected from a series of reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) which may be configured to partially reflect and partially transmit incoming light so that the light may be shared across the group of reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) approximately equally. With a small lens (138) placed at each exit point from the waveguide (124), the exiting light rays may be steered through a nodal point and scanned out toward the eye (58) to provide an array of exit pupils, or the functional equivalent of one large exit pupil that is usable by the user as he or she gazes toward the display system.
  • For virtual reality configurations wherein it is desirable to also be able to see through the waveguide to the real world (144), a similar set of lenses (139) may be presented on the opposite side of the waveguide (124) to compensate for the lower set of lenses; thus creating a the equivalent of a zero-magnification telescope. The reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) each may be aligned at approximately 45 degrees as shown, or may be configured to have different alignments, akin to the configurations of FIGS. 5B-5H, for example). The reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) may comprise wavelength-selective reflectors, band pass reflectors, half silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations. The lenses (138, 139) shown are refractive lenses, but diffractive lens elements may also be utilized.
  • Referring to FIG. 6B, a somewhat similar configuration is depicted wherein a plurality of curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may be utilized to effectively combine the lens (element 138 of FIG. 6A) and reflector ( elements 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136 of FIG. 6A) functionality of the embodiment of FIG. 6A, thereby obviating the need for the two groups of lenses (element 138 of FIG. 6A). The curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may be various curved configurations selected to both reflect and impart angular change, such as parabolic or elliptical curved surfaces. With a parabolic shape, a parallel set of incoming rays will be collected into a single output point; with an elliptical configuration, a set of rays diverging from a single point of origin are collected to a single output point. As with the configuration of FIG. 6A, the curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) preferably are configured to partially reflect and partially transmit so that the incoming light is shared across the length of the waveguide (146). The curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may comprise wavelength-selective notch reflectors, half silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations. In another embodiment, the curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may be replaced with diffractive reflectors configured to reflect and also deflect.
  • Referring to FIG. 7A, perceptions of Z-axis difference (i.e., distance straight out from the eye along the optical axis) may be facilitated by using a waveguide in conjunction with a variable focus optical element configuration. As shown in FIG. 7A, image information from a display (160) may be collimated and injected into a waveguide (164) and distributed in a large exit pupil manner using, e.g., configurations such as those described in reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B, or other substrate-guided optics methods known to those skilled in the art—and then variable focus optical element capability may be utilized to change the focus of the wavefront of light emerging from the waveguide and provide the eye with the perception that the light coming from the waveguide (164) is from a particular focal distance. In other words, since the incoming light has been collimated to avoid challenges in total internal reflection waveguide configurations, it will exit in collimated fashion, requiring a viewer's eye to accommodate to the far point to bring it into focus on the retina, and naturally be interpreted as being from optical infinity—unless some other intervention causes the light to be refocused and perceived as from a different viewing distance; one suitable such intervention is a variable focus lens.
  • In the embodiment of FIG. 7A, collimated image information is injected into a piece of glass (162) or other material at an angle such that it totally internally reflects and is passed into the adjacent waveguide (164). The waveguide (164) may be configured akin to the waveguides of FIGS. 6A or 6B (124, 146, respectively) so that the collimated light from the display is distributed to exit somewhat uniformly across the distribution of reflectors or diffractive features along the length of the waveguide. Upon exit toward the eye (58), in the depicted configuration the exiting light is passed through a variable focus lens element (166) wherein, depending upon the controlled focus of the variable focus lens element (166), the light exiting the variable focus lens element (166) and entering the eye (58) will have various levels of focus (a collimated flat wavefront to represent optical infinity, more and more beam divergence/wavefront curvature to represent closer viewing distance relative to the eye 58).
  • To compensate for the variable focus lens element (166) between the eye (58) and the waveguide (164), another similar variable focus lens element (167) is placed on the opposite side of the waveguide (164) to cancel out the optical effects of the lenses (166) for light coming from the world (144) for augmented reality (i.e., as described above, one lens compensates for the other, producing the functional equivalent of a zero-magnification telescope).
  • The variable focus lens element (166) may be a refractive element, such as a liquid crystal lens, an electro-active lens, a conventional refractive lens with moving elements, a mechanical-deformation-based lens (such as a fluid-filled membrane lens, or a lens akin to the human crystalline lens wherein a flexible element is flexed and relaxed by actuators), an electrowetting lens, or a plurality of fluids with different refractive indices. The variable focus lens element (166) may also comprise a switchable diffractive optical element (such as one featuring a polymer dispersed liquid crystal approach wherein a host medium, such as a polymeric material, has microdroplets of liquid crystal dispersed within the material; when a voltage is applied, the molecules reorient so that their refractive indices no longer match that of the host medium, thereby creating a high-frequency switchable diffraction pattern).
  • One embodiment includes a host medium in which microdroplets of a Kerr effect-based electro-active material, such as lithium niobate, is dispersed within the host medium, enabling refocusing of image information on a pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line basis, when coupled with a scanning light display, such as a fiber-scanned display or scanning-mirror-based display. In a variable focus lens element (166) configuration wherein liquid crystal, lithium niobate, or other technology is utilized to present a pattern, the pattern spacing may be modulated to not only change the focal power of the variable focus lens element (166), but also to change the focal power of the overall optical system—for a zoom lens type of functionality.
  • In one embodiment, the lenses (166) could be telecentric, in that focus of the display imagery can be altered while keeping magnification constant—in the same way that a photography zoom lens may be configured to decouple focus from zoom position. In another embodiment, the lenses (166) may be non-telecentric, so that focus changes will also slave zoom changes. With such a configuration, such magnification changes may be compensated for in software with dynamic scaling of the output from the graphics system in sync with focus changes).
  • Referring back to the projector or other video display unit (160) and the issue of how to feed images into the optical display system, in a “frame sequential” configuration, a stack of sequential two-dimensional images may be fed to the display sequentially to produce three-dimensional perception over time; in a manner akin to the manner in which a computed tomography system uses stacked image slices to represent a three-dimensional structure. A series of two-dimensional image slices may be presented to the eye, each at a different focal distance to the eye, and the eye/brain would integrate such a stack into a perception of a coherent three-dimensional volume. Depending upon the display type, line-by-line, or even pixel-by-pixel sequencing may be conducted to produce the perception of three-dimensional viewing. For example, with a scanned light display (such as a scanning fiber display or scanning mirror display), then the display is presenting the waveguide (164) with one line or one pixel at a time in a sequential fashion.
  • If the variable focus lens element (166) is able to keep up with the high-frequency of pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line presentation, then each line or pixel may be presented and dynamically focused through the variable focus lens element (166) to be perceived at a different focal distance from the eye (58). Pixel-by-pixel focus modulation generally requires an extremely fast/high-frequency variable focus lens element (166). For example, a 1080P resolution display with an overall frame rate of 60 frames per second typically presents around 125 million pixels per second. Such a configuration also may be constructed using a solid state switchable lens, such as one using an electro-active material, e.g., lithium niobate or an electro-active polymer. In addition to its compatibility with the system illustrated in FIG. 7A, a frame sequential multi-focal display driving approach may be used in conjunction with a number of the display system and optics embodiments described in this disclosure.
  • Referring to FIG. 7B, with an electro-active layer (172) (such as one comprising liquid crystal or lithium niobate) surrounded by functional electrodes (170, 174) which may be made of indium tin oxide, a waveguide (168) with a conventional transmissive substrate (176, such as one made from glass or plastic with known total internal reflection characteristics and an index of refraction that matches the on or off state of the electro-active layer 172) may be controlled such that the paths of entering beams may be dynamically altered to essentially create a time-varying light field.
  • Referring to FIG. 8A, a stacked waveguide assembly (178) may be utilized to provide three-dimensional perception to the eye/brain by having a plurality of waveguides (182, 184, 186, 188, 190) and a plurality of weak lenses (198, 196, 194, 192) configured together to send image information to the eye with various levels of wavefront curvature for each waveguide level indicative of focal distance to be perceived for that waveguide level. A plurality of displays (200, 202, 204, 206, 208), or in another embodiment a single multiplexed display, may be utilized to inject collimated image information into the waveguides (182, 184, 186, 188, 190), each of which may be configured, as described above, to distribute incoming light substantially equally across the length of each waveguide, for exit down toward the eye.
  • The waveguide (182) nearest the eye is configured to deliver collimated light, as injected into such waveguide (182), to the eye, which may be representative of the optical infinity focal plane. The next waveguide up (184) is configured to send out collimated light which passes through the first weak lens (192; e.g., a weak negative lens) before it can reach the eye (58); such first weak lens (192) may be configured to create a slight convex wavefront curvature so that the eye/brain interprets light coming from that next waveguide up (184) as coming from a first focal plane closer inward toward the person from optical infinity. Similarly, the third up waveguide (186) passes its output light through both the first (192) and second (194) lenses before reaching the eye (58); the combined optical power of the first (192) and second (194) lenses may be configured to create another incremental amount of wavefront divergence so that the eye/brain interprets light coming from that third waveguide up (186) as coming from a second focal plane even closer inward toward the person from optical infinity than was light from the next waveguide up (184).
  • The other waveguide layers (188, 190) and weak lenses (196, 198) are similarly configured, with the highest waveguide (190) in the stack sending its output through all of the weak lenses between it and the eye for an aggregate focal power representative of the closest focal plane to the person. To compensate for the stack of lenses (198, 196, 194, 192) when viewing/interpreting light coming from the world (144) on the other side of the stacked waveguide assembly (178), a compensating lens layer (180) is disposed at the top of the stack to compensate for the aggregate power of the lens stack (198, 196, 194, 192) below. Such a configuration provides as many perceived focal planes as there are available waveguide/lens pairings, again with a relatively large exit pupil configuration as described above. Both the reflective aspects of the waveguides and the focusing aspects of the lenses may be static (i.e., not dynamic or electro-active). In an alternative embodiment they may be dynamic using electro-active features as described above, enabling a small number of waveguides to be multiplexed in a time sequential fashion to produce a larger number of effective focal planes.
  • Referring to FIGS. 8B-8N, various aspects of diffraction configurations for focusing and/or redirecting collimated beams are depicted. Other aspects of diffraction systems for such purposes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/845,907 (U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/331,218), which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Referring to FIG. 8B, passing a collimated beam through a linear diffraction pattern (210), such as a Bragg grating, will deflect, or “steer”, the beam. Passing a collimated beam through a radially symmetric diffraction pattern (212), or “Fresnel zone plate”, will change the focal point of the beam. FIG. 8C illustrates the deflection effect of passing a collimated beam through a linear diffraction pattern (210); FIG. 8D illustrates the focusing effect of passing a collimated beam through a radially symmetric diffraction pattern (212).
  • Referring to FIGS. 8E and 8F, a combination diffraction pattern that has both linear and radial elements (214) produces both deflection and focusing of a collimated input beam. These deflection and focusing effects can be produced in a reflective as well as transmissive mode. These principles may be applied with waveguide configurations to allow for additional optical system control, as shown in FIGS. 8G-8N, for example. As shown in FIGS. 8G-8N, a diffraction pattern (220), or “diffractive optical element” (or “DOE”) has been embedded within a planar waveguide (216) such that as a collimated beam is totally internally reflected along the planar waveguide (216), it intersects the diffraction pattern (220) at a multiplicity of locations.
  • Preferably, the DOE (220) has a relatively low diffraction efficiency so that only a portion of the light of the beam is deflected away toward the eye (58) with each intersection of the DOE (220) while the rest continues to move through the planar waveguide (216) via total internal reflection; the light carrying the image information is thus divided into a number of related light beams that exit the waveguide at a multiplicity of locations and the result is a fairly uniform pattern of exit emission toward the eye (58) for this particular collimated beam bouncing around within the planar waveguide (216), as shown in FIG. 8H. The exit beams toward the eye (58) are shown in FIG. 8H as substantially parallel, because, in this case, the DOE (220) has only a linear diffraction pattern. As shown in the comparison between FIGS. 8L, 8M, and 8N, changes to this linear diffraction pattern pitch may be utilized to controllably deflect the exiting parallel beams, thereby producing a scanning or tiling functionality.
  • Referring back to FIG. 8I, with changes in the radially symmetric diffraction pattern component of the embedded DOE (220), the exit beam pattern is more divergent, which would require the eye to accommodation to a closer distance to bring it into focus on the retina and would be interpreted by the brain as light from a viewing distance closer to the eye than optical infinity. Referring to FIG. 8J, with the addition of another waveguide (218) into which the beam may be injected (by a projector or display, for example), a DOE (221) embedded in this other waveguide (218), such as a linear diffraction pattern, may function to spread the light across the entire larger planar waveguide (216), which functions to provide the eye (58) with a very large incoming field of incoming light that exits from the larger planar waveguide (216), i.e., a large eye box, in accordance with the particular DOE configurations at work.
  • The DOEs (220, 221) are depicted bisecting the associated waveguides (216, 218) but this need not be the case; they could be placed closer to, or upon, either side of either of the waveguides (216, 218) to have the same functionality. Thus, as shown in FIG. 8K, with the injection of a single collimated beam, an entire field of cloned collimated beams may be directed toward the eye (58). In addition, with a combined linear diffraction pattern/radially symmetric diffraction pattern scenario such as that depicted in FIGS. 8F (214) and 8I (220), a beam distribution waveguide optic (for functionality such as exit pupil functional expansion; with a configuration such as that of FIG. 8K, the exit pupil can be as large as the optical element itself, which can be a very significant advantage for user comfort and ergonomics) with Z-axis focusing capability is presented, in which both the divergence angle of the cloned beams and the wavefront curvature of each beam represent light coming from a point closer than optical infinity.
  • In one embodiment, one or more DOEs are switchable between “on” states in which they actively diffract, and “off” states in which they do not significantly diffract. For instance, a switchable DOE may comprise a layer of polymer dispersed liquid crystal, in which microdroplets comprise a diffraction pattern in a host medium, and the refractive index of the microdroplets can be switched to substantially match the refractive index of the host material (in which case the pattern does not appreciably diffract incident light) or the microdroplet can be switched to an index that does not match that of the host medium (in which case the pattern actively diffracts incident light). Further, with dynamic changes to the diffraction terms, such as the linear diffraction pitch term as in FIGS. 8L-8N, a beam scanning or tiling functionality may be achieved. As noted above, it is desirable to have a relatively low diffraction grating efficiency in each of the DOEs (220, 221) because it facilitates distribution of the light, and also because light coming through the waveguides that is desirably transmitted (for example, light coming from the world 144 toward the eye 58 in an augmented reality configuration) is less affected when the diffraction efficiency of the DOE that it crosses (220) is lower—so a better view of the real world through such a configuration is achieved.
  • Configurations such as those illustrated in FIG. 8K preferably are driven with injection of image information in a time sequential approach, with frame sequential driving being the most straightforward to implement. For example, an image of the sky at optical infinity may be injected at time1 and the diffraction grating retaining collimation of light may be utilized; then an image of a closer tree branch may be injected at time2 while a DOE controllably imparts a focal change, say one diopter or 1 meter away, to provide the eye/brain with the perception that the branch light information is coming from the closer focal range. This kind of paradigm can be repeated in rapid time sequential fashion such that the eye/brain perceives the input to be all part of the same image. This is just a two focal plane example; preferably the system will be configured to have more focal planes to provide a smoother transition between objects and their focal distances. This kind of configuration generally assumes that the DOE is switched at a relatively low speed (i.e., in sync with the frame-rate of the display that is injecting the images—in the range of tens to hundreds of cycles/second).
  • The opposite extreme may be a configuration wherein DOE elements can shift focus at tens to hundreds of MHz or greater, which facilitates switching of the focus state of the DOE elements on a pixel-by-pixel basis as the pixels are scanned into the eye (58) using a scanned light display type of approach. This is desirable because it means that the overall display frame-rate can be kept quite low; just low enough to make sure that “flicker” is not a problem (in the range of about 60-120 frames/sec).
  • In between these ranges, if the DOEs can be switched at KHz rates, then on a line-by-line basis the focus on each scan line may be adjusted, which may afford the user with a visible benefit in terms of temporal artifacts during an eye motion relative to the display, for example. For instance, the different focal planes in a scene may, in this manner, be interleaved, to minimize visible artifacts in response to a head motion (as is discussed in greater detail later in this disclosure). A line-by-line focus modulator may be operatively coupled to a line scan display, such as a grating light valve display, in which a linear array of pixels is swept to form an image; and may be operatively coupled to scanned light displays, such as fiber-scanned displays and mirror-scanned light displays.
  • A stacked configuration, similar to those of FIG. 8A, may use dynamic DOEs (rather than the static waveguides and lenses of the embodiment of FIG. 8A) to provide multi-planar focusing simultaneously. For example, with three simultaneous focal planes, a primary focus plane (based upon measured eye accommodation, for example) could be presented to the user, and a +margin and −margin (i.e., one focal plane closer, one farther out) could be utilized to provide a large focal range in which the user can accommodate before the planes need be updated. This increased focal range can provide a temporal advantage if the user switches to a closer or farther focus (i.e., as determined by accommodation measurement); then the new plane of focus could be made to be the middle depth of focus, with the + and − margins again ready for a fast switchover to either one while the system catches up.
  • Referring to FIG. 8O, a stack (222) of planar waveguides (244, 246, 248, 250, 252) is shown, each having a reflector (254, 256, 258, 260, 262) at the end and being configured such that collimated image information injected in one end by a display (224, 226, 228, 230, 232) bounces by total internal reflection down to the reflector, at which point some or all of the light is reflected out toward an eye or other target. Each of the reflectors may have slightly different angles so that they all reflect exiting light toward a common destination such as a pupil. Such a configuration is somewhat similar to that of FIG. 5B, with the exception that each different angled reflector in the embodiment of FIG. 8O has its own waveguide for less interference when projected light is travelling to the targeted reflector. Lenses (234, 236, 238, 240, 242) may be interposed between the displays and waveguides for beam steering and/or focusing.
  • FIG. 8P illustrates a geometrically staggered version wherein reflectors (276, 278, 280, 282, 284) are positioned at staggered lengths in the waveguides (266, 268, 270, 272, 274) so that exiting beams may be relatively easily aligned with objects such as an anatomical pupil. With knowledge of how far the stack (264) is going to be from the eye (such as 28 mm between the cornea of the eye and an eyeglasses lens, a typical comfortable geometry), the geometries of the reflectors (276, 278, 280, 282, 284) and waveguides (266, 268, 270, 272, 274) may be set up to fill the eye pupil (typically about 8 mm across or less) with exiting light. By directing light to an eye box larger than the diameter of the eye pupil, the viewer may make eye movements while retaining the ability to see the displayed imagery. Referring back to the discussion related to FIGS. 5A and 5B about field of view expansion and reflector size, an expanded field of view is presented by the configuration of FIG. 8P as well, and it does not involve the complexity of the switchable reflective elements of the embodiment of FIG. 5B.
  • FIG. 8Q illustrates a version wherein many reflectors (298) form a relatively continuous curved reflection surface in the aggregate or discrete flat facets that are oriented to align with an overall curve. The curve could a parabolic or elliptical curve and is shown cutting across a plurality of waveguides (288, 290, 292, 294, 296) to minimize any crosstalk issues, although it also could be utilized with a monolithic waveguide configuration.
  • In one implementation, a high-frame-rate and lower persistence display may be combined with a lower-frame-rate and higher persistence display and a variable focus element to comprise a relatively high-frequency frame sequential volumetric display. In one embodiment, the high-frame-rate display has a lower bit depth and the lower-frame-rate display has a higher bit depth, and are combined to comprise an effective high-frame-rate and high bit depth display, that is well suited to presenting image slices in a frame sequential fashion. With such an approach, a three-dimensional volume that is desirably represented is functionally divided into a series of two-dimensional slices. Each of those two-dimensional slices is projected to the eye frame sequentially, and in sync with this presentation, the focus of a variable focus element is changed.
  • In one embodiment, to get enough frame rate to support such a configuration, two display elements may be integrated: a full-color, high-resolution liquid crystal display (“LCD”; a backlighted ferroelectric panel display also may be utilized in another embodiment; in a further embodiment a scanning fiber display may be utilized) operating at 60 frames per second, and aspects of a higher-frequency DLP system. Instead of illuminating the back of the LCD panel in a conventional manner (i.e., with a full size fluorescent lamp or LED array), the conventional lighting configuration may be removed to accommodate using the DLP projector to project a mask pattern on the back of the LCD (in one embodiment, the mask pattern may be binary in that the DLP either projects illumination, or not-illumination; in another embodiment described below, the DLP may be utilized to project a grayscale mask image).
  • DLP projection systems can operate at very high frame rates; in one embodiment for 6 depth planes at 60 frames per second, a DLP projection system can be operated against the back of the LCD display at 360 frames/second. Then the DLP projector is utilized to selectively illuminate portions of the LCD panel in sync with a high-frequency variable focus element (such as a deformable membrane mirror) that is disposed between the viewing side of the LCD panel and the eye of the user, the variable focus element being used to change the global display focus on a frame by frame basis at 360 frames/second. In one embodiment, the variable focus element is positioned to be optically conjugate to the exit pupil, to enable adjustments of focus without simultaneously affecting image magnification or “zoom.” In another embodiment, the variable focus element is not conjugate to the exit pupil, such that image magnification changes accompany focus adjustments, and software is used to compensate for these optical magnification changes and any distortions by pre-scaling or warping the images to be presented.
  • Operationally, it's useful to consider an example again wherein a three-dimensional scene is to be presented to a user wherein the sky in the background is to be at a viewing distance of optical infinity, and wherein a branch coupled to a tree located at a certain location closer to the user than optical infinity extends from the tree trunk in a direction toward the user, so that the tip of the branch is closer to the user than is the proximal portion of the branch that joins the tree trunk.
  • In one embodiment, for a given global frame, the system may be configured to present on an LCD a full-color, all in-focus image of the tree branch in front the sky. Then at subframe1, within the global frame, the DLP projector in a binary masking configuration (i.e., illumination or absence of illumination) may be used to only illuminate the portion of the LCD that represents the cloudy sky while functionally black-masking (i.e., failing to illuminate) the portion of the LCD that represents the tree branch and other elements that are not to be perceived at the same focal distance as the sky, and the variable focus element (such as a deformable membrane mirror) may be utilized to position the focal plane at optical infinity so that the eye sees a sub-image at subframe1 as being clouds that are infinitely far away.
  • Then at subframe2, the variable focus element may be switched to focusing on a point about 1 meter away from the user's eyes (or whatever distance is required; here 1 meter for the branch location is used for illustrative purposes), the pattern of illumination from the DLP can be switched so that the system only illuminates the portion of the LCD that represents the tree branch while functionally black-masking (i.e., failing to illuminate) the portion of the LCD that represents the sky and other elements that are not to be perceived at the same focal distance as the tree branch. Thus the eye gets a quick flash of cloud at optical infinity followed by a quick flash of tree at 1 meter, and the sequence is integrated by the eye/brain to form a three-dimensional perception. The branch may be positioned diagonally relative to the viewer, such that it extends through a range of viewing distances, e.g., it may join with the trunk at around 2 meters viewing distance while the tips of the branch are at the closer position of 1 meter.
  • In this case, the display system can divide the 3-D volume of the tree branch into multiple slices, rather than a single slice at 1 meter. For instance, one focus slice may be used to represent the sky (using the DLP to mask all areas of the tree during presentation of this slice), while the tree branch is divided across 5 focus slices (using the DLP to mask the sky and all portions of the tree except one, for each part of the tree branch to be presented). Preferably, the depth slices are positioned with a spacing equal to or smaller than the depth of focus of the eye, such that the viewer will be unlikely to notice the transition between slices, and instead perceive a smooth and continuous flow of the branch through the focus range.
  • In another embodiment, rather than utilizing the DLP in a binary (illumination or darkfield only) mode, it may be utilized to project a grayscale (for example, 256 shades of grayscale) mask onto the back of the LCD panel to enhance three-dimensional perception. The grayscale shades may be utilized to impart to the eye/brain a perception that something resides in between adjacent depth or focal planes. Back to the branch and clouds scenario, if the leading edge of the branch closest to the user is to be in focalplane1, then at subframe1, that portion branch on the LCD may be lit up with full intensity white from the DLP system with the variable focus element at focalplane1.
  • Then at subframe2, with the variable focus element at focalplane2 right behind the part that was lit up, there would be no illumination. These are similar steps to the binary DLP masking configuration above. However, if there is a portion of the branch that is to be perceived at a position between focalplane1 and focalplane1, e.g., halfway, grayscale masking can be utilized. The DLP can project an illumination mask to that portion during both subframe1 and subframe2, but at half-illumination (such as at level 128 out of 256 grayscale) for each subframe. This provides the perception of a blending of depth of focus layers, with the perceived focal distance being proportional to the illuminance ratio between subframe1 and subframe2. For instance, for a portion of the tree branch that should lie ¾ths of the way between focalplane1 and focalplane2, an about 25% intensity grayscale mask can be used to illuminate that portion of the LCD at subframe1 and an about 75% grayscale mask can be used to illuminate the same portion of the LCD at subframe2.
  • In one embodiment, the bit depths of both the low-frame-rate display and the high-frame-rate display can be combined for image modulation, to create a high dynamic range display. The high dynamic range driving may be conducted in tandem with the focus plane addressing function described above, to comprise a high dynamic range multi-focal 3-D display.
  • In another embodiment that may be more efficient on computation resources, only a certain portion of the display (i.e., LCD) output may be mask-illuminated by the DMD and variably focused en route to the user's eye. For example, the middle portion of the display may be mask illuminated, with the periphery of the display not providing varying accommodation cues to the user (i.e. the periphery could be uniformly illuminated by the DLP DMD, while a central portion is actively masked and variably focused en route to the eye).
  • In the above described embodiment, a refresh rate of about 360 Hz allows for 6 depth planes at about 60 frames/second each. In another embodiment, even higher refresh rates may be achieved by increasing the operating frequency of the DLP. A standard DLP configuration uses a MEMS device and an array of micro-mirrors that toggle between a mode of reflecting light toward the display or user to a mode of reflecting light away from the display or user, such as into a light trap—thus they are inherently binary. DLPs typically create grayscale images using a pulse width modulation schema wherein the mirror is left in the “on” state for a variable amount of time for a variable duty cycle in order to create a brighter pixel, or pixel of interim brightness. Thus, to create grayscale images at moderate frame rate, they are running at a much higher binary rate.
  • In the above described configurations, such setup works well for creating grayscale masking. However, if the DLP drive scheme is adapted so that it is flashing subimages in a binary pattern, then the frame rate may be increased significantly—by thousands of frames per second, which allows for hundreds to thousands of depth planes being refreshed at 60 frames/second, which may be utilized to obviate the between-depth-plane grayscale interpolating as described above. A typical pulse width modulation scheme for a Texas Instruments DLP system has an 8-bit command signal (first bit is the first long pulse of the mirror; second bit is a pulse that is half as long as the first; third bit is half as long again; and so on)—so that the configuration can create 2 to the 8th power different illumination levels. In one embodiment, the backlighting from the DLP may have its intensity varied in sync with the different pulses of the DMD to equalize the brightness of the subimages that are created, which is a practical workaround to get existing DMD drive electronics to produce significantly higher frame rates.
  • In another embodiment, direct control changes to the DMD drive electronics and software may be utilized to have the mirrors always have an equal on-time instead of the variable on-time configuration that is conventional, which would facilitate higher frame rates. In another embodiment, the DMD drive electronics may be configured to present low bit depth images at a frame rate above that of high bit depth images but lower than the binary frame rate, enabling some grayscale blending between focus planes, while moderately increasing the number of focus planes.
  • In another embodiment, when limited to a finite number of depth planes, such as 6 in the example above, it is desirable to functionally move these 6 depth planes around to be maximally useful in the scene that is being presented to the user. For example, if a user is standing in a room and a virtual monster is to be placed into his augmented reality view, the virtual monster being about 2 feet deep in the Z axis straight away from the user's eyes, then it makes sense to cluster all 6 depth planes around the center of the monster's current location (and dynamically move them with him as he moves relative to the user)—so that more rich accommodation cues may be provided for the user, with all six depth planes in the direct region of the monster (for example, 3 in front of the center of the monster, 3 in back of the center of the monster). Such allocation of depth planes is content dependent.
  • For example, in the scene above the same monster is to be presented in the same room, but also to be presented to the user is a virtual window frame element, and then a virtual view to optical infinity out of the virtual window frame, it will be useful to spend at least one depth plane on optical infinity, one on the depth of the wall that is to house the virtual window frame, and then perhaps the remaining four depth planes on the monster in the room. If the content causes the virtual window to disappear, then the two depth planes may be dynamically reallocated to the region around the monster, and so on—content-based dynamic allocation of focal plane resources to provide the most rich experience to the user given the computing and presentation resources.
  • In another embodiment, phase delays in a multicore fiber or an array of single-core fibers may be utilized to create variable focus light wavefronts. Referring to FIG. 9A, a multicore fiber (300) may comprise the aggregation of multiple individual fibers (302); FIG. 9B shows a close-up view of a multicore assembly, which emits light from each core in the form of a spherical wavefront (304) from each. If the cores are transmitting coherent light, e.g., from a shared laser light source, these small spherical wavefronts ultimately constructively and destructively interfere with each other, and if they were emitted from the multicore fiber in phase, they will develop an approximately planar wavefront (306) in the aggregate, as shown. However, if phase delays are induced between the cores (using a conventional phase modulator such as one using lithium niobate, for example, to slow the path of some cores relative to others), then a curved or spherical wavefront may be created in the aggregate, to represent at the eyes/brain an object coming from a point closer than optical infinity, which presents another option that may be used in place of the variable focus elements described above. In other words, such a phased multicore configuration, or phased array, may be utilized to create multiple optical focus levels from a light source.
  • In another embodiment related to the use of optical fibers, a known Fourier transform aspect of multi-mode optical fiber or light guiding rods or pipes may be utilized for control of the wavefronts that are output from such fiber. Optical fibers typically are available in two categories: single mode and multi-mode. Multi-mode optical fiber typically has larger core diameters and allows light to propagate along multiple angular paths, rather than just the one of single mode optical fiber. It is known that if an image is injected into one end of a multi-mode fiber, that angular differences that are encoded into that image will be retained to some degree as it propagates through the multi-mode fiber, and for some configurations the output from the fiber will be significantly similar to a Fourier transform of the image that was input.
  • Thus in one embodiment, the inverse Fourier transform of a wavefront (such as a diverging spherical wavefront to represent a focal plane nearer to the user than optical infinity) may be input so that, after passing through the fiber that optically imparts a Fourier transform, the output is the desired shaped, or focused, wavefront. Such output end may be scanned about to be used as a scanned fiber display, or may be used as a light source for a scanning mirror to form an image, for instance. Thus such a configuration may be utilized as yet another focus modulation subsystem. Other kinds of light patterns and wavefronts may be injected into a multi-mode fiber, such that on the output end, a certain spatial pattern is emitted. This may be utilized to have the equivalent of a wavelet pattern (in optics, an optical system may be analyzed in terms of what are called the Zernicke coefficients; images may be similarly characterized and decomposed into smaller principal components, or a weighted combination of comparatively simpler image components). Thus if light is scanned into the eye using the principal components on the input side, a higher resolution image may be recovered at the output end of the multi-mode fiber.
  • In another embodiment, the Fourier transform of a hologram may be injected into the input end of a multi-mode fiber to output a wavefront that may be used for three-dimensional focus modulation and/or resolution enhancement. Certain single fiber core, multi-core fibers, or concentric core+cladding configurations also may be utilized in the aforementioned inverse Fourier transform configurations.
  • In another embodiment, rather than physically manipulating the wavefronts approaching the eye of the user at a high frame rate without regard to the user's particular state of accommodation or eye gaze, a system may be configured to monitor the user's accommodation and rather than presenting a set of multiple different light wavefronts, present a single wavefront at a time that corresponds to the accommodation state of the eye. Accommodation may be measured directly (such as by infrared autorefractor or eccentric photorefraction) or indirectly (such as by measuring the convergence level of the two eyes of the user; as described above, vergence and accommodation are strongly linked neurologically, so an estimate of accommodation can be made based upon vergence geometry). Thus with a determined accommodation of, say, 1 meter from the user, then the wavefront presentations at the eye may be configured for a 1 meter focal distance using any of the above variable focus configurations. If an accommodation change to focus at 2 meters is detected, the wavefront presentation at the eye may be reconfigured for a 2 meter focal distance, and so on.
  • Thus in one embodiment incorporating accommodation tracking, a variable focus element may be placed in the optical path between an outputting combiner (e.g., a waveguide or beamsplitter) and the eye of the user, so that the focus may be changed along with (i.e., preferably at the same rate as) accommodation changes of the eye. Software effects may be utilized to produce variable amounts blur (e.g., Gaussian) to objects which should not be in focus to simulate the dioptric blur expected at the retina if an object were at that viewing distance and enhance the three-dimensional perception by the eyes/brain.
  • A simple embodiment is a single plane whose focus level is slaved to the viewer's accommodation level, however the performance demands on the accommodation tracking system can be relaxed if even a low number of multiple planes are used. Referring to FIG. 10, in another embodiment, a stack (328) of about 3 waveguides (318, 320, 322) may be utilized to create three focal planes worth of wavefronts simultaneously. In one embodiment, the weak lenses (324, 326) may have static focal distances, and a variable focal lens (316) may be slaved to the accommodation tracking of the eyes such that one of the three waveguides (say the middle waveguide 320) outputs what is deemed to be the in-focus wavefront, while the other two waveguides (322, 318) output a +margin wavefront and a −margin wavefront (i.e., a little farther than detected focal distance, a little closer than detected focal distance) which may improve the three-dimensional perception and also provide enough difference for the brain/eye accommodation control system to sense some blur as negative feedback, which enhances the perception of reality, and allows a range of accommodation before an physical adjustment of the focus levels is necessary.
  • A variable focus compensating lens (314) is also shown to ensure that light coming in from the real world (144) in an augmented reality configuration is not refocused or magnified by the assembly of the stack (328) and output lens (316). The variable focus in the lenses (316, 314) may be achieved, as discussed above, with refractive, diffractive, or reflective techniques.
  • In another embodiment, each of the waveguides in a stack may contain their own capability for changing focus (such as by having an included electronically switchable DOE) so that the variable focus element need not be centralized as in the stack (328) of the configuration of FIG. 10.
  • In another embodiment, variable focus elements may be interleaved between the waveguides of a stack (i.e., rather than fixed focus weak lenses as in the embodiment of FIG. 10) to obviate the need for a combination of fixed focus weak lenses plus whole-stack-refocusing variable focus element.
  • Such stacking configurations may be used in accommodation tracked variations as described herein, and also in a frame-sequential multi-focal display approach.
  • In a configuration wherein light enters the pupil with a small exit pupil, such as ½ mm diameter or less, one has the equivalent of a pinhole lens configuration wherein the beam is always interpreted as in-focus by the eyes/brain—e.g., a scanned light display using a 0.5 mm diameter beam to scan images to the eye. Such a configuration is known as a Maxwellian view configuration, and in one embodiment, accommodation tracking input may be utilized to induce blur using software to image information that is to be perceived as at a focal plane behind or in front of the focal plane determined from the accommodation tracking. In other words, if one starts with a display presenting a Maxwellian view, then everything theoretically can be in focus, and to provide a rich and natural three-dimensional perception, simulated dioptric blur may be induced with software, and may be slaved to the accommodation tracking status.
  • In one embodiment a scanning fiber display is well suited to such configuration because it may be configured to only output small-diameter beams in a Maxwellian form. In another embodiment, an array of small exit pupils may be created to increase the functional eye box of the system (and also to reduce the impact of a light-blocking particle which may reside in the vitreous or cornea of the eye), such as by one or more scanning fiber displays, or by a DOE configuration such as that described in reference to FIG. 8K, with a pitch in the array of presented exit pupils that ensure that only one will hit the anatomical pupil of the user at any given time (for example, if the average anatomical pupil diameter is 4 mm, one configuration may comprise ½ mm exit pupils spaced at intervals of approximate 4 mm apart). Such exit pupils may also be switchable in response to eye position, such that only the eye always receives one, and only one, active small exit pupil at a time; allowing a denser array of exit pupils. Such user will have a large depth of focus to which software-based blur techniques may be added to enhance perceived depth perception.
  • As discussed above, an object at optical infinity creates a substantially planar wavefront; an object closer, such as 1 m away from the eye, creates a curved wavefront (with about 1 m convex radius of curvature). The eye's optical system needs to have enough optical power to bend the incoming rays of light so that they end up focused on the retina (convex wavefront gets turned into concave, and then down to a focal point on the retina). These are basic functions of the eye.
  • In many of the embodiments described above, light directed to the eye has been treated as being part of one continuous wavefront, some subset of which would hit the pupil of the particular eye. In another approach, light directed to the eye may be effectively discretized or broken down into a plurality of beamlets or individual rays, each of which has a diameter less than about 0.5 mm and a unique propagation pathway as part of a greater aggregated wavefront that may be functionally created with the an aggregation of the beamlets or rays. For example, a curved wavefront may be approximated by aggregating a plurality of discrete neighboring collimated beams, each of which is approaching the eye from an appropriate angle to represent a point of origin that matches the center of the radius of curvature of the desired aggregate wavefront.
  • When the beamlets have a diameter of about 0.5 mm or less, it is as though it is coming through a pinhole lens configuration, which means that each individual beamlet is always in relative focus on the retina, independent of the accommodation state of the eye—however the trajectory of each beamlet will be affected by the accommodation state. For instance, if the beamlets approach the eye in parallel, representing a discretized collimated aggregate wavefront, then an eye that is correctly accommodated to infinity will deflect the beamlets to all converge upon the same shared spot on the retina, and will appear in focus. If the eye accommodates to, say, 1 m, the beams will be converged to a spot in front of the retina, cross paths, and fall on multiple neighboring or partially overlapping spots on the retina—appearing blurred.
  • If the beamlets approach the eye in a diverging configuration, with a shared point of origin 1 meter from the viewer, then an accommodation of 1 m will steer the beams to a single spot on the retina, and will appear in focus; if the viewer accommodates to infinity, the beamlets will converge to a spot behind the retina, and produce multiple neighboring or partially overlapping spots on the retina, producing a blurred image. Stated more generally, the accommodation of the eye determines the degree of overlap of the spots on the retina, and a given pixel is “in focus” when all of the spots are directed to the same spot on the retina and “defocused” when the spots are offset from one another. This notion that all of the 0.5 mm diameter or less beamlets are always in focus, and that they may be aggregated to be perceived by the eyes/brain as though they are substantially the same as coherent wavefronts, may be utilized in producing configurations for comfortable three-dimensional virtual or augmented reality perception.
  • In other words, a set of multiple narrow beams may be used to emulate what is going on with a larger diameter variable focus beam, and if the beamlet diameters are kept to a maximum of about 0.5 mm, then they maintain a relatively static focus level, and to produce the perception of out-of-focus when desired, the beamlet angular trajectories may be selected to create an effect much like a larger out-of-focus beam (such a defocussing treatment may not be the same as a Gaussian blur treatment as for the larger beam, but will create a multimodal point spread function that may be interpreted in a similar fashion to a Gaussian blur).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the beamlets are not mechanically deflected to form this aggregate focus effect, but rather the eye receives a superset of many beamlets that includes both a multiplicity of incident angles and a multiplicity of locations at which the beamlets intersect the pupil; to represent a given pixel from a particular viewing distance, a subset of beamlets from the superset that comprise the appropriate angles of incidence and points of intersection with the pupil (as if they were being emitted from the same shared point of origin in space) are turned on with matching color and intensity, to represent that aggregate wavefront, while beamlets in the superset that are inconsistent with the shared point of origin are not turned on with that color and intensity (but some of them may be turned on with some other color and intensity level to represent, e.g., a different pixel).
  • Referring to FIG. 11A, each of a multiplicity of incoming beamlets (332) is passing through a small exit pupil (330) relative to the eye (58) in a discretized wavefront display configuration. Referring to FIG. 11B, a subset (334) of the group of beamlets (332) may be driven with matching color and intensity levels to be perceived as though they are part of the same larger-sized ray (the bolded subgroup 334 may be deemed an “aggregated beam”). In this case, the subset of beamlets are parallel to one another, representing a collimated aggregate beam from optical infinity (such as light coming from a distant mountain). The eye is accommodated to infinity, so the subset of beamlets are deflected by the eye's cornea and lens to all fall substantially upon the same location of the retina and are perceived to comprise a single in focus pixel.
  • FIG. 11C shows another subset of beamlets representing an aggregated collimated beam (336) coming in from the right side of the field of view of the user's eye (58) if the eye (58) is viewed in a coronal-style planar view from above. Again, the eye is shown accommodated to infinity, so the beamlets fall on the same spot of the retina, and the pixel is perceived to be in focus. If, in contrast, a different subset of beamlets were chosen that were reaching the eye as a diverging fan of rays, those beamlets would not fall on the same location of the retina (and be perceived as in focus) until the eye were to shift accommodation to a near point that matches the geometrical point of origin of that fan of rays.
  • As regards patterns of points of intersection of beamlets with the anatomical pupil of the eye (i.e., the pattern of exit pupils), they may be organized in configurations such as a cross-sectionally efficient hex-lattice (for example, as shown in FIG. 12A) or a square lattice or other two-dimensional array. Further, a three-dimensional array of exit pupils could be created, as well as time-varying arrays of exit pupils.
  • Discretized aggregate wavefronts may be created using several configurations, such as an array of microdisplays or microprojectors placed optically conjugate with the exit pupil of viewing optics, microdisplay or microprojector arrays coupled to a direct field of view substrate (such as an eyeglasses lens) such that they project light to the eye directly, without additional intermediate viewing optics, successive spatial light modulation array techniques, or waveguide techniques such as those described in relation to FIG. 8K.
  • Referring to FIG. 12A, in one embodiment, a lightfield may be created by bundling a group of small projectors or display units (such as scanned fiber displays). FIG. 12A depicts a hexagonal lattice projection bundle (338) which may, for example, create a 7 mm-diameter hex array with each fiber display outputting a sub-image (340). If such an array has an optical system, such as a lens, placed in front of it such that the array is placed optically conjugate with the eye's entrance pupil, this will create an image of the array at the eye's pupil, as shown in FIG. 12B, which essentially provides the same optical arrangement as the embodiment of FIG. 11A.
  • Each of the small exit pupils of the configuration is created by a dedicated small display in the bundle (338), such as a scanning fiber display. Optically, it's as though the entire hex array (338) is positioned right into the anatomical pupil (45). Such embodiments are means for driving different subimages to different small exit pupils within the larger anatomical entrance pupil (45) of the eye, comprising a superset of beamlets with a multiplicity of incident angles and points of intersection with the eye pupil. Each of the separate projectors or displays may be driven with a slightly different image, such that subimages may be created that pull out different sets of rays to be driven at different light intensities and colors.
  • In one variation, a strict image conjugate may be created, as in the embodiment of FIG. 12B, wherein there is direct 1-to-1 mapping of the array (338) with the pupil (45). In another variation, the spacing may be changed between displays in the array and the optical system (lens 342, in FIG. 12B) so that instead of getting a conjugate mapping of the array to the eye pupil, the eye pupil may be catching the rays from the array at some other distance. With such a configuration, one would still get an angular diversity of beams through which one could create a discretized aggregate wavefront representation, but the mathematics regarding how to drive which ray and at which power and intensity may become more complex (although, on the other hand, such a configuration may be considered simpler from a viewing optics perspective). The mathematics involved with light field image capture may be leveraged for these calculations.
  • Referring to FIG. 13A, another lightfield creating embodiment is depicted wherein an array of microdisplays or microprojectors (346) may be coupled to a frame (344; such as an eyeglasses frame) to be positioned in front of the eye (58). The depicted configuration is a nonconjugate arrangement wherein there are no large-scale optical elements interposed between the displays (for example, scanning fiber displays) of the array (346) and the eye (58). One can imagine a pair of glasses, and coupled to those glasses are a plurality of displays, such as scanning fiber engines, positioned orthogonal to the eyeglasses surface, and all angled inward so they are pointing at the pupil of the user. Each display may be configured to create a set of rays representing different elements of the beamlet superset.
  • With such a configuration, at the anatomical pupil (45) the user is going to receive a similar result as received in the embodiments discussed in reference to FIG. 11A, in which every point at the user's pupil is receiving rays with a multiplicity of angles of incidence and points of intersection that are being contributed from the different displays. FIG. 13B illustrates a nonconjugate configuration similar to that of FIG. 13A, with the exception that the embodiment of FIG. 13B features a reflecting surface (348) to facilitate moving the display array (346) away from the eye's (58) field of view, while also allowing views of the real world (144) through the reflective surface (348).
  • Thus another configuration for creating the angular diversity necessary for a discretized aggregate wavefront display is presented. To optimize such a configuration, the sizes of the displays may be decreased to the maximum. Scanning fiber displays which may be utilized as displays may have baseline diameters in the range of 1 mm, but reduction in enclosure and projection lens hardware may decrease the diameters of such displays to about 0.5 mm or less, which is less disturbing for a user. Another downsizing geometric refinement may be achieved by directly coupling a collimating lens (which may, for example, comprise a gradient refractive index, or “GRIN”, lens, a conventional curved lens, or a diffractive lens) to the tip of the scanning fiber itself in a case of a fiber scanning display array. For example, referring to FIG. 13D, a GRIN lens (354) is shown fused to the end of a single mode optical fiber. An actuator (350; such as a piezoelectric actuator) is coupled to the fiber (352) and may be used to scan the fiber tip.
  • In another embodiment the end of the fiber may be shaped into a hemispherical shape using a curved polishing treatment of an optical fiber to create a lensing effect. In another embodiment a standard refractive lens may be coupled to the end of each optical fiber using an adhesive. In another embodiment a lens may be built from a dab of transmissive polymeric material or glass, such as epoxy. In another embodiment the end of an optical fiber may be melted to create a curved surface for a lensing effect.
  • FIG. 13C-2 shows an embodiment wherein display configurations (i.e., scanning fiber displays with GRIN lenses; shown in close-up view of FIG. 13C-1) such as that shown in FIG. 13D may be coupled together through a single transparent substrate (356) preferably having a refractive index that closely matches the cladding of the optical fibers (352) so that the fibers themselves are not very visible for viewing of the outside world across the depicted assembly (if the index matching of the cladding is done precisely, then the larger cladding/housing becomes transparent and only the tiny cores, which preferably are about 3 microns in diameter, will be obstructing the view. In one embodiment the matrix (358) of displays may all be angled inward so they are directed toward the anatomic pupil of the user (in another embodiment, they may stay parallel to each other, but such a configuration is less efficient).
  • Referring to FIG. 13E, another embodiment is depicted wherein rather than using circular fibers to move cyclically, a thin series of planar waveguides (358) are configured to be cantilevered relative to a larger substrate structure (356). In one variation, the substrate (356) may be moved to produce cyclic motion (i.e., at the resonant frequency of the cantilevered members 358) of the planar waveguides relative to the substrate structure. In another variation, the cantilevered waveguide portions (358) may be actuated with piezoelectric or other actuators relative to the substrate. Image illumination information may be injected, for example, from the right side (360) of the substrate structure to be coupled into the cantilevered waveguide portions (358). In one embodiment the substrate (356) may comprise a waveguide configured (such as with an integrated DOE configuration as described above) to totally internally reflect incoming light (360) along its length and then redirect it to the cantilevered waveguide portions (358). As a person gazes toward the cantilevered waveguide portions (358) and through to the real world (144) behind, the planar waveguides are configured to minimize any dispersion and/or focus changes with their planar shape factors.
  • In the context of discussing discretized aggregate wavefront displays, there is value placed in having some angular diversity created for every point in the exit pupil of the eye. In other words, it is desirable to have multiple incoming beams to represent each pixel in a displayed image. Referring to FIGS. 13F-1 and 13F-2, one way to gain further angular and spatial diversity is to use a multicore fiber and place a lens at the exit point, such as a GRIN lens, so that the exit beams are deflected through a single nodal point (366); that nodal point may then be scanned back and forth in a scanned fiber type of arrangement (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368). If a retinal conjugate is placed at the plane defined at the end of the GRIN lens, a display may be created that is functionally equivalent to the general case discretized aggregate wavefront configuration described above.
  • Referring to FIG. 13G, a similar effect may be achieved not by using a lens, but by scanning the face of a multicore system at the correct conjugate of an optical system (372), the goal being to create a higher angular and spatial diversity of beams. In other words, rather than having a bunch of separately scanned fiber displays as in the bundled example of FIG. 12A described above, some of this requisite angular and spatial diversity may be created through the use of multiple cores to create a plane which may be relayed by a waveguide. Referring to FIG. 13H, a multicore fiber (362) may be scanned (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368) to create a set of beamlets with a multiplicity of angles of incidence and points of intersection which may be relayed to the eye (58) by a waveguide (370). Thus in one embodiment a collimated lightfield image may be injected into a waveguide, and without any additional refocusing elements, that lightfield display may be translated directly to the human eye.
  • FIGS. 131-13L depict certain commercially available multicore fiber (362) configurations (from vendors such as Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan), including one variation (363) with a rectangular cross section, as well as variations with flat exit faces (372) and angled exit faces (374).
  • Referring to FIG. 13M, some additional angular diversity may be created by having a waveguide (376) fed with a linear array of displays (378), such as scanning fiber displays.
  • Referring to FIGS. 14A-14F, another group of configurations for creating a fixed viewpoint lightfield display is described. Referring back to FIG. 11A, if a two-dimensional plane was created that was intersecting all of the tiny beams coming in from the left, each beamlet would have a certain point of intersection with that plane. If another plane was created at a different distance to the left, then all of the beamlets would intersect that plane at a different location. Then going back to FIG. 14A, if various positions on each of two or more planes can be allowed to selectively transmit or block the light radiation directed through it, such a multi-planar configuration may be utilized to selectively create a lightfield by independently modulating individual beamlets.
  • The basic embodiment of FIG. 14A shows two spatial light modulators, such as liquid crystal display panels (380, 382; in other embodiments they may be MEMS shutter displays or DLP DMD arrays) which may be independently controlled to block or transmit different rays on a high-resolution basis. For example, referring to FIG. 14A, if the second panel (382) blocks or attenuates transmission of rays at point “a” (384), all of the depicted rays will be blocked; but if only the first panel (380) blocks or attenuates transmission of rays at point “b” (386), then only the lower incoming ray (388) will be blocked/attenuated, while the rest will be transmitted toward the pupil (45). Each of the controllable panels or planes may be deemed a “spatial light modulator” or “fatte”. The intensity of each transmitted beam passed through a series of SLMs will be a function of the combination of the transparency of the various pixels in the various SLM arrays. Thus without any sort of lens elements, a set of beamlets with a multiplicity of angles and points of intersection (or a “lightfield”) may be created using a plurality of stacked SLMs. Additional numbers of SLMs beyond two provides more opportunities to control which beams are selectively attenuated.
  • As noted briefly above, in addition to using stacked liquid crystal displays as SLMs, planes of DMD devices from DLP systems may be stacked to function as SLMs, and may be preferred over liquid crystal systems as SLMs due to their ability to more efficiently pass light (with a mirror element in a first state, reflectivity to the next element on the way to the eye may be quite efficient; with a mirror element in a second state, the mirror angle may be moved by an angle such as 12 degrees to direct the light away from the path to the eye). Referring to FIG. 14B, in one DMD embodiment, two DMDs (390, 390) may be utilized in series with a pair of lenses (394, 396) in a periscope type of configuration to maintain a high amount of transmission of light from the real world (144) to the eye (58) of the user. The embodiment of FIG. 14C provides six different DMD (402, 404, 406, 408, 410, 412) plane opportunities to intercede from an SLM functionality as beams are routed to the eye (58), along with two lenses (398, 400) for beam control.
  • FIG. 14D illustrates a more complicated periscope type arrangement with up to four DMDs (422, 424, 426, 428) for SLM functionality and four lenses (414, 420, 416, 418); this configuration is designed to ensure that the image does not become flipped upside down as it travels through to the eye (58). FIG. 14E illustrates in embodiment wherein light may be reflected between two different DMD devices (430, 432) without any intervening lenses (the lenses in the above designs are useful in such configurations for incorporating image information from the real world), in a hall-of-mirrors type of arrangement wherein the display may be viewed through the “hall of mirrors” and operates in a mode substantially similar to that illustrated in FIG. 14A. FIG. 14F illustrates an embodiment wherein a the non-display portions of two facing DMD chips (434, 436) may be covered with a reflective layer to propagate light to and from active display regions (438, 440) of the DMD chips. In other embodiments, in place of DMDs for SLM functionality, arrays of sliding MEMS shutters (such as those available from vendors such as Pixtronics, a division of Qualcomm, Inc.) may be utilized to either pass or block light. In another embodiment, arrays of small louvers that move out of place to present light-transmitting apertures may similarly be aggregated for SLM functionality.
  • A lightfield of many small beamlets (say, less than about 0.5 mm in diameter) may be injected into and propagated through a waveguide or other optical system. For example, a conventional “birdbath” type of optical system may be suitable for transferring the light of a lightfield input, or a freeform optics design, as described below, or any number of waveguide configurations. FIGS. 15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge type waveguide (442) along with a plurality of light sources as another configuration useful in creating a lightfield. Referring to FIG. 15A, light may be injected into the wedge-shaped waveguide (442) from two different locations/displays (444, 446), and will emerge according to the total internal reflection properties of the wedge-shaped waveguide at different angles (448) based upon the points of injection into the waveguide.
  • Referring to FIG. 15B, if one creates a linear array (450) of displays (such as scanning fiber displays) projecting into the end of the waveguide as shown, then a large angular diversity of beams (452) will be exiting the waveguide in one dimension, as shown in FIG. 15C. Indeed, if one contemplates adding yet another linear array of displays injecting into the end of the waveguide but at a slightly different angle, then an angular diversity of beams may be created that exits similarly to the fanned out exit pattern shown in FIG. 15C, but at an orthogonal axis; together these may be utilized to create a two-dimensional fan of rays exiting each location of the waveguide. Thus another configuration is presented for creating angular diversity to form a lightfield display using one or more scanning fiber display arrays (or alternatively using other displays which will meet the space requirements, such as miniaturized DLP projection configurations).
  • Alternatively, as an input to the wedge-shaped waveguides shown herein, a stack of SLM devices may be utilized, in which case rather than the direct view of SLM output as described above, the lightfield output from the SLM configuration may be used as an input to a configuration such as that shown in FIG. 15C. One of the key concepts here is that while a conventional waveguide is best suited to relay beams of collimated light successfully, with a lightfield of small-diameter collimated beams, conventional waveguide technology may be utilized to further manipulate the output of such a lightfield system as injected into the side of a waveguide, such as a wedge-shaped waveguide, due to the beam size/collimation.
  • In another related embodiment, rather than projecting with multiple separate displays, a multicore fiber may be used to generate a lightfield and inject it into the waveguide. Further, a time-varying lightfield may be utilized as an input, such that rather than creating a static distribution of beamlets coming out of a lightfield, one may have some dynamic elements that are methodically changing the path of the set of beams. They may be done using components such as waveguides with embedded DOEs (e.g., such as those described above in reference to FIGS. 8B-8N, or liquid crystal layers, as described in reference to FIG. 7B), wherein two optical paths are created (one smaller total internal reflection path wherein a liquid crystal layer is placed in a first voltage state to have a refractive index mismatch with the other substrate material that causes total internal reflection down just the other substrate material's waveguide; one larger total internal reflection optical path wherein the liquid crystal layer is placed in a second voltage state to have a matching refractive index with the other substrate material, so that the light totally internally reflects through the composite waveguide which includes both the liquid crystal portion and the other substrate portion). Similarly a wedge-shaped waveguide may be configured to have a bi-modal total internal reflection paradigm (for example, in one variation, wedge-shaped elements may be configured such that when a liquid crystal portion is activated, not only is the spacing changed, but also the angle at which the beams are reflected).
  • One embodiment of a scanning light display may be characterized simply as a scanning fiber display with a lens at the end of the scanned fiber. Many lens varieties are suitable, such as a GRIN lens, which may be used to collimate the light or to focus the light down to a spot smaller than the fiber's mode field diameter providing the advantage of producing a numerical aperture (or “NA”) increase and circumventing the optical invariant, which is correlated inversely with spot size. Smaller spot size generally facilitates a higher resolution opportunity from a display perspective, which generally is preferred. In one embodiment, a GRIN lens may be long enough relative to the fiber that it may comprise the vibrating element (i.e., rather than the usual distal fiber tip vibration with a scanned fiber display)—a configuration which may be deemed a “scanned GRIN lens display”.
  • In another embodiment, a diffractive lens may be utilized at the exit end of a scanning fiber display (i.e., patterned onto the fiber). In another embodiment, a curved mirror may be positioned on the end of the fiber that operates in a reflecting configuration. Essentially any of the configurations known to collimate and focus a beam may be used at the end of a scanning fiber to produce a suitable scanned light display.
  • Two significant utilities to having a lens coupled to or comprising the end of a scanned fiber (i.e., as compared to configurations wherein an uncoupled lens may be utilized to direct light after it exits a fiber) are a) the light exiting may be collimated to obviate the need to use other external optics to do so; b) the NA, or the angle of the cone at which light sprays out the end of the single-mode fiber core, may be increased, thereby decreasing the associated spot size for the fiber and increasing the available resolution for the display.
  • As described above, a lens such as a GRIN lens may be fused to or otherwise coupled to the end of an optical fiber or formed from a portion of the end of the fiber using techniques such as polishing. In one embodiment, a typical optical fiber with an NA of about 0.13 or 0.14 may have a spot size (also known as the “mode field diameter” for the optical fiber given the NA) of about 3 microns. This provides for relatively high resolution display possibilities given the industry standard display resolution paradigms (for example, a typical microdisplay technology such as LCD or organic light emitting diode, or “OLED” has a spot size of about 5 microns). Thus the aforementioned scanning light display may have ⅗ of the smallest pixel pitch available with a conventional display; further, using a lens at the end of the fiber, the aforementioned configuration may produce a spot size in the range of 1-2 microns.
  • In another embodiment, rather than using a scanned cylindrical fiber, a cantilevered portion of a waveguide (such as a waveguide created using microfabrication processes such as masking and etching, rather than drawn microfiber techniques) may be placed into scanning oscillatory motion, and may be fitted with lensing at the exit ends.
  • In another embodiment, an increased numerical aperture for a fiber to be scanned may be created using a diffuser (i.e., one configured to scatter light and create a larger NA) covering the exit end of the fiber. In one variation, the diffuser may be created by etching the end of the fiber to create small bits of terrain that scatter light; in another variation a bead or sandblasting technique, or direct sanding/scuffing technique may be utilized to create scattering terrain. In another variation, an engineered diffuser, similar to a diffractive element, may be created to maintain a clean spot size with desirable NA, which ties into the notion of using a diffractive lens, as noted above.
  • Referring to FIG. 16A, an array of optical fibers (454) is shown coupled in to a coupler (456) configured to hold them in parallel together so that their ends may be ground and polished to have an output edge at a critical angle (458; 42 degrees for most glass, for example) to the longitudinal axes of the input fibers, such that the light exiting the angled faces will exit as though it had been passing through a prism, and will bend and become nearly parallel to the surfaces of the polished faces. The beams exiting the fibers (454) in the bundle will become superimposed, but will be out of phase longitudinally due to the different path lengths (referring to FIG. 16B, for example, the difference in path lengths from angled exit face to focusing lens for the different cores is visible).
  • What was an X axis type of separation in the bundle before exit from the angled faces, will become a Z axis separation, a fact that is helpful in creating a multifocal light source from such a configuration. In another embodiment, rather than using a bundled/coupled plurality of single mode fibers, a multicore fiber, such as those available from Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan, may be angle polished.
  • In one embodiment, if a 45 degree angle is polished into a fiber and then covered with a reflective element, such as a mirror coating, the exiting light may be reflected from the polished surface and emerge from the side of the fiber (in one embodiment at a location wherein a flat-polished exit window has been created in the side of the fiber) such that as the fiber is scanned in what would normally be an X-Y Cartesian coordinate system axis, that fiber would now be functionally performing the equivalent of an X-Z scan, with the distance changing during the course of the scan. Such a configuration may be beneficially utilized to change the focus of the display as well.
  • Multicore fibers may be configured to play a role in display resolution enhancement (i.e., higher resolution). For example, in one embodiment, if separate pixel data is sent down a tight bundle of 19 cores in a multicore fiber, and that cluster is scanned around in a sparse spiral pattern with the pitch of the spiral being approximately equal to the diameter of the multicore, then sweeping around will effectively create a display resolution that is approximately 19× the resolution of a single core fiber being similarly scanned around. Indeed, it may be more practical to have the fibers more sparsely positioned relative to each other, as in the configuration of FIG. 16C, which has 7 clusters (464; 7 is used for illustrative purposes because it is an efficient tiling/hex pattern; other patterns or numbers may be utilized; for example, a cluster of 19; the configuration is scalable up or down) of 3 fibers each housed within a conduit (462).
  • With a sparse configuration as shown in FIG. 16C, scanning of the multicore scans each of the cores through its own local region, as opposed to a configuration wherein the cores are all packed tightly together and scanned (wherein cores end up overlapping with scanning; if the cores are too close to each other, the NA of the core is not large enough and the very closely packed cores end up blurring together somewhat and not creating as discriminable a spot for display). Thus, for resolution increases, it is preferable to have sparse tiling rather than highly dense tiling, although both will work.
  • The notion that densely packed scanned cores can create blurring at the display may be utilized as an advantage in one embodiment wherein a plurality (say a triad or cores to carry red, green, and blue light) of cores may be intentionally packed together densely so that each triad forms a triad of overlapped spots featuring red, green, and blue light. With such a configuration, one is able to have an RGB display without having to combine red, green, and blue into a single-mode core, which is an advantage, because conventional mechanisms for combining a plurality (such as three) wavelets of light into a single core are subject to significant losses in optical energy. Referring to FIG. 16C, in one embodiment each tight cluster of 3 fiber cores contains one core that relays red light, one core that relays green light, and one core that relays blue light, with the 3 fiber cores close enough together that their positional differences are not resolvable by the subsequent relay optics, forming an effectively superimposed RGB pixel; thus, the sparse tiling of 7 clusters produces resolution enhancement while the tight packing of 3 cores within the clusters facilitates seamless color blending without the need to utilize glossy RGB fiber combiners (e.g., those using wavelength division multiplexing or evanescent coupling techniques).
  • Referring to FIG. 16D, in another more simple variation, one may have just one cluster (464) housed in a conduit (468) for, say, red/green/blue (and in another embodiment, another core may be added for infrared for uses such as eye tracking). In another embodiment, additional cores may be placed in the tight cluster to carrying additional wavelengths of light to comprise a multi-primary display for increased color gamut. Referring to FIG. 16E, in another embodiment, a sparse array of single cores (470); in one variation with red, green, and blue combined down each of them) within a conduit (466) may be utilized; such a configuration is workable albeit somewhat less efficient for resolution increase, but not optimum for red/green/blue combining.
  • Multicore fibers also may be utilized for creating lightfield displays. Indeed, rather than keeping the cores separated enough from each other so that the cores do not scan on each other's local area at the display panel, as described above in the context of creating a scanning light display, with a lightfield display, it is desirable to scan around a densely packed plurality of fibers because each of the beams produced represents a specific part of the lightfield. The light exiting from the bundled fiber tips can be relatively narrow if the fibers have a small NA; lightfield configurations may take advantage of this and have an arrangement in which at the anatomic pupil, a plurality of slightly different beams are being received from the array. Thus there are optical configurations with scanning a multicore that are functionally equivalent to an array of single scanning fiber modules, and thus a lightfield may be created by scanning a multicore rather than scanning a group of single mode fibers.
  • In one embodiment, a multi-core phased array approach may be used to create a large exit pupil variable wavefront configuration to facilitate three-dimensional perception. A single laser configuration with phase modulators is described above. In a multicore embodiment, phase delays may be induced into different channels of a multicore fiber, such that a single laser's light is injected into all of the cores of the multicore configuration so that there is mutual coherence.
  • In one embodiment, a multi-core fiber may be combined with a lens, such as a GRIN lens. Such lens may be, for example, a refractive lens, diffractive lens, or a polished edge functioning as a lens. The lens may be a single optical surface, or may comprise multiple optical surfaces stacked up. Indeed, in addition to having a single lens that extends the diameter of the multicore, a smaller lenslet array may be desirable at the exit point of light from the cores of the multicore, for example. FIG. 16F shows an embodiment wherein a multicore fiber (470) is emitting multiple beams into a lens (472), such as a GRIN lens. The lens collects the beams down to a focal point (474) in space in front of the lens. In many conventional configurations, the beams would exit the multicore fiber as diverging. The GRIN or other lens is configured to function to direct them down to a single point and collimate them, such that the collimated result may be scanned around for a lightfield display, for instance.
  • Referring to FIG. 16G, smaller lenses (478) may be placed in front of each of the cores of a multicore (476) configuration, and these lenses may be utilized to collimate; then a shared lens (480) may be configured to focus the collimated beams down to a diffraction limited spot (482) that is aligned for all of the three spots. The net result of such a configuration: by combining three collimated, narrow beams with narrow NA together as shown, one effectively combines all three into a much larger angle of emission which translates to a smaller spot size in, for example, a head mounted optical display system which may be next in the chain of light delivery to the user.
  • Referring to FIG. 16H, one embodiment features a multicore fiber (476) with a lenslet (478) array feeding the light to a small prism array (484) that deflects the beams generated by the individual cores to a common point. Alternatively one may have the small lenslet array shifted relative to the cores such that the light is being deflected and focused down to a single point. Such a configuration may be utilized to increase the numerical aperture.
  • Referring to FIG. 16I, a two-step configuration is shown with a small lenslet (478) array capturing light from the multicore fiber (476), followed sequentially by a shared lens (486) to focus the beams to a single point (488). Such a configuration may be utilized to increase the numerical aperture. As discussed above, a larger NA corresponds to a smaller pixel size and higher possible display resolution.
  • Referring to FIG. 16J, a beveled fiber array which may be held together with a coupler (456), such as those described above, may be scanned with a reflecting device (494; such as a DMD module of a DLP system). With multiple single fibers (454) coupled into the array, or a multicore instead, the superimposed light can be directed through one or more focusing lenses (490, 492) to create a multifocal beam; with the superimposing and angulation of the array, the different sources are different distances from the focusing lens, which creates different focus levels in the beams as they emerge from the lens (492) and are directed toward the retina (54) of the eye (58) of the user. For example, the farthest optical route/beam may be set up to be a collimated beam representative of optical infinity focal positions. Closer routes/beams may be associated with diverging spherical wavefronts of closer focal locations.
  • The multifocal beam may be passed into a scanning mirror which may be configured to create a raster scan (or, for example, a Lissajous curve scan pattern or a spiral scan pattern) of the multifocal beam which may be passed through a series of focusing lenses and then to the cornea and crystalline lens of the eye. The various beams emerging from the lenses are creating different pixels or voxels of varying focal distances that are superimposed.
  • In one embodiment, one may write different data to each of the light modulation channels at the front end, thereby creating an image that is projected to the eye with one or more focus elements. By changing the focal distance of the crystalline lens (i.e., by accommodating), the user can bring different incoming pixels into and out of focus, as shown in FIGS. 16K and 16L wherein the crystalline lens is in different Z axis positions. In another embodiment, the fiber array may be actuated/moved around by a piezoelectric actuator. In another embodiment, a relatively thin ribbon array may be resonated in cantilevered form along the axis perpendicular to the arrangement of the array fibers (i.e., in the thin direction of the ribbon) when a piezoelectric actuator is activated. In one variation, a separate piezoelectric actuator may be utilized to create a vibratory scan in the orthogonal long axis. In another embodiment, a single mirror axis scan may be employed for a slow scan along the long axis while the fiber ribbon is vibrated resonantly.
  • Referring to FIG. 16M, an array (496) of scanning fiber displays (498) may be beneficially bundled/tiled for an effective resolution increase, the notion being that with such as configuration, each scanning fiber of the bundle is configured to write to a different portion of the image plane (500), as shown, for example, in FIG. 16N, wherein each portion of the image plane is addressed by the emissions from a least one bundle. In other embodiments, optical configurations may be utilized that allow for slight magnification of the beams as they exit the optical fiber so that there is some overlap in the hexagonal, or other lattice pattern, that hits the display plane, so there is a better fill factor while also maintaining an adequately small spot size in the image plane and understanding that there is a subtle magnification in that image plane.
  • Rather than having individual lenses at the end of each scanned fiber enclosure housing, in one embodiment a monolithic lenslet array may be utilized, so that the lenses can be as closely packed as possible, which allows for even smaller spot sizes in the image plane because one may use a lower amount of magnification in the optical system. Thus arrays of fiber scan displays may be used to increase the resolution of the display, or in other words, they may be used to increase the field of view of the display, because each engine is being used to scan a different portion of the field of view.
  • For a lightfield configuration, the emissions may be more desirably overlapped at the image plane. In one embodiment, a lightfield display may be created using a plurality of small diameter fibers scanned around in space. For example, instead of having all of the fibers address a different part of an image plane as described above, have more overlapping, more fibers angled inward, etc., or change the focal power of the lenses so that the small spot sizes are not conjugate with a tiled image plane configuration. Such a configuration may be used to create a lightfield display to scan lots of smaller diameter rays around that become intercepted in the same physical space.
  • Referring back to FIG. 12B, it was discussed that one way of creating a lightfield display involves making the output of the elements on the left collimated with narrow beams, and then making the projecting array conjugate with the eye pupil on the right.
  • Referring to FIG. 16O, with a common substrate block (502), a single actuator may be utilized to actuate a plurality of fibers (506) in unison together. A similar configuration is discussed above in reference to FIGS. 13-C-1 and 13-C-2. It may be practically difficult to have all of the fibers retain the same resonant frequency, vibrate in a desirable phase relationship to each other, or have the same dimensions of cantilevering from the substrate block. To address this challenge, the tips of the fibers may be mechanically coupled with a lattice or sheet (504), such as a graphene sheet that is very thin, rigid, and light in weight. With such a coupling, the entire array may vibrate similarly and have the same phase relationship. In another embodiment a matrix of carbon nanotubes may be utilized to couple the fibers, or a piece of very thin planar glass (such as the kind used in creating liquid crystal display panels) may be coupled to the fiber ends. Further, a laser or other precision cutting device may be utilized to cut all associated fibers to the same cantilevered length.
  • Referring to FIG. 17, in one embodiment it may be desirable to have a contact lens directly interfaced with the cornea, and configured to facilitate the eye focusing on a display that is quite close (such as the typical distance between a cornea and an eyeglasses lens). Rather than placing an optical lens as a contact lens, in one variation the lens may comprise a selective filter. FIG. 17 depicts a plot (508) what may be deemed a “notch filter”, due to its design to block only certain wavelength bands, such as 450 nm (peak blue), 530 nm (green), and 650 nm, and generally pass or transmit other wavelengths. In one embodiment several layers of dielectric coatings may be aggregated to provide the notch filtering functionality.
  • Such a filtering configuration may be coupled with a scanning fiber display that is producing a very narrow band illumination for red, green, and blue, and the contact lens with the notch filtering will block out all of the light coming from the display (such as a minidisplay, such as an OLED display, mounted in a position normally occupied by an eyeglasses lens) except for the transmissive wavelengths. A narrow pinhole may be created in the middle of the contact lens filtering layers/film such that the small aperture (i.e., less than about 1.5 mm diameter) does allow passage of the otherwise blocked wavelengths. Thus a pinhole lens configuration is created that functions in a pinhole manner for red, green, and blue only to intake images from the minidisplay, while light from the real world, which generally is broadband illumination, will pass through the contact lens relatively unimpeded. Thus a large depth of focus virtual display configuration may be assembled and operated. In another embodiment, a collimated image exiting from a waveguide would be visible at the retina because of the pinhole large-depth-of-focus configuration.
  • It may be useful to create a display that can vary its depth of focus over time. For example, in one embodiment, a display may be configured to have different display modes that may be selected (preferably rapidly toggling between the two at the command of the operator) by an operator, such as a first mode combining a very large depth of focus with a small exit pupil diameter (i.e., so that everything is in focus all of the time), and a second mode featuring a larger exit pupil and a more narrow depth of focus. In operation, if a user is to play a three-dimensional video game with objects to be perceived at many depths of field, the operator may select the first mode; alternatively, if a user is to type in a long essay (i.e., for a relatively long period of time) using a two-dimensional word processing display configuration, it may be more desirable to switch to the second mode to have the convenience of a larger exit pupil, and a sharper image.
  • In another embodiment, it may be desirable to have a multi-depth of focus display configuration wherein some subimages are presented with a large depth of focus while other subimages are presented with small depth of focus. For example, one configuration may have red wavelength and blue wavelength channels presented with a very small exit pupil so that they are always in focus. Then, a green channel only may be presented with a large exit pupil configuration with multiple depth planes (i.e., because the human accommodation system tends to preferentially target green wavelengths for optimizing focus level). Thus, in order to cut costs associated with having too many elements to represent with full depth planes in red, green, and blue, the green wavelength may be prioritized and represented with various different wavefront levels. Red and blue may be relegated to being represented with a more Maxwellian approach (and, as described above in reference to Maxwellian displays, software may be utilized to induce Gaussian levels of blur). Such a display would simultaneously present multiple depths of focus.
  • As described above, there are portions of the retina which have a higher density of light sensors. The fovea portion, for example, generally is populated with approximately 120 cones per visual degree. Display systems have been created in the past that use eye or gaze tracking as an input, and to save computation resources by only creating really high resolution rendering for where the person is gazing at the time, while lower resolution rendering is presented to the rest of the retina; the locations of the high versus low resolution portions may be dynamically slaved to the tracked gaze location in such a configuration, which may be termed a “foveated display”.
  • An improvement on such configurations may comprise a scanning fiber display with pattern spacing that may be dynamically slaved to tracked eye gaze. For example, with a typical scanning fiber display operating in a spiral pattern, as shown in FIG. 18 (the leftmost portion 510 of the image in FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral motion pattern of a scanned multicore fiber 514; the rightmost portion 512 of the image in FIG. 18 illustrates a spiral motion pattern of a scanned single fiber 516 for comparison), a constant pattern pitch provides for a uniform display resolution.
  • In a foveated display configuration, a non-uniform scanning pitch may be utilized, with smaller/tighter pitch (and therefore higher resolution) dynamically slaved to the detected gaze location. For example, if the user's gaze was detected as moving toward the edge of the display screen, the spirals may be clustered more densely in such location, which would create a toroid-type scanning pattern for the high-resolution portions, and the rest of the display being in a lower-resolution mode. In a configuration wherein gaps may be created in the portions of the display in a lower-resolution mode, blur could be intentionally dynamically created to smooth out the transitions between scans, as well as between transitions from high-resolution to lower-resolution scan pitch.
  • The term lightfield may be used to describe a volumetric 3-D representation of light traveling from an object to a viewer's eye. However, an optical see-through display can only reflect light to the eye, not the absence of light, and ambient light from the real world will add to any light representing a virtual object. That is, if a virtual object presented to the eye contains a black or very dark portion, the ambient light from the real world may pass through that dark portion and obscure that it was intended to be dark.
  • It is nonetheless desirable to be able to present a dark virtual object over a bright real background, and for that dark virtual object to appear to occupy a volume at a desired viewing distance; i.e., it is useful to create a “darkfield” representation of that dark virtual object, in which the absence of light is perceived to be located at a particular point in space. With regard to occlusion elements and the presentation of information to the eye of the user so that he or she can perceive darkfield aspects of virtual objects, even in well lighted actual environments, certain aspects of the aforementioned spatial light modulator, or “SLM”, configurations are pertinent. As described above, with a light-sensing system such as the eye, one way to get selective perception of dark field to selectively attenuate light from such portions of the display, because the subject display systems are about manipulation and presentation of light; in other words, darkfield cannot be specifically projected—it's the lack of illumination that may be perceived as darkfield, and thus, configurations for selective attenuation of illumination have been developed.
  • Referring back to the discussion of SLM configurations, one way to selectively attenuate for a darkfield perception is to block all of the light coming from one angle, while allowing light from other angles to be transmitted. This may be accomplished with a plurality of SLM planes comprising elements such as liquid crystal (which may not be the most optimal due to its relatively low transparency when in the transmitting state), DMD elements of DLP systems (which have relative high transmission/reflection ratios when in such mode), and MEMS arrays or shutters that are configured to controllably shutter or pass light radiation, as described above.
  • With regard to suitable liquid crystal display (“LCD”) configurations, a cholesteric LCD array may be utilized for a controlled occlusion/blocking array. As opposed to the conventional LCD paradigm wherein a polarization state is changed as a function of voltage, with a cholesteric LCD configuration, a pigment is being bound to the liquid crystal molecule, and then the molecule is physically tilted in response to an applied voltage. Such a configuration may be designed to achieve greater transparency when in a transmissive mode than conventional LCD, and a stack of polarizing films is not needed as it is with conventional LCD.
  • In another embodiment, a plurality of layers of controllably interrupted patterns may be utilized to controllably block selected presentation of light using moire effects. For example, in one configuration, two arrays of attenuation patterns, each of which may comprise, for example, fine-pitched sine waves printed or painted upon a transparent planar material such as a glass substrate, may be presented to the eye of a user at a distance close enough that when the viewer looks through either of the patterns alone, the view is essentially transparent, but if the viewer looks through both patterns lined up in sequence, the viewer will see a spatial beat frequency moire attenuation pattern, even when the two attenuation patterns are placed in sequence relatively close to the eye of the user.
  • The beat frequency is dependent upon the pitch of the patterns on the two attenuation planes, so in one embodiment, an attenuation pattern for selectively blocking certain light transmission for darkfield perception may be created using two sequential patterns, each of which otherwise would be transparent to the user, but which together in series create a spatial beat frequency moire attenuation pattern selected to attenuate in accordance with the darkfield perception desired in the augmented reality system.
  • In another embodiment a controlled occlusion paradigm for darkfield effect may be created using a multi-view display style occluder. For example, one configuration may comprise one pin-holed layer that fully occludes with the exception of small apertures or pinholes, along with a selective attenuation layer in series, which may comprise an LCD, DLP system, or other selective attenuation layer configuration, such as those described above. In one scenario, with the pinhole array placed at a typical eyeglasses lens distance from the cornea (about 30 mm), and with a selective attenuation panel located opposite the pinhole array from the eye, a perception of a sharp mechanical edge out in space may be created. In essence, if the configuration will allow certain angles of light to pass, and others to be blocked or occluded, than a perception of a very sharp pattern, such as a sharp edge projection, may be created. In another related embodiment, the pinhole array layer may be replaced with a second dynamic attenuation layer to provide a somewhat similar configuration, but with more controls than the static pinhole array layer (the static pinhole layer could be simulated, but need not be).
  • In another related embodiment, the pinholes may be replaced with cylindrical lenses. The same pattern of occlusion as in the pinhole array layer configuration may be achieved, but with cylindrical lenses, the array is not restricted to the very tiny pinhole geometries. To prevent the eye from being presented with distortions due to the lenses when viewing through to the real world, a second lens array may be added on the side of the aperture or lens array opposite of the side nearest the eye to compensate and provide the view-through illumination with basically a zero power telescope configuration.
  • In another embodiment, rather than physically blocking light for occlusion and creation of darkfield perception, the light may be bent or bounced, or a polarization of the light may be changed if a liquid crystal layer is utilized. For example, in one variation, each liquid crystal layer may act as a polarization rotator such that if a patterned polarizing material is incorporated on one face of a panel, then the polarization of individual rays coming from the real world may be selectively manipulated so they catch a portion of the patterned polarizer. There are polarizers known in the art that have checkerboard patterns wherein half of the “checker boxes” have vertical polarization and the other half have horizontal polarization. In addition, if a material such as liquid crystal is used in which polarization may be selectively manipulated, light may be selectively attenuated with this.
  • As described above, selective reflectors may provide greater transmission efficiency than LCD. In one embodiment, if a lens system is placed such that it takes light coming in from the real world and focuses a plane from the real world onto an image plane, and if a DMD (i.e., DLP technology) is placed at that image plane to reflect light when in an “on” state towards another set of lenses that pass the light to the eye, and those lenses also have the DMD at their focal length, the one may create an attenuation pattern that is in focus for the eye. In other words, DMDs may be used in a selective reflector plane in a zero magnification telescope configuration, such as is shown in FIG. 19A, to controllably occlude and facilitate creating darkfield perception.
  • As shown in FIG. 19A, a lens (518) is taking light from the real world (144) and focusing it down to an image plane (520); if a DMD (or other spatial attenuation device) (522) is placed at the focal length of the lens (i.e., at the image plane 520), the lens (518) is going to take whatever light is coming from optical infinity and focus that onto the image plane (520). Then the spatial attenuator (522) may be utilized to selectively block out things that are to be attenuated. FIG. 19A shows the attenuator DMDs in the transmissive mode wherein they pass the beams shown crossing the device. The image is then placed at the focal length of the second lens (524). Preferably the two lenses (518, 524) have the same focal power so they end up being a zero-power telescope, or a “relay”, that does not magnify views to the real world (144). Such a configuration may be used to present unmagnified views of the world while also allowing selective blocking/attenuation of certain pixels.
  • In another embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 19B and 19C, additional DMDs may be added such that light reflects from each of four DMDs (526, 528, 530, 532) before passing to the eye. FIG. 19B shows an embodiment with two lenses preferably with the same focal power (focal length “F”) placed at a 2F relationship from one another (the focal length of the first being conjugate to the focal length of the second) to have the zero-power telescope effect; FIG. 19C shows an embodiment without lenses. The angles of orientation of the four reflective panels (526, 528, 530, 532) in the depicted embodiments of FIGS. 19B and 19C are shown to be around 45 degrees for simple illustration purposes, but specific relative orientation is required (for example, a typical DMD reflect at about a 12 degree angle).
  • In another embodiment, the panels may also be ferroelectric, or may be any other kind of reflective or selective attenuator panel or array. In one embodiment similar to those depicted in FIGS. 19B and 19C, one of the three reflector arrays may be a simple mirror, such that the other 3 are selective attenuators, thus still providing three independent planes to controllably occlude portions of the incoming illumination in furtherance of darkfield perception. By having multiple dynamic reflective attenuators in series, masks at different optical distances relative to the real world may be created.
  • Alternatively, referring back to FIG. 19C, one may create a configuration wherein one or more DMDs are placed in a reflective periscope configuration without any lenses. Such a configuration may be driven in lightfield algorithms to selectively attenuate certain rays while others are passed.
  • In another embodiment, a DMD or similar matrix of controllably movable devices may be created upon a transparent substrate as opposed to a generally opaque substrate, for use in a transmissive configuration such as virtual reality.
  • In another embodiment, two LCD panels may be utilized as lightfield occluders. In one variation, they may be thought of as attenuators due to their attenuating capability as described above; alternatively they may be considered polarization rotators with a shared polarizer stack. Suitable LCDs may comprise components such as blue phase liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal, ferroelectric liquid crystal, and/or twisted nematic liquid crystal.
  • One embodiment may comprise an array of directionally-selective occlusion elements, such as a MEMS device featuring a set of louvers that can change rotation such that they pass the majority of light that is coming from a particular angle, but are presenting more of a broad face to light that is coming from a different angle (somewhat akin to the manner in which plantation shutters may be utilized with a typical human scale window). The MEMS/louvers configuration may be placed upon an optically transparent substrate, with the louvers substantially opaque. Ideally such a configuration would have a louver pitch fine enough to selectably occlude light on a pixel-by-pixel basis. In another embodiment, two or more layers or stacks of louvers may be combined to provide yet further controls. In another embodiment, rather than selectively blocking light, the louvers may be polarizers configured to change the polarization state of light on a controllably variable basis.
  • As described above, another embodiment for selective occlusion may comprise an array of sliding panels in a MEMS device such that the sliding panels may be controllably opened (i.e., by sliding in a planar fashion from a first position to a second position; or by rotating from a first orientation to a second orientation; or, for example, combined rotational reorientation and displacement) to transmit light through a small frame or aperture, and controllably closed to occlude the frame or aperture and prevent transmission. The array may be configured to open or occlude the various frames or apertures such that they maximally attenuate the rays that are to be attenuated, and only minimally attenuate the rays to be transmitted.
  • In an embodiment wherein a fixed number of sliding panels can either occupy a first position occluding a first aperture and opening a second aperture, or a second position occluding the second aperture and opening the first aperture, there will always be the same amount of light transmitted overall (because 50% of the apertures are occluded, and the other 50% are open, with such a configuration), but the local position changes of the shutters or doors may create targeted moire or other effects for darkfield perception with the dynamic positioning of the various sliding panels. In one embodiment, the sliding panels may comprise sliding polarizers, and if placed in a stacked configuration with other polarizing elements that are either static or dynamic, may be utilized to selectively attenuate.
  • Referring to FIG. 19D, another configuration providing an opportunity for selective reflection, such as via a DMD style reflector array (534), is shown, such that a stacked set of two waveguides (536, 538) along with a pair of focus elements (540, 542) and a reflector (534; such as a DMD) may be used to capture a portion of incoming light with an entrance reflector (544). The reflected light may be totally internally reflected down the length of the first waveguide (536), into a focusing element (540) to bring the light into focus on a reflector (534) such as a DMD array, after which the DMD may selectively attenuate and reflect a portion of the light back through a focusing lens (542; the lens configured to facilitate injection of the light back into the second waveguide) and into the second waveguide (538) for total internal reflection down to an exit reflector (546) configured to exit the light out of the waveguide and toward the eye (58).
  • Such a configuration may have a relatively thin shape factor, and is designed to allow light from the real world (144) to be selectively attenuated. As waveguides work most cleanly with collimated light, such a configuration may be well suited for virtual reality configurations wherein focal lengths are in the range of optical infinity. For closer focal lengths, a lightfield display may be used as a layer on top of the silhouette created by the aforementioned selective attenuation/darkfield configuration to provide other cues to the eye of the user that light is coming from another focal distance. An occlusion mask may be out of focus, even nondesirably so, and then in one embodiment, a lightfield on top of the masking layer may be used to hide the fact that the darkfield may be at the wrong focal distance.
  • Referring to FIG. 19E, an embodiment is shown featuring two waveguides (552, 554) each having two angled reflectors (558, 544; 556, 546) for illustrative purposes shown at approximately 45 degrees; in actual configurations the angle may differ depending upon the reflective surface, reflective/refractive properties of the waveguides, etc.) directing a portion of light incoming from the real world down each side of a first waveguide (or down two separate waveguides if the top layer is not monolithic) such that it hits a reflector (548, 550) at each end, such as a DMD which may be used for selective attenuation, after which the reflected light may be injected back into the second waveguide (or into two separate waveguides if the bottom layer is not monolithic) and back toward two angled reflectors (again, they need not be at 45 degrees as shown) for exit out toward the eye (58).
  • Focusing lenses may also be placed between the reflectors at each end and the waveguides. In another embodiment the reflectors (548, 550) at each end may comprise standard mirrors (such as alumized mirrors). Further, the reflectors may be wavelength selective reflectors, such as dichroic mirrors or film interference filters. Further, the reflectors may be diffractive elements configured to reflect incoming light.
  • FIG. 19F illustrates a configuration wherein four reflective surfaces in a pyramid type configuration are utilized to direct light through two waveguides (560, 562), in which incoming light from the real world may be divided up and reflected to four difference axes. The pyramid-shaped reflector (564) may have more than four facets, and may be resident within the substrate prism, as with the reflectors of the configuration of FIG. 19E. The configuration of FIG. 19F is an extension of that of FIG. 19E.
  • Referring to FIG. 19G, a single waveguide (566) may be utilized to capture light from the world (144) with one or more reflective surfaces (574, 576, 578, 580, 582), relay it (570) to a selective attenuator (568; such as a DMD array), and recouple it back into the same waveguide so that it propagates (572) and encounters one or more other reflective surfaces (584, 586, 588, 590, 592) that cause it to at least partially exit (594) the waveguide on a path toward the eye (58) of the user. Preferably the waveguide comprises selective reflectors such that one group (574, 576, 578, 580, 582) may be switched on to capture incoming light and direct it down to the selective attenuator, while separate another group (584, 586, 588, 590, 592) may be switched on to exit light returning from the selective attenuator out toward the eye (58).
  • For simplicity the selective attenuator is shown oriented substantially perpendicularly to the waveguide; in other embodiments, various optics components, such as refractive or reflective optics, may be utilized to have the selective attenuator at a different and more compact orientation relative to the waveguide.
  • Referring to FIG. 19H, a variation on the configuration described in reference to FIG. 19D is illustrated. This configuration is somewhat analogous to that discussed above in reference to FIG. 5B, wherein a switchable array of reflectors may be embedded within each of a pair of waveguides (602, 604). Referring to FIG. 19H, a controller may be configured to turn the reflectors (598, 600) on and off in sequence, such that multiple reflectors may be operated on a frame sequential basis; then the DMD or other selective attenuator (594) may also be sequentially driven in sync with the different mirrors being turned on and off.
  • Referring to FIG. 19I, a pair of wedge-shaped waveguides similar to those described above (for example, in reference to FIGS. 15A-15C) are shown in side or sectional view to illustrate that the two long surfaces of each wedge-shaped waveguide (610, 612) are not co-planar. A “turning film” (606, 608; such as that available from 3M corporation under the trade name, “TRAF”, which in essence comprises a microprism array), may be utilized on one or more surfaces of the wedge-shaped waveguides to either turn incoming rays at an angle so that they will be captured by total internal reflection, or to turn outgoing rays as they are exiting the waveguide toward an eye or other target. Incoming rays are directed down the first wedge and toward the selective attenuator (614) such as a DMD, LCD (such as a ferroelectric LCD), or an LCD stack to act as a mask).
  • After the selective attenuator (614), reflected light is coupled back into the second wedge-shaped waveguide which then relays the light by total internal reflection along the wedge. The properties of the wedge-shaped waveguide are intentionally such that each bounce of light causes an angle change; the point at which the angle has changed enough to be the critical angle to escape total internal reflection becomes the exit point from the wedge-shaped waveguide. Typically the exit will be at an oblique angle, so another layer of turning film may be used to “turn” the exiting light toward a targeted object such as the eye (58).
  • Referring to FIG. 19J, several arcuate lenslet arrays (616, 620, 622) are positioned relative to an eye and configured such that a spatial attenuator array (618) is positioned at a focal/image plane so that it may be in focus with the eye (58). The first (616) and second (620) arrays are configured such that in the aggregate, light passing from the real world to the eye is essentially passed through a zero power telescope. The embodiment of FIG. 19J shows a third array (622) of lenslets which may be utilized for improved optical compensation, but the general case does not require such a third layer. As discussed above, having telescopic lenses that are the diameter of the viewing optic may create an undesirably large form factor (somewhat akin to having a bunch of small sets of binoculars in front of the eyes).
  • One way to optimize the overall geometry is to reduce the diameter of the lenses by splitting them out into smaller lenslets, as shown in FIG. 19J (i.e., an array of lenses rather than one single large lens). The lenslet arrays (616, 620, 622) are shown wrapped radially or arcuately around the eye (58) to ensure that beams incoming to the pupil are aligned through the appropriate lenslets (else the system may suffer from optical problems such as dispersion, aliasing, and/or lack of focus). Thus all of the lenslets are oriented “toed in” and pointed at the pupil of the eye (58), and the system facilitates avoidance of scenarios wherein rays are propagated through unintended sets of lenses en route to the pupil.
  • Referring to FIGS. 19K-19N, various software approaches may be utilized to assist in the presentation of darkfield in a virtual or augmented reality displace scenario. Referring to FIG. 19K, a typical challenging scenario for augmented reality is depicted (632), with a textured carpet (624) and non-uniform background architectural features (626), both of which are lightly-colored. The black box (628) depicted indicates the region of the display in which one or more augmented reality features are to be presented to the user for three-dimensional perception, and in the black box a robot creature (630) is being presented that may, for example, be part of an augmented reality game in which the user is engaged. In the depicted example, the robot character (630) is darkly-colored, which makes for a challenging presentation in three-dimensional perception, particularly with the background selected for this example scenario.
  • As discussed briefly above, one of the main challenges for a presenting darkfield augmented reality object is that the system generally cannot add or paint in “darkness”; generally the display is configured to add light. Thus, referring to FIG. 19L, without any specialized software treatments to enhance darkfield perception, presentation of the robot character in the augmented reality view results in a scene wherein portions of the robot character that are to be essentially flat black in presentation are not visible, and portions of the robot character that are to have some lighting (such as the lightly-pigmented cover of the shoulder gun of the robot character) are only barely visible (634)—they appear almost like a light grayscale disruption to the otherwise normal background image.
  • Referring to FIG. 19M, using a software-based global attenuation treatment (akin to digitally putting on a pair of sunglasses) provides enhanced visibility to the robot character because the brightness of the nearly black robot character is effective increased relative to the rest of the space, which now appears more dark (640). Also shown in FIG. 19M is a digitally-added light halo (636) which may be added to enhance and distinguish the now-more-visible robot character shapes (638) from the background. With the halo treatment, even the portions of the robot character that are to be presented as flat black become visible with the contrast to the white halo, or “aura” presented around the robot character.
  • Preferably the halo may be presented to the user with a perceived focal distance that is behind the focal distance of the robot character in three-dimensional space. In a configuration wherein single panel occlusion techniques such as those described above is being utilized to present darkfield, the light halo may be presented with an intensity gradient to match the dark halo that may accompany the occlusion, minimizing the visibility of either darkfield effect. Further, the halo may be presented with blurring to the background behind the presented halo illumination for further distinguishing effect. A more subtle aura or halo effect may be created by matching, at least in part, the color and/or brightness of a relatively light-colored background.
  • Referring to FIG. 19N, some or all of the black intonations of the robot character may be changed to dark, cool blue colors to provide a further distinguishing effect relative to the background, and relatively good visualization of the robot (642).
  • Wedge-shaped waveguides have been described above, such as in reference to FIGS. 15A-15D and FIG. 19I. With a wedge-shaped waveguide, every time a ray bounces off of one of the non-coplanar surfaces, it gets an angle change, which ultimately results in the ray exiting total internal reflection when its approach angle to one of the surfaces goes past the critical angle. Turning films may be used to redirect exiting light so that exiting beams leave with a trajectory that is more or less perpendicular to the exit surface, depending upon the geometric and ergonomic issues at play.
  • With a series or array of displays injecting image information into a wedge-shaped waveguide, as shown in FIG. 15C, for example, the wedge-shaped waveguide may be configured to create a fine-pitched array of angle-biased rays emerging from the wedge. Somewhat similarly, it has been discussed above that a lightfield display, or a variable wavefront creating waveguide, both may produce a multiplicity of beamlets or beams to represent a single pixel in space such that wherever the eye is positioned, the eye is hit by a plurality of different beamlets or beams that are unique to that particular eye position in front of the display panel.
  • As was further discussed above in the context of lightfield displays, a plurality of viewing zones may be created within a given pupil, and each may be used for a different focal distance, with the aggregate producing a perception similar to that of a variable wavefront creating waveguide, or similar to the actual optical physics of reality of the objects viewed were real. Thus a wedge-shaped waveguide with multiple displays may be utilized to generate a lightfield. In an embodiment similar to that of FIG. 15C with a linear array of displays injecting image information, a fan of exiting rays is created for each pixel. This concept may be extended in an embodiment wherein multiple linear arrays are stacked to all inject image information into the wedge-shaped waveguide (in one variation, one array may inject at one angle relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide face, while the second array may inject at a second angle relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide face), in which case exit beams fan out at two different axes from the wedge.
  • Thus such a configuration may be utilized to produce pluralities of beams spraying out at lots of different angles, and each beam may be driven separately due to the fact that under such configuration, each beam is driven using a separate display. In another embodiment, one or more arrays or displays may be configured to inject image information into wedge-shaped waveguide through sides or faces of the wedge-shaped waveguide other than that shown in FIG. 15C, such as by using a diffractive optic to bend injected image information into total an internal reflection configuration relative to the wedge-shaped waveguide.
  • Various reflectors or reflecting surfaces may also be utilized in concert with such a wedge-shaped waveguide embodiment to outcouple and manage light from the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one embodiment, an entrance aperture to a wedge-shaped waveguide, or injection of image information through a different face other than shown in FIG. 15C, may be utilized to facilitate staggering (geometric and/or temporal) of different displays and arrays such that a Z-axis delta may also be developed as a means for injecting three-dimensional information into the wedge-shaped waveguide. For a greater than three-dimensions array configuration, various displays may be configured to enter a wedge-shaped waveguide at multiple edges in multiple stacks with staggering to get higher dimensional configurations.
  • Referring to FIG. 20A, a configuration similar to that depicted in FIG. 8H is shown wherein a waveguide (646) has a diffractive optical element (648; or “DOE”, as noted above) sandwiched in the middle (alternatively, as described above, the diffractive optical element may reside on the front or back face of the depicted waveguide). A ray may enter the waveguide (646) from the projector or display (644). Once in the waveguide (646), each time the ray intersects the DOE (648), part of it is exited out of the waveguide (646). As described above, the DOE may be designed such that the exit illuminance across the length of the waveguide (646) is somewhat uniform (for example, the first such DOE intersection may be configured to exit about 10% of the light; then the second DOE intersection may be configured to exit about 10% of the remaining light so that 81% is passed on, and so on; in another embodied a DOE may be designed to have a variable diffraction efficiency, such as linearly-decreasing diffraction efficiency, along its length to map out a more uniform exit illuminance across the length of the waveguide).
  • To further distribute remaining light that reaches an end (and in one embodiment to allow for selection of a relatively low diffraction efficiency DOE which would be favorable from a view-to-the-world transparency perspective), a reflective element (650) at one or both ends may be included. Further, referring to the embodiment of FIG. 20B, additional distribution and preservation may be achieved by including an elongate reflector (652) across the length of the waveguide as shown (comprising, for example, a thin film dichroic coating that is wavelength-selective); preferably such reflector would be blocking light that accidentally is reflected upward (back toward the real world 144 for exit in a way that it would not be utilized by the viewer). In some embodiments, such an elongate reflector may contribute to a “ghosting” effect perception by the user.
  • In one embodiment, this ghosting effect may be eliminated by having a dual-waveguide (646, 654) circulating reflection configuration, such as that shown in FIG. 20C, which is designed to keep the light moving around until it has been exited toward the eye (58) in a preferably substantially equally distributed manner across the length of the waveguide assembly. Referring to FIG. 20C, light may be injected with a projector or display (644), and as it travels across the DOE (656) of the first waveguide (654), it ejects a preferably substantially uniform pattern of light out toward the eye (58); light that remains in the first waveguide is reflected by a first reflector assembly (660) into the second waveguide (646). In one embodiment, the second waveguide (646) may be configured to not have a DOE, such that it merely transports or recycles the remaining light back to the first waveguide, using the second reflector assembly.
  • In another embodiment (as shown in FIG. 20C) the second waveguide (646) may also have a DOE (648) configured to uniformly eject fractions of travelling light to provide a second plane of focus for three-dimensional perception. Unlike the configurations of FIGS. 20A and 20B, the configuration of FIG. 20C is designed for light to travel the waveguide in one direction, which avoids the aforementioned ghosting problem that is related to passing light backwards through a waveguide with a DOE. Referring to FIG. 20D, rather than having a mirror or box style reflector assembly (660) at the ends of a waveguide for recycling the light, an array of smaller retroreflectors (662), or a retroreflective material, may be utilized.
  • Referring to FIG. 20E, an embodiment is shown that utilizes some of the light recycling configurations of the embodiment of FIG. 20C to “snake” the light down through a waveguide (646) having a sandwiched DOE (648) after it has been injected with a display or projector (644) so that it crosses the waveguide (646) many times back and forth before reaching the bottom, at which point it may be recycled back up to the top level for further recycling. Such a configuration not only recycles the light and facilitates use of relatively low diffraction efficiency DOE elements for exiting light toward the eye (58), but also distributes the light, to provide for a large exit pupil configuration akin to that described in reference to FIG. 8K.
  • Referring to FIG. 20F, an illustrative configuration similar to that of FIG. 5A is shown, with incoming light injected along a conventional prism or beamsplitter substrate (104) to a reflector (102) without total internal reflection (i.e., without the prism being considered a waveguide) because the input projection (106), scanning or otherwise, is kept within the bounds of the prism—which means that the geometry of such prism becomes a significant constraint. In another embodiment, a waveguide may be utilized in place of the simple prism of FIG. 20F, which facilitates the use of total internal reflection to provide more geometric flexibility.
  • Other configurations describe above are configured to profit from the inclusion of waveguides for similar manipulations and light. For example, referring back to FIG. 7A, the general concept illustrated therein is that a collimated image injected into a waveguide may be refocused before transfer out toward an eye, in a configuration also designed to facilitate viewing light from the real world. In place of the refractive lens shown in FIG. 7A, a diffractive optical element may be used as a variable focus element.
  • Referring back to FIG. 7B, another waveguide configuration is illustrated in the context of having multiple layers stacked upon each other with controllable access toggling between a smaller path (total internal reflection through a waveguide) and a larger path (total internal reflection through a hybrid waveguide comprising the original waveguide and a liquid crystal isolated region with the liquid crystal switched to a mode wherein the refractive indices are substantially matched between the main waveguide and the auxiliary waveguide), so that the controller can tune on a frame-by-frame basis which path is being taken. High-speed switching electro-active materials, such as lithium niobate, facilitate path changes with such a configuration at gigahertz rates, which allows one to change the path of light on a pixel-by-pixel basis.
  • Referring back to FIG. 8A, a stack of waveguides paired with weak lenses is illustrated to demonstrate a multifocal configuration wherein the lens and waveguide elements may be static. Each pair of waveguide and lens may be functionally replaced with waveguide having an embedded DOE element (which may be static, in a closer analogy to the configuration of FIG. 8A, or dynamic), such as that described in reference to FIG. 8I.
  • Referring to FIG. 20G, if a transparent prism or block (104; i.e., not a waveguide) is utilized to hold a mirror or reflector (102) in a periscope type of configuration to receive light from other components, such as a lens (662) and projector or display (644), the field of view is limited by the size of that reflector (102; the bigger the reflector, the wider the field of view). Thus to have a larger field of view with such configuration, a thicker substrate may be needed to hold a larger reflector; otherwise, the functionality of an aggregated plurality of reflectors may be utilized to increase the functional field of view, as described in reference to FIGS. 8O, 8P, and 8Q. Referring to FIG. 20H, a stack (664) of planar waveguides (666), each fed with a display or projector (644; or in another embodiment a multiplexing of a single display) and having an exit reflector (668), may be utilized to aggregate toward the function of a larger single reflector. The exit reflectors may be at the same angle in some cases, or not the same angle in other cases, depending upon the positioning of the eye (58) relative to the assembly.
  • FIG. 20I illustrates a related configuration, wherein the reflectors (680, 682, 684, 686, 688) in each of the planar waveguides (670, 672, 674, 676, 678) have been offset from each other, and wherein each takes in light from a projector or display (644) which may be sent through a lens (690) to ultimately contribute exiting light to the pupil (45) of the eye (58) by virtue of the reflectors (680, 682, 684, 686, 688) in each of the planar waveguides (670, 672, 674, 676, 678). If one can create a total range of all of the angles that would be expected to be seen in the scene (i.e., preferably without blind spots in the key field of view), then a useful field of view has been achieved. As described above, the eye (58) functions based at least on what angle light rays enter the eye, and this can be simulated. The rays need not pass through the exact same point in space at the pupil—rather the light rays just need to get through the pupil and be sensed by the retina. FIG. 20K illustrates a variation wherein the shaded portion of the optical assembly may be utilized as a compensating lens to functionally pass light from the real world (144) through the assembly as though it has been passed through a zero power telescope.
  • Referring to FIG. 20J, each of the aforementioned rays may also be a relative wide beam that is being reflected through the pertinent waveguide (670, 672) by total internal reflection. The reflector (680, 682) facet size will determine what the exiting beam width can be.
  • Referring to FIG. 20L, a further discretization of the reflector is shown, wherein a plurality of small straight angular reflectors may form a roughly parabolic reflecting surface (694) in the aggregate through a waveguide or stack thereof (696). Light coming in from the displays (644; or single MUXed display, for example), such as through a lens (690), is all directed toward the same shared focal point at the pupil (45) of the eye (58).
  • Referring back to FIG. 13M, a linear array of displays (378) injects light into a shared waveguide (376). In another embodiment a single display may be multiplexed to a series of entry lenses to provide similar functionality as the embodiment of FIG. 13M, with the entry lenses creating parallel paths of rays running through the waveguide.
  • In a conventional waveguide approach wherein total internal reflection is relied upon for light propagation, the field of view is restricted because there is only a certain angular range of rays propagating through the waveguide (others may escape out). In one embodiment, if a red/green/blue (or “RGB”) laserline reflector is placed at one or both ends of the planar surfaces, akin to a thin film interference filter that is highly reflective for only certain wavelengths and poorly reflective for other wavelengths, than one can functionally increase the range of angles of light propagation. Windows (without the coating) may be provided for allowing light to exit in predetermined locations. Further, the coating may be selected to have a directional selectivity (somewhat like reflective elements that are only highly reflective for certain angles of incidence). Such a coating may be most relevant for the larger planes/sides of a waveguide.
  • Referring back to FIG. 13E, a variation on a scanning fiber display was discussed, which may be deemed a scanning thin waveguide configuration, such that a plurality of very thin planar waveguides (358) may be oscillated or vibrated such that if a variety of injected beams is coming through with total internal reflection, the configuration functionally would provide a linear array of beams escaping out of the edges of the vibrating elements (358). The depicted configuration has approximately five externally-projecting planar waveguide portions (358) in a host medium or substrate (356) that is transparent, but which preferably has a different refractive index so that the light will stay in total internal reflection within each of the substrate-bound smaller waveguides that ultimately feed (in the depicted embodiment there is a 90 degree turn in each path at which point a planar, curved, or other reflector may be utilized to bounce the light outward) the externally-projecting planar waveguide portions (358).
  • The externally-projecting planar waveguide portions (358) may be vibrated individually, or as a group along with oscillatory motion of the substrate (356). Such scanning motion may provide horizontal scanning, and for vertical scanning, the input (360) aspect of the assembly (i.e., such as one or more scanning fiber displays scanning in the vertical axis) may be utilized. Thus a variation of the scanning fiber display is presented.
  • Referring back to FIG. 13H, a waveguide (370) may be utilized to create a lightfield. With waveguides working best with collimated beams that may be associated with optical infinity from a perception perspective, all beams staying in focus may cause perception discomfort (i.e., the eye will not make a discernible difference in dioptric blur as a function of accommodation; in other words, the narrow diameter, such as 0.5 mm or less, collimated beamlets may open loop the eye's accommodation/vergence system, causing discomfort).
  • In one embodiment, a single beam may be fed in with a number of cone beamlets coming out, but if the introduction vector of the entering beam is changed (i.e., laterally shift the beam injection location for the projector/display relative to the waveguide), one may control where the beam exits from the waveguide as it is directed toward the eye. Thus one may use a waveguide to create a lightfield by creating a bunch of narrow diameter collimated beams, and such a configuration is not reliant upon a true variation in a light wavefront to be associated with the desired perception at the eye.
  • If a set of angularly and laterally diverse beamlets is injected into a waveguide (for example, by using a multicore fiber and driving each core separately; another configuration may utilize a plurality of fiber scanners coming from different angles; another configuration may utilize a high-resolution panel display with a lenslet array on top of it), a number of exiting beamlets can be created at different exit angles and exit locations. Since the waveguide may scramble the lightfield, the decoding is preferably predetermined.
  • Referring to FIGS. 20M and 20N, a waveguide (646) assembly (696) is shown that comprises stacked waveguide components in the vertical or horizontal axis. Rather than having one monolithic planar waveguide, the notion with these embodiments is to stack a plurality of smaller waveguides (646) immediately adjacent each other such that light introduced into one waveguide, in addition to propagating down (i.e., propagating along a Z axis with total internal reflection in +X,−X) such waveguide by total internal reflection, also totally internally reflects in the perpendicular axis (+y, −Y) as well, such that it is not spilling into other areas. In other words, if total internal reflection is from left to right and back during Z axis propagation, the configuration will be set up to totally internally reflect any light that hits the top or bottom sides as well; each layer may be driven separately without interference from other layers. Each waveguide may have a DOE (648) embedded and configured to eject out light with a predetermined distribution along the length of the waveguide, as described above, with a predetermined focal length configuration (shown in FIG. 20M as ranging from 0.5 meters to optical infinity).
  • In another variation, a very dense stack of waveguides with embedded DOEs may be produced such that it spans the size of the anatomical pupil of the eye (i.e., such that multiple layers 698 of the composite waveguide are required to cross the exit pupil, as illustrated in FIG. 20N). With such a configuration, one may feed a collimated image for one wavelength, and then the portion located the next millimeter down producing a diverging wavefront that represents an object coming from a focal distance of, say, 15 meters away, and so on, with the notion being that an exit pupil is coming from a number of different waveguides as a result of the DOEs and total internal reflection through the waveguides and across the DOEs. Thus rather than creating one uniform exit pupil, such a configuration creates a plurality of stripes that, in the aggregate, facilitate the perception of different focal depths with the eye/brain.
  • Such a concept may be extended to configurations comprising a waveguide with a switchable/controllable embedded DOE (i.e. that is switchable to different focal distances), such as those described in relation to FIGS. 8B-8N, which allows more efficient light trapping in the axis across each waveguide. Multiple displays may be coupled into each of the layers, and each waveguide with DOE would emit rays along its own length. In another embodiment, rather than relying on total internal reflection, a laserline reflector may be used to increase angular range. In between layers of the composite waveguide, a completely reflective metallized coating may be utilized, such as aluminum, to ensure total reflection, or alternatively dichroic style or narrow band reflectors may be utilized.
  • Referring to FIG. 20O, the whole composite waveguide assembly (696) may be curved concavely toward the eye (58) such that each of the individual waveguides is directed toward the pupil. In other words, the configuration may be designed to more efficiently direct the light toward the location where the pupil is likely to be present. Such a configuration also may be utilized to increase the field of view.
  • As was discussed above in relation to FIGS. 8L, 8M, and 8N, a changeable diffraction configuration allows for scanning in one axis, somewhat akin to a scanning light display. FIG. 21A illustrates a waveguide (698) having an embedded (i.e., sandwiched within) DOE (700) with a linear grating term that may be changed to alter the exit angle of exiting light (702) from the waveguide, as shown. A high-frequency switching DOE material such as lithium niobate may be utilized. In one embodiment, such a scanning configuration may be used as the sole mechanism for scanning a beam in one axis; in another embodiment, the scanning configuration may be combined with other scanning axes, and may be used to create a larger field of view (i.e., if a normal field of view is 40 degrees, and by changing the linear diffraction pitch one can steer over another 40 degrees, the effective usable field of view for the system is 80 degrees).
  • Referring to FIG. 21B, in a conventional configuration, a waveguide (708) may be placed perpendicular to a panel display (704), such as an LCD or OLED panel, such that beams may be injected from the waveguide (708), through a lens (706), and into the panel (704) in a scanning configuration to provide a viewable display for television or other purposes. Thus the waveguide may be utilized in such configuration as a scanning image source, in contrast to the configurations described in reference to FIG. 21A, wherein a single beam of light may be manipulated by a scanning fiber or other element to sweep through different angular locations, and in addition, another direction may be scanned using the high-frequency diffractive optical element.
  • In another embodiment, a uniaxial scanning fiber display (say scanning the fast line scan, as the scanning fiber is relatively high frequency) may be used to inject the fast line scan into the waveguide, and then the relatively slow DOE switching (i.e., in the range of 100 Hz) may be used to scan lines in the other axis to form an image.
  • In another embodiment, a DOE with a grating of fixed pitch may be combined with an adjacent layer of electro-active material having a dynamic refractive index (such as liquid crystal), so that light may be redirected into the grating at different angles. This is an application of the basic multipath configuration described above in reference to FIG. 7B, in which an electro-active layer comprising an electro-active material such as liquid crystal or lithium niobate may change its refractive index such that it changes the angle at which a ray emerges from the waveguide. A linear diffraction grating may be added to the configuration of FIG. 7B (in one embodiment, sandwiched within the glass or other material comprising the larger lower waveguide) such that the diffraction grating may remain at a fixed pitch, but the light is biased before it hits the grating.
  • FIG. 21C shows another embodiment featuring two wedge-like waveguide elements (710, 712), wherein one or more of them may be electro-active so that the related refractive index may be changed. The elements may be configured such that when the wedges have matching refractive indices, the light totally internally reflects through the pair (which in the aggregate performs akin to a planar waveguide with both wedges matching) while the wedge interfaces have no effect. Then if one of the refractive indices is changed to create a mismatch, a beam deflection at the wedge interface (714) is caused, and there is total internal reflection from that surface back into the associated wedge. Then a controllable DOE (716) with a linear grating may be coupled along one of the long edges of the wedge to allow light to exit out and reach the eye at a desirable exit angle.
  • In another embodiment, a DOE such as a Bragg grating, may be configured to change pitch versus time, such as by a mechanical stretching of the grating (for example, if the grating resides on or comprises an elastic material), a moire beat pattern between two gratings on two different planes (the gratings may be the same or different pitches), Z-axis motion (i.e., closer to the eye, or farther away from the eye) of the grating, which functionally is similar in effect to stretching of the grating, or electro-active gratings that may be switched on or off, such as one created using a polymer dispersed liquid crystal approach wherein liquid crystal droplets may be controllably activated to change the refractive index to become an active grating, versus turning the voltage off and allowing a switch back to a refractive index that matches that of the host medium.
  • In another embodiment, a time-varying grating may be utilized for field of view expansion by creating a tiled display configuration. Further, a time-varying grating may be utilized to address chromatic aberration (failure to focus all colors/wavelengths at the same focal point). One property of diffraction gratings is that they will deflect a beam as a function of its angle of incidence and wavelength (i.e., a DOE will deflect different wavelengths by different angles: somewhat akin to the manner in which a simple prism will divide out a beam into its wavelength components).
  • One may use time-varying grating control to compensate for chromatic aberration in addition to field of view expansion. Thus, for example, in a waveguide with embedded DOE type of configuration as described above, the DOE may be configured to drive the red wavelength to a slightly different place than the green and blue to address unwanted chromatic aberration. The DOE may be time-varied by having a stack of elements that switch on and off (i.e. to get red, green, and blue to be diffracted outbound similarly).
  • In another embodiment, a time-varying grating may be utilized for exit pupil expansion. For example, referring to FIG. 21D, it is possible that a waveguide (718) with embedded DOE (720) may be positioned relative to a target pupil such that none of the beams exiting in a baseline mode actually enter the target pupil (45)—such that the pertinent pixel would be missed by the user. A time-varying configuration may be utilized to fill in the gaps in the outbound exit pattern by shifting the exit pattern laterally (shown in dashed/dotted lines) to effectively scan each of the 5 exiting beams to better ensure that one of them hits the pupil of the eye. In other words, the functional exit pupil of the display system is expanded.
  • In another embodiment, a time-varying grating may be utilized with a waveguide for one, two, or three axis light scanning. In a manner akin to that described in reference to FIG. 21A, one may use a term in a grating that is scanning a beam in the vertical axis, as well as a grating that is scanning in the horizontal axis. Further, if radial elements of a grating are incorporated, as is discussed above in relation to FIGS. 8B-8N, one may have scanning of the beam in the Z axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye), all of which may be time sequential scanning.
  • Notwithstanding the discussions herein regarding specialized treatments and uses of DOEs generally in connection with waveguides, many of these uses of DOE are usable whether or not the DOE is embedded in a waveguide. For example, the output of a waveguide may be separately manipulated using a DOE; or a beam may be manipulated by a DOE before it is injected into a waveguide; further, one or more DOEs, such as a time-varying DOE, may be utilized as an input for freeform optics configurations, as discussed below.
  • As discussed above in reference to FIGS. 8B-8N, an element of a DOE may have a circularly-symmetric term, which may be summed with a linear term to create a controlled exit pattern (i.e., as described above, the same DOE that outcouples light may also focus it). In another embodiment, the circular term of the DOE diffraction grating may be varied such that the focus of the beams representing those pertinent pixels is modulated. In addition, one configuration may have a second/separate circular DOE, obviating the need to have a linear term in the DOE.
  • Referring to FIG. 21E, one may have a waveguide (722) outputting collimated light with no DOE element embedded, and a second waveguide that has a circularly-symmetric DOE that can be switched between multiple configurations—in one embodiment by having a stack (724) of such DOE elements (FIG. 21F shows another configuration wherein a functional stack 728 of DOE elements may comprise a stack of polymer dispersed liquid crystal elements 726, as described above, wherein without a voltage applied, a host medium refraction index matches that of a dispersed molecules of liquid crystal; in another embodiment, molecules of lithium niobate may be dispersed for faster response times; with voltage applied, such as through transparent indium tin oxide layers on either side of the host medium, the dispersed molecules change index of refraction and functionally form a diffraction pattern within the host medium) that can be switched on/off.
  • In another embodiment, a circular DOE may be layered in front of a waveguide for focus modulation. Referring to FIG. 21G, the waveguide (722) is outputting collimated light, which will be perceived as associated with a focal depth of optical infinity unless otherwise modified. The collimated light from the waveguide may be input into a diffractive optical element (730) which may be used for dynamic focus modulation (i.e., one may switch on and off different circular DOE patterns to impart various different focuses to the exiting light). In a related embodiment, a static DOE may be used to focus collimated light exiting from a waveguide to a single depth of focus that may be useful for a particular user application.
  • In another embodiment, multiple stacked circular DOEs may be used for additive power and many focus levels—from a relatively small number of switchable DOE layers. In other words, three different DOE layers may be switched on in various combinations relative to each other; the optical powers of the DOEs that are switched on may be added. In one embodiment wherein a range of up to 4 diopters is desired, for example, a first DOE may be configured to provide half of the total diopter range desired (in this example, 2 diopters of change in focus); a second DOE may be configured to induce a 1 diopter change in focus; then a third DOE may be configured to induce a ½ diopter change in focus. These three DOEs may be mixed and matched to provide ½, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, and 3.5 diopters of change in focus. Thus a super large number of DOEs would not be required to get a relatively broad range of control.
  • In one embodiment, a matrix of switchable DOE elements may be utilized for scanning, field of view expansion, and/or exit pupil expansion. Generally in the above discussions of DOEs, it has been assume that a typical DOE is either all on or all off. In one variation, a DOE (732) may be subdivided into a plurality of functional subsections (such as the one labeled as element 734 in FIG. 21H), each of which preferably is uniquely controllable to be on or off (for example, referring to FIG. 21H, each subsection may be operated by its own set of indium tin oxide, or other control lead material, voltage application leads 736 back to a central controller). Given this level of control over a DOE paradigm, additional configurations are facilitated.
  • Referring to FIG. 21I, a waveguide (738) with embedded DOE (740) is viewed from the top down, with the user's eye positioned in front of the waveguide. A given pixel may be represented as a beam coming into the waveguide and totally internally reflecting along until it may be exited by a diffraction pattern to come out of the waveguide as a set of beams. Depending upon the diffraction configuration, the beams may come out parallel/collimated (as shown in FIG. 21I for convenience), or in a diverging fan configuration if representing a focal distance closer than optical infinity.
  • The depicted set of parallel exiting beams may represent, for example, the farthest left pixel of what the user is seeing in the real world as viewed through the waveguide, and light off to the rightmost extreme will be a different group of parallel exiting beams. Indeed, with modular control of the DOE subsections as described above, one may spend more computing resource or time creating and manipulating the small subset of beams that is likely to be actively addressing the user's pupil (i.e., because the other beams never reach the user's eye and are effectively wasted). Thus, referring to FIG. 21J, a waveguide (738) configuration is shown wherein only the two subsections (740, 742) of the DOE (744) are deemed to be likely to address the user's pupil (45) are activated. Preferably one subsection may be configured to direct light in one direction simultaneously as another subsection is directing light in a different direction.
  • FIG. 21K shows an orthogonal view of two independently controlled subsections (734, 746) of a DOE (732). Referring to the top view of FIG. 21L, such independent control may be used for scanning or focusing light. In the configuration depicted in FIG. 21K, an assembly (748) of three independently controlled DOE/waveguide subsections (750, 752, 754) may be used to scan, increase the field of view, and/or increase the exit pupil region. Such functionality may arise from a single waveguide with such independently controllable DOE subsections, or a vertical stack of these for additional complexity.
  • In one embodiment, if a circular DOE may be controllably stretched radially-symmetrically, the diffraction pitch may be modulated, and the DOE may be utilized as a tunable lens with an analog type of control. In another embodiment, a single axis of stretch (for example, to adjust an angle of a linear DOE term) may be utilized for DOE control. Further, in another embodiment a membrane, akin to a drum head, may be vibrated, with oscillatory motion in the Z-axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye) providing Z-axis control and focus change over time.
  • Referring to FIG. 21M, a stack of several DOEs (756) is shown receiving collimated light from a waveguide (722) and refocusing it based upon the additive powers of the activated DOEs. Linear and/or radial terms of DOEs may be modulated over time, such as on a frame sequential basis, to produce a variety of treatments (such as tiled display configurations or expanded field of view) for the light coming from the waveguide and exiting, preferably toward the user's eye. In configurations wherein the DOE or DOEs are embedded within the waveguide, a low diffraction efficiency is desired to maximize transparency for light passed from the real world; in configurations wherein the DOE or DOEs are not embedded, a high diffraction efficiency may be desired, as described above. In one embodiment, both linear and radial DOE terms may be combined outside of the waveguide, in which case high diffraction efficiency would be desired.
  • Referring to FIG. 21N, a segmented or parabolic reflector, such as those discussed above in FIG. 8Q, is shown. Rather than executing a segmented reflector by combining a plurality of smaller reflectors, in one embodiment the same functionality may result from a single waveguide with a DOE having different phase profiles for each section of it, such that it is controllable by subsection. In other words, while the entire segmented reflector functionality may be turned on or off together, generally the DOE may be configured to direct light toward the same region in space (i.e., the pupil of the user).
  • Referring to FIGS. 22A-22Z, optical configurations known as “freeform optics” may be utilized certain of the aforementioned challenges. The term “freeform” generally is used in reference to arbitrarily curved surfaces that may be utilized in situations wherein a spherical, parabolic, or cylindrical lens does not meet a design complexity such as a geometric constraint. For example, referring to FIG. 22A, one of the common challenges with display (762) configurations when a user is looking through a mirror (and also sometimes a lens 760) is that the field of view is limited by the area subtended by the final lens (760) of the system.
  • Referring to FIG. 22B, in more simple terms, if one has a display (762), which may include some lens elements, there is a straightforward geometric relationship such that the field of view cannot be larger than the angle subtended by the display (762). Referring to FIG. 22C, this challenge is exacerbated if the user is trying to have an augmented reality experience wherein light from the real world is also be to passed through the optical system, because in such case, there often is a reflector (764) that leads to a lens (760); by interposing a reflector, the overall path length to get to the lens from the eye is increased, which tightens the angle and reduces the field of view.
  • Given this, if one wants to increase the field of view, he must increase the size of the lens, but that might mean pushing a physical lens toward the forehead of the user from an ergonomic perspective. Further, the reflector may not catch all of the light from the larger lens. Thus, there is a practical limitation imposed by human head geometry, and it generally is a challenge to get more than a 40-degree field of view using conventional see-through displays and lenses.
  • With freeform lenses, rather than having a standard planar reflector as described above, one has a combined reflector and lens with power (i.e., a curved reflector 766), which means that the curved lens geometry determines the field of view. Referring to FIG. 22D, without the circuitous path length of a conventional paradigm as described above in reference to FIG. 22C, it is possible for a freeform arrangement to realize a significantly larger field of view for a given set of optical requirements.
  • Referring to FIG. 22E, a typical freeform optic has three active surfaces. Referring to FIG. 22E, in one typical freeform optic (770) configuration, light may be directed toward the freeform optic from an image plane, such as a flat panel display (768), into the first active surface (772), which typically is a primarily transmissive freeform surface that refracts transmitted light and imparts a focal change (such as an added stigmatism, because the final bounce from the third surface will add a matching/opposite stigmatism and these are desirably canceled). The incoming light may be directed from the first surface to a second surface (774), wherein it may strike with an angle shallow enough to cause the light to be reflected under total internal reflection toward the third surface (776).
  • The third surface may comprise a half-silvered, arbitrarily-curved surface configured to bounce the light out through the second surface toward the eye, as shown in FIG. 22E. Thus in the depicted typical freeform configuration, the light enters through the first surface, bounces from the second surface, bounces from the third surface, and is directed out of the second surface. Due to the optimization of the second surface to have the requisite reflective properties on the first pass, as well as refractive properties on the second pass as the light is exited toward the eye, a variety of curved surfaces with higher-order shapes than a simple sphere or parabola are formed into the freeform optic.
  • Referring to FIG. 22F, a compensating lens (780) may be added to the freeform optic (770) such that the total thickness of the optic assembly is substantially uniform in thickness, and preferably without magnification, to light incoming from the real world (144) in an augmented reality configuration.
  • Referring to FIG. 22G, a freeform optic (770) may be combined with a waveguide (778) configured to facilitate total internal reflection of captured light within certain constraints. For example, as shown in FIG. 22G, light may be directed into the freeform/waveguide assembly from an image plane, such as a flat panel display, and totally internally reflected within the waveguide until it hits the curved freeform surface and escapes toward the eye of the user. Thus the light bounces several times in total internal reflection until it reaches the freeform wedge portion.
  • One of the main objectives with such an assembly is to try to lengthen the optic assembly while retaining as uniform a thickness as possible (to facilitate transport by total internal reflection, and also viewing of the world through the assembly without further compensation) for a larger field of view. FIG. 22H depicts a configuration similar to that of FIG. 22G, with the exception that the configuration of FIG. 22H also features a compensating lens portion to further extend the thickness uniformity and assist with viewing the world through the assembly without further compensation.
  • Referring to FIG. 22I, in another embodiment, a freeform optic (782) is shown with a small flat surface, or fourth face (784), at the lower left corner that is configured to facilitate injection of image information at a different location than is typically used with freeform optics. The input device (786) may comprise, for example, a scanning fiber display, which may be designed to have a very small output geometry. The fourth face may comprise various geometries itself and have its own refractive power, such as by use planar or freeform surface geometries.
  • Referring to FIG. 22J, in practice, such a configuration may also feature a reflective coating (788) along the first surface such that it directs light back to the second surface, which then bounces the light to the third surface, which directs the light out across the second surface and to the eye (58). The addition of the fourth small surface for injection of the image information facilitates a more compact configuration. In an embodiment wherein a classical freeform input configuration and a scanning fiber display (790) are utilized, some lenses (792, 794) may be required in order to appropriately form an image plane (796) using the output from the scanning fiber display; these hardware components add extra bulk that may not be desired.
  • Referring to FIG. 22K, an embodiment is shown wherein light from a scanning fiber display (790) is passed through an input optics assembly (792, 794) to an image plane (796), and then directed across the first surface of the freeform optic (770) to a total internal reflection bounce off of the second surface, then another total internal reflection bounce from the third surface results in the light exiting across the second surface and being directed toward the eye (58).
  • An all-total-internal-reflection freeform waveguide may be created such that there are no reflective coatings (i.e., such that total-internal-reflection is being relied upon for propagation of light until a critical angle of incidence with a surface is met, at which point the light exits in a manner akin to the wedge-shaped optics described above). In other words, rather than having two planar surfaces, one may have a surface comprising one or more sub-surfaces from a set of conical curves, such as parabolas, spheres, ellipses, etc.).
  • Such a configuration still may produce a shallow-enough angles for total internal reflection within the optic; thus an approach that is somewhat a hybrid between a conventional freeform optic and a wedge-shaped waveguide is presented. One motivation to have such a configuration is to get away from the use of reflective coatings, which do help product reflection, but also are known to prevent transmission of a relatively large portion (such as 50%) of the light transmitting through from the real world (144). Further, such coatings also may block an equivalent amount of the light coming into the freeform optic from the input device. Thus there are reasons to develop designs that do not have reflective coatings.
  • As described above, one of the surfaces of a conventional freeform optic may comprise a half-silvered reflective surface. Generally such a reflective surface will be of “neutral density”, meaning that it will generally reflect all wavelengths similarly. In another embodiment, such as one wherein a scanning fiber display is utilized as an input, the conventional reflector paradigm may be replaced with a narrow band reflector that is wavelength sensitive, such as a thin film laserline reflector. Thus in one embodiment, a configuration may reflect particular red/green/blue wavelength ranges and remain passive to other wavelengths, which generally will increase transparency of the optic and therefore be preferred for augmented reality configurations wherein transmission of image information from the real world (144) across the optic also is valued.
  • Referring to FIG. 22L, an embodiment is depicted wherein multiple freeform optics (770) may be stacked in the Z axis (i.e., along an axis substantially aligned with the optical axis of the eye). In one variation, each of the three depicted freeform optics may have a wavelength-selective coating (for example, one highly selective for blue, the next for green, the next for red) so that images may be injected into each to have blue reflected from one surface, green from another, and red from a third surface. Such a configuration may be utilized, for example, to address chromatic aberration issues, to create a lightfield, or to increase the functional exit pupil size.
  • Referring to FIG. 22M, an embodiment is shown wherein a single freeform optic (798) has multiple reflective surfaces (800, 802, 804), each of which may be wavelength or polarization selective so that their reflective properties may be individually controlled.
  • Referring to FIG. 22N, in one embodiment, multiple microdisplays, such as scanning light displays, (786) may be injected into a single freeform optic to tile images (thereby providing an increased field of view), increase the functional pupil size, or address challenges such as chromatic aberration (i.e., by reflecting one wavelength per display). Each of the depicted displays would inject light that would take a different path through the freeform optic due to the different positioning of the displays relative to the freeform optic, which would provide a larger functional exit pupil output.
  • In one embodiment, a packet or bundle of scanning fiber displays may be utilized as an input to overcome one of the challenges in operatively coupling a scanning fiber display to a freeform optic. One such challenge with a scanning fiber display configuration is that the output of an individual fiber is emitted with a certain numerical aperture, or “NA”, which is like the projectional angle of light from the fiber; ultimately this angle determines the diameter of the beam that passes through various optics, and ultimately determines the exit functional exit pupil size; thus in order to maximize exit pupil size with a freeform optic configuration, one may either increase the NA of the fiber using optimized refractive relationships, such as between core and cladding, or one may place a lens (i.e., a refractive lens, such as a gradient refractive index lens, or “GRIN” lens) at the end of the fiber or build one into the end of the fiber as described above, or create an array of fibers that is feeding into the freeform optic, in which case all of those NAs in the bundle remain small, and at the exit pupil an array of small exit pupils is produced that in the aggregate forms the functional equivalent of a large exit pupil.
  • Alternatively, in another embodiment a more sparse array (i.e., not bundled tightly as a packet) of scanning fiber displays or other displays may be utilized to functionally increase the field of view of the virtual image through the freeform optic. Referring to FIG. 22O, in another embodiment, a plurality of displays or displays (786) may be injected through the top of a freeform optic (770), as well as another plurality (786) through the lower corner; the display arrays may be two or three dimensional arrays. Referring to FIG. 22P, in another related embodiment, image information also may be injected in from the side (806) of the freeform optic (770) as well.
  • In an embodiment wherein a plurality of smaller exit pupils is to be aggregated into a functionally larger exit pupil, one may elect to have each of the scanning fibers monochromatic, such that within a given bundle or plurality of projectors or displays, one may have a subgroup of solely red fibers, a subgroup of solely blue fibers, and a subgroup of solely green fibers. Such a configuration facilitates more efficiency in output coupling for bringing light into the optical fibers; for instance, there would be no need in such an embodiment to superimpose red, green, and blue into the same band.
  • Referring to FIGS. 22Q-22V, various freeform optic tiling configurations are depicted. Referring to FIG. 22Q, an embodiment is depicted wherein two freeform optics are tiled side-by-side and a microdisplay, such as a scanning light display, (786) on each side is configured to inject image information from each side, such that one freeform optic wedge represents each half of the field of view.
  • Referring to FIG. 22R, a compensator lens (808) may be included to facilitate views of the real world through the optics assembly. FIG. 22S illustrates a configuration wherein freeform optics wedges are tiled side by side to increase the functional field of view while keeping the thickness of such optical assembly relatively uniform.
  • Referring to FIG. 22T, a star-shaped assembly comprises a plurality of freeform optics wedges (also shown with a plurality of displays for inputting image information) in a configuration that may provide a larger field of view expansion while also maintaining a relatively thin overall optics assembly thickness.
  • With a tiled freeform optics assembly, the optics elements may be aggregated to produce a larger field of view; the tiling configurations described above have addressed this notion. For example, in a configuration wherein two freeform waveguides are aimed at the eye such as that depicted in FIG. 22R, there are several ways to increase the field of view. One option is to “toe in” the freeform waveguides such that their outputs share, or are superimposed in, the space of the pupil (for example, the user may see the left half of the visual field through the left freeform waveguide, and the right half of the visual field through the right freeform waveguide).
  • With such a configuration, the field of view has been increased with the tiled freeform waveguides, but the exit pupil has not grown in size. Alternatively, the freeform waveguides may be oriented such that they do not toe in as much—so they create exit pupils that are side-by-side at the eye's anatomical pupil. In one example, the anatomical pupil may be 8 mm wide, and each of the side-by-side exit pupils may be 8 mm, such that the functional exit pupil is expanded by about two times. Thus such a configuration provides an enlarged exit pupil, but if the eye is moved around in the “eyebox” defined by that exit pupil, that eye may lose parts of the visual field (i.e., lose either a portion of the left or right incoming light because of the side-by-side nature of such configuration).
  • In one embodiment using such an approach for tiling freeform optics, especially in the Z-axis relative to the eye of the user, red wavelengths may be driven through one freeform optic, green through another, and blue through another, such red/green/blue chromatic aberration may be addressed. Multiple freeform optics also may be provided to such a configuration that are stacked up, each of which is configured to address a particular wavelength.
  • Referring to FIG. 22U, two oppositely-oriented freeform optics are shown stacked in the Z-axis (i.e., they are upside down relative to each other). With such a configuration, a compensating lens may not be required to facilitate accurate views of the world through the assembly; in other words, rather than having a compensating lens such as in the embodiment of FIG. 22F or FIG. 22R, an additional freeform optic may be utilized, which may further assist in routing light to the eye. FIG. 22V shows another similar configuration wherein the assembly of two freeform optics is presented as a vertical stack.
  • To ensure that one surface is not interfering with another surface in the freeform optics, one may use wavelength or polarization selective reflector surfaces. For example, referring to FIG. 22V, red, green, and blue wavelengths in the form of 650 nm, 530 nm, and 450 nm may be injected, as well as red, green, and blue wavelengths in the form of 620 nm, 550 nm, and 470 nm; different selective reflectors may be utilized in each of the freeform optics so that they do not interfere with each other. In a configuration wherein polarization filtering is used for a similar purpose, the reflection/transmission selectivity for light that is polarized in a particular axis may be varied (i.e., the images may be pre-polarized before they are sent to each freeform waveguide, to work with reflector selectivity).
  • Referring to FIGS. 22W and 22X, configurations are illustrated wherein a plurality of freeform waveguides may be utilized together in series. Referring to FIG. 22W, light may enter from the real world and be directed sequentially through a first freeform optic (770), through an optional lens (812) which may be configured to relay light to a reflector (810) such as a DMD from a DLP system, which may be configured to reflect the light that has been filtered on a pixel by pixel basis (i.e., an occlusion mask may be utilized to block out certain elements of the real world, such as for darkfield perception, as described above; suitable spatial light modulators may be used which comprise DMDs, LCDs, ferroelectric LCOSs, MEMS shutter arrays, and the like, as described above) to another freeform optic (770) that is relaying light to the eye (28) of the user. Such a configuration may be more compact than one using conventional lenses for spatial light modulation.
  • Referring to FIG. 22X, in a scenario wherein it is very important to keep overall thickness minimized, a configuration may be utilized that has one surface that is highly-reflective so that it may bounce light straight into another compactly positioned freeform optic. In one embodiment a selective attenuator (814) may be interposed between the two freeform optics (770).
  • Referring to FIG. 22Y, an embodiment is depicted wherein a freeform optic (770) may comprise one aspect of a contact lens system. A miniaturized freeform optic is shown engaged against the cornea of a user's eye (58) with a miniaturized compensator lens portion (780), akin to that described in reference to FIG. 22F. Signals may be injected into the miniaturized freeform assembly using a tethered scanning fiber display which may, for example, be coupled between the freeform optic and a tear duct area of the user, or between the freeform optic and another head-mounted display configuration.
  • Various example embodiments of the invention are described herein. Reference is made to these examples in a non-limiting sense. They are provided to illustrate more broadly applicable aspects of the invention. Various changes may be made to the invention described and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation, material, composition of matter, process, process act(s) or step(s) to the objective(s), spirit or scope of the present invention. Further, as will be appreciated by those with skill in the art that each of the individual variations described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present inventions. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of claims associated with this disclosure.
  • The invention includes methods that may be performed using the subject devices. The methods may comprise the act of providing such a suitable device. Such provision may be performed by the end user. In other words, the “providing” act merely requires the end user obtain, access, approach, position, set-up, activate, power-up or otherwise act to provide the requisite device in the subject method. Methods recited herein may be carried out in any order of the recited events which is logically possible, as well as in the recited order of events.
  • Example aspects of the invention, together with details regarding material selection and manufacture have been set forth above. As for other details of the present invention, these may be appreciated in connection with the above-referenced patents and publications as well as generally known or appreciated by those with skill in the art. The same may hold true with respect to method-based aspects of the invention in terms of additional acts as commonly or logically employed.
  • In addition, though the invention has been described in reference to several examples optionally incorporating various features, the invention is not to be limited to that which is described or indicated as contemplated with respect to each variation of the invention. Various changes may be made to the invention described and equivalents (whether recited herein or not included for the sake of some brevity) may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, where a range of values is provided, it is understood that every intervening value, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the invention.
  • Also, it is contemplated that any optional feature of the inventive variations described may be set forth and claimed independently, or in combination with any one or more of the features described herein. Reference to a singular item, includes the possibility that there are plural of the same items present. More specifically, as used herein and in claims associated hereto, the singular forms “a,” “an,” “said,” and “the” include plural referents unless the specifically stated otherwise. In other words, use of the articles allow for “at least one” of the subject item in the description above as well as claims associated with this disclosure. It is further noted that such claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation.
  • Without the use of such exclusive terminology, the term “comprising” in claims associated with this disclosure shall allow for the inclusion of any additional element—irrespective of whether a given number of elements are enumerated in such claims, or the addition of a feature could be regarded as transforming the nature of an element set forth in such claims. Except as specifically defined herein, all technical and scientific terms used herein are to be given as broad a commonly understood meaning as possible while maintaining claim validity.
  • The breadth of the present invention is not to be limited to the examples provided and/or the subject specification, but rather only by the scope of claim language associated with this disclosure.

Claims (10)

What is claimed is:
1. A system of displaying virtual content to a user, the system comprising:
an image-generating source to provide one or more frames of image data;
a multicore assembly comprising a plurality of multicore fibers to project light associated with the one or more frames of image data, a multicore fiber of the plurality of multicore fibers emitting light in a wavefront, such that the multicore assembly produces an aggregate wavefront of the projected light; and
a phase modulator to induce phase delays between the multicore fibers in a manner such that the aggregate wavefront emitted by the multicore assembly is varied, thereby varying a focal distance at which the user perceives the one or more frames of image data.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein an inverse Fourier transform of a desired beam is injected into the multicore fibers, such that a desired aggregate wavefront is produced.
3. The system of claim 1, wherein the aggregate wavefront is a spherical wavefront.
4. The system of claim 1, wherein wavefronts generated by the plurality of microfibers interfere with each other.
5. The system of claim 4, wherein the interference is a constructive interference.
6. The system of claim 4, wherein the interference is a destructive interference.
7. The system of claim 1, wherein the aggregate wavefront is a planar wavefront.
8. The system of claim 7, wherein the planar wavefront corresponds to an optical infinity depth plane.
9. The system of claim 3 wherein the spherical wavefront corresponds to a depth plane closer than optical infinity.
10. The system of claim 1 implemented as a method.
US14/706,596 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality Abandoned US20150241696A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/706,596 US20150241696A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361909774P 2013-11-27 2013-11-27
US14/555,585 US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-27 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US14/706,596 US20150241696A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/555,585 Continuation US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-27 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150241696A1 true US20150241696A1 (en) 2015-08-27

Family

ID=53199737

Family Applications (94)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/555,585 Active US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-27 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US14/703,168 Active US9846967B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-04 Varying a focus through a variable focus element based on user accommodation
US14/704,519 Abandoned US20150235440A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Providing augmented reality using microprojectors
US14/704,784 Abandoned US20150235443A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Selectively blurring a portion of an image based on a user's accommodation
US14/704,832 Abandoned US20150235446A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Driving sub-images based on a user's accommodation
US14/704,782 Abandoned US20150235442A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using wedge-shaped waveguides for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,537 Abandoned US20150234476A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image through a waveguide assembly
US14/704,275 Abandoned US20150235436A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Delivering light rays associated with virtual images based on user accommodation
US14/704,803 Abandoned US20150235444A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Methods and system for using microprojects for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,662 Abandoned US20150234190A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using blurring to create multiple depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,827 Abandoned US20150235445A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Modulating a depth of focus of a plurality of pixels displayed to a user
US14/704,484 Abandoned US20150235439A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Combining display elements having different frame rates and bit depths for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,438 Abandoned US20150235438A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using a display assembly for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,816 Abandoned US20150234205A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Contact lens device for displaying augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,321 Abandoned US20150235437A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a focal plane corresponding to a user's current state of focus
US14/704,863 Abandoned US20150235448A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using multiple exit pupils to transmit light into a user's pupil for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,242 Abandoned US20150235418A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a desired focal distance using freeform optics
US14/704,983 Active US9846306B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a plurality of optical fibers for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/705,648 Abandoned US20150243089A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Varying pixel size based on line pitch for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,491 Abandoned US20150235461A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using an array of spatial light modulators to generate a lightfield
US14/705,214 Abandoned US20150235457A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Driving light patterns to exit pupils for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,237 Abandoned US20150235458A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Waveguide assembly having reflective layers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,568 Abandoned US20150235462A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Generating a lightfield using a plurality of spatial light modulators
US14/705,223 Abandoned US20150235421A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 USING MEMs LOUVERS TO CHANGE AN ANGLE OF LIGHT FOR AUGMENTED OR VIRTUAL REALITY
US14/705,276 Abandoned US20150248046A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Controlling diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,490 Abandoned US20150234254A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Separately addressable diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,741 Active US9939643B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modifying a focus of virtual images through a variable focus element
US14/705,769 Active US9804397B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a freedom reflective and lens optical component for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/704,990 Abandoned US20150243088A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a variable focus element coupled to a waveguide to create multiple depth planes
US14/705,184 Abandoned US20150235455A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using polarization modulators for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,667 Abandoned US20150235464A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Coupling a lens to an optical fiber for augmented or virtual reality displays
US14/705,804 Active US9915824B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Combining at least one variable focus element with a plurality of stacked waveguides for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/705,723 Abandoned US20150235466A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using optical fibers to deliver multiple depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,748 Active US9946071B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modifying light of a multicore assembly to produce a plurality of viewing zones
US14/705,245 Abandoned US20150235459A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using an eye box for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,985 Abandoned US20150235454A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Providing augmented or virtual reality using transmissive beamsplitters
US14/704,987 Abandoned US20150235419A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Methods and systems for displaying multiple depth planes through a variable focus element
US14/705,255 Abandoned US20150235460A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Diffractive optical elements used for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,603 Abandoned US20150235463A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modulating a size of pixels displayed to a user for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,197 Abandoned US20150235456A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modulating a polarization of light for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,867 Active US9841601B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Delivering viewing zones associated with portions of an image for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,989 Abandoned US20150235420A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Method for displaying multiple depth planes through variable focus elements
US14/705,675 Abandoned US20150235465A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Polishing an array of optical fibers at an angle to deliver augmented or virtual reality images
US14/705,530 Abandoned US20150234191A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using freeform optical elements to display augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,825 Abandoned US20150235467A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Waveguide assembly to display images at multiple focal planes
US14/706,783 Abandoned US20150241702A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Lens array operatively coupled to a spatial light modulator for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,444 Abandoned US20150243092A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Pixel size modulation for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,196 Abandoned US20150243090A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using polished microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,551 Abandoned US20150243094A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Producing an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,763 Abandoned US20150241701A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Pinhole array operatively coupled to a spatial light modulator for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,232 Abandoned US20150235469A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Determining user accommodation to project image data at a desired focal distance
US14/706,734 Abandoned US20150243097A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Selective attenuation of outside light in an augmented or virtual reality device
US14/706,739 Abandoned US20150243098A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using an array of spatial light modulators for selective attenuation
US14/706,428 Abandoned US20150243091A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling phase modulators to optical fibers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,216 Abandoned US20150235468A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling optical elements to an array of microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,241 Abandoned US20150235470A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling a plurality of multicore assemblies polished at an angle for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,358 Abandoned US20150235472A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Delivering light beams at a plurality of angles for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,398 Abandoned US20150235473A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Displaying augmented reality or virtual reality through a substrate coupled to the user's eye
US14/706,635 Abandoned US20150241698A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Methods and systems to use multicore fibers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,808 Abandoned US20150241703A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using spatial light modulators to selectively attenuate light from an outside environment for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,658 Abandoned US20150243096A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using a fiber scanning display to present a lightfield to a user
US14/706,840 Abandoned US20150319342A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using a halo to facilitate viewing dark virtual objects in augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,625 Abandoned US20150241697A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Physical actuators coupled to optical fiber cores for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,842 Abandoned US20150243099A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Rendering a halo around virtual objects for displaying augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,813 Abandoned US20160109708A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Projecting images to a waveguide through microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,507 Abandoned US20150243093A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a desired focal plane using diffractive optical elements
US14/706,681 Abandoned US20150241699A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Selectively attenuating light from the outside world for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,278 Abandoned US20150235471A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Delivering light beams through optical fiber cores at a plurality of angles for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,586 Abandoned US20150243095A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Modulating light associated with image data through phase modulators for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,690 Abandoned US20150241700A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Attenuating outside light for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,596 Abandoned US20150241696A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Inducing phase delays to vary an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,281 Abandoned US20150248158A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Curved waveguides for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,813 Abandoned US20150241707A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modifying light using freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,432 Abandoned US20150241706A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Injecting images having an inverse fourier transform to produce a desired wavefront
US14/707,224 Abandoned US20150248786A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modulating light intensity to enable viewing of dark virtual objects
US14/707,296 Abandoned US20150243104A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Delivering virtual image slices at different depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,302 Abandoned US20150248006A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Circular diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,002 Abandoned US20150243101A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modifying a curvature of light rays to produce multiple depth planes
US14/707,337 Abandoned US20150248010A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Inducing phase delays in a multicore assembly for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,332 Abandoned US20150248790A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using circularly-symmetric diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,779 Abandoned US20150309315A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,247 Abandoned US20150243102A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Rendering visual emphasis proximate to virtual objects for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,236 Abandoned US20150248011A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Delivering virtual images of different portions of the user's pupil for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,265 Abandoned US20150243103A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Rendering dark virtual objects as blue to facilitate viewing augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,519 Abandoned US20150248012A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Stacked configuration of freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,735 Abandoned US20150243107A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Displaying augmented or virtual reality through freeform optics
US14/707,257 Abandoned US20150241704A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using a plurality of waveguides coupled with edge reflectors for augmented or virtual reality
US15/729,494 Active 2034-12-08 US10643392B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US15/729,462 Active US10629004B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US15/970,552 Active 2034-12-25 US10529138B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2018-05-03 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US16/814,975 Active US10935806B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2020-03-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US17/155,412 Active US11237403B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2021-01-22 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US17/555,640 Active US11714291B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2021-12-20 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US18/329,982 Pending US20230324706A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2023-06-06 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods

Family Applications Before (70)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/555,585 Active US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-27 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US14/703,168 Active US9846967B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-04 Varying a focus through a variable focus element based on user accommodation
US14/704,519 Abandoned US20150235440A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Providing augmented reality using microprojectors
US14/704,784 Abandoned US20150235443A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Selectively blurring a portion of an image based on a user's accommodation
US14/704,832 Abandoned US20150235446A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Driving sub-images based on a user's accommodation
US14/704,782 Abandoned US20150235442A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using wedge-shaped waveguides for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,537 Abandoned US20150234476A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image through a waveguide assembly
US14/704,275 Abandoned US20150235436A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Delivering light rays associated with virtual images based on user accommodation
US14/704,803 Abandoned US20150235444A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Methods and system for using microprojects for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,662 Abandoned US20150234190A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using blurring to create multiple depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,827 Abandoned US20150235445A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Modulating a depth of focus of a plurality of pixels displayed to a user
US14/704,484 Abandoned US20150235439A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Combining display elements having different frame rates and bit depths for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,438 Abandoned US20150235438A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using a display assembly for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,816 Abandoned US20150234205A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Contact lens device for displaying augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,321 Abandoned US20150235437A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a focal plane corresponding to a user's current state of focus
US14/704,863 Abandoned US20150235448A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Using multiple exit pupils to transmit light into a user's pupil for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,242 Abandoned US20150235418A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-05 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a desired focal distance using freeform optics
US14/704,983 Active US9846306B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a plurality of optical fibers for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/705,648 Abandoned US20150243089A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Varying pixel size based on line pitch for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,491 Abandoned US20150235461A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using an array of spatial light modulators to generate a lightfield
US14/705,214 Abandoned US20150235457A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Driving light patterns to exit pupils for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,237 Abandoned US20150235458A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Waveguide assembly having reflective layers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,568 Abandoned US20150235462A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Generating a lightfield using a plurality of spatial light modulators
US14/705,223 Abandoned US20150235421A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 USING MEMs LOUVERS TO CHANGE AN ANGLE OF LIGHT FOR AUGMENTED OR VIRTUAL REALITY
US14/705,276 Abandoned US20150248046A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Controlling diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,490 Abandoned US20150234254A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Separately addressable diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,741 Active US9939643B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modifying a focus of virtual images through a variable focus element
US14/705,769 Active US9804397B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a freedom reflective and lens optical component for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/704,990 Abandoned US20150243088A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using a variable focus element coupled to a waveguide to create multiple depth planes
US14/705,184 Abandoned US20150235455A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using polarization modulators for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,667 Abandoned US20150235464A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Coupling a lens to an optical fiber for augmented or virtual reality displays
US14/705,804 Active US9915824B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Combining at least one variable focus element with a plurality of stacked waveguides for augmented or virtual reality display
US14/705,723 Abandoned US20150235466A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using optical fibers to deliver multiple depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,748 Active US9946071B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modifying light of a multicore assembly to produce a plurality of viewing zones
US14/705,245 Abandoned US20150235459A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using an eye box for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,985 Abandoned US20150235454A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Providing augmented or virtual reality using transmissive beamsplitters
US14/704,987 Abandoned US20150235419A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Methods and systems for displaying multiple depth planes through a variable focus element
US14/705,255 Abandoned US20150235460A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Diffractive optical elements used for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,603 Abandoned US20150235463A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modulating a size of pixels displayed to a user for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,197 Abandoned US20150235456A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Modulating a polarization of light for augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,867 Active US9841601B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Delivering viewing zones associated with portions of an image for augmented or virtual reality
US14/704,989 Abandoned US20150235420A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Method for displaying multiple depth planes through variable focus elements
US14/705,675 Abandoned US20150235465A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Polishing an array of optical fibers at an angle to deliver augmented or virtual reality images
US14/705,530 Abandoned US20150234191A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Using freeform optical elements to display augmented or virtual reality
US14/705,825 Abandoned US20150235467A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-06 Waveguide assembly to display images at multiple focal planes
US14/706,783 Abandoned US20150241702A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Lens array operatively coupled to a spatial light modulator for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,444 Abandoned US20150243092A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Pixel size modulation for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,196 Abandoned US20150243090A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using polished microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,551 Abandoned US20150243094A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Producing an aggregate wavefront for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,763 Abandoned US20150241701A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Pinhole array operatively coupled to a spatial light modulator for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,232 Abandoned US20150235469A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Determining user accommodation to project image data at a desired focal distance
US14/706,734 Abandoned US20150243097A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Selective attenuation of outside light in an augmented or virtual reality device
US14/706,739 Abandoned US20150243098A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using an array of spatial light modulators for selective attenuation
US14/706,428 Abandoned US20150243091A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling phase modulators to optical fibers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,216 Abandoned US20150235468A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling optical elements to an array of microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,241 Abandoned US20150235470A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Coupling a plurality of multicore assemblies polished at an angle for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,358 Abandoned US20150235472A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Delivering light beams at a plurality of angles for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,398 Abandoned US20150235473A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Displaying augmented reality or virtual reality through a substrate coupled to the user's eye
US14/706,635 Abandoned US20150241698A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Methods and systems to use multicore fibers for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,808 Abandoned US20150241703A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using spatial light modulators to selectively attenuate light from an outside environment for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,658 Abandoned US20150243096A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using a fiber scanning display to present a lightfield to a user
US14/706,840 Abandoned US20150319342A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Using a halo to facilitate viewing dark virtual objects in augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,625 Abandoned US20150241697A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Physical actuators coupled to optical fiber cores for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,842 Abandoned US20150243099A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Rendering a halo around virtual objects for displaying augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,813 Abandoned US20160109708A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Projecting images to a waveguide through microprojectors for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,507 Abandoned US20150243093A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Determining user accommodation to display an image at a desired focal plane using diffractive optical elements
US14/706,681 Abandoned US20150241699A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Selectively attenuating light from the outside world for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,278 Abandoned US20150235471A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Delivering light beams through optical fiber cores at a plurality of angles for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,586 Abandoned US20150243095A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Modulating light associated with image data through phase modulators for augmented or virtual reality
US14/706,690 Abandoned US20150241700A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-07 Attenuating outside light for augmented or virtual reality

Family Applications After (23)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/707,281 Abandoned US20150248158A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Curved waveguides for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,813 Abandoned US20150241707A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modifying light using freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,432 Abandoned US20150241706A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Injecting images having an inverse fourier transform to produce a desired wavefront
US14/707,224 Abandoned US20150248786A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modulating light intensity to enable viewing of dark virtual objects
US14/707,296 Abandoned US20150243104A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Delivering virtual image slices at different depth planes for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,302 Abandoned US20150248006A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Circular diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,002 Abandoned US20150243101A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Modifying a curvature of light rays to produce multiple depth planes
US14/707,337 Abandoned US20150248010A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Inducing phase delays in a multicore assembly for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,332 Abandoned US20150248790A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using circularly-symmetric diffractive optical elements for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,779 Abandoned US20150309315A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,247 Abandoned US20150243102A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Rendering visual emphasis proximate to virtual objects for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,236 Abandoned US20150248011A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Delivering virtual images of different portions of the user's pupil for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,265 Abandoned US20150243103A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Rendering dark virtual objects as blue to facilitate viewing augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,519 Abandoned US20150248012A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Stacked configuration of freeform optics for augmented or virtual reality
US14/707,735 Abandoned US20150243107A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Displaying augmented or virtual reality through freeform optics
US14/707,257 Abandoned US20150241704A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-05-08 Using a plurality of waveguides coupled with edge reflectors for augmented or virtual reality
US15/729,494 Active 2034-12-08 US10643392B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US15/729,462 Active US10629004B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US15/970,552 Active 2034-12-25 US10529138B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2018-05-03 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US16/814,975 Active US10935806B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2020-03-10 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US17/155,412 Active US11237403B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2021-01-22 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US17/555,640 Active US11714291B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2021-12-20 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
US18/329,982 Pending US20230324706A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2023-06-06 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (94) US9791700B2 (en)
EP (2) EP4220999A3 (en)
JP (18) JP2017500605A (en)
KR (5) KR102493498B1 (en)
CN (15) CN107329260B (en)
AU (14) AU2014354673B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2931776A1 (en)
IL (12) IL305162B1 (en)
NZ (2) NZ755272A (en)
WO (1) WO2015081313A2 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10338400B2 (en) 2017-07-03 2019-07-02 Holovisions LLC Augmented reality eyewear with VAPE or wear technology
US10859834B2 (en) 2017-07-03 2020-12-08 Holovisions Space-efficient optical structures for wide field-of-view augmented reality (AR) eyewear

Families Citing this family (1108)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL166799A (en) 2005-02-10 2014-09-30 Lumus Ltd Substrate-guided optical device utilizing beam splitters
US10073264B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2018-09-11 Lumus Ltd. Substrate-guide optical device
US20070081123A1 (en) * 2005-10-07 2007-04-12 Lewis Scott W Digital eyewear
US10048499B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2018-08-14 Lumus Ltd. Polarizing optical system
GB0522968D0 (en) 2005-11-11 2005-12-21 Popovich Milan M Holographic illumination device
GB0718706D0 (en) 2007-09-25 2007-11-07 Creative Physics Ltd Method and apparatus for reducing laser speckle
US9823737B2 (en) * 2008-04-07 2017-11-21 Mohammad A Mazed Augmented reality personal assistant apparatus
US9865043B2 (en) 2008-03-26 2018-01-09 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Adaptive image acquisition and display using multi-focal display
US9866826B2 (en) * 2014-11-25 2018-01-09 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Content-adaptive multi-focal display
US9229233B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2016-01-05 Osterhout Group, Inc. Micro Doppler presentations in head worn computing
US9965681B2 (en) 2008-12-16 2018-05-08 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US20150205111A1 (en) 2014-01-21 2015-07-23 Osterhout Group, Inc. Optical configurations for head worn computing
US9298007B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2016-03-29 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US9952664B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2018-04-24 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US9715112B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-07-25 Osterhout Group, Inc. Suppression of stray light in head worn computing
US9400390B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2016-07-26 Osterhout Group, Inc. Peripheral lighting for head worn computing
US9335604B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2016-05-10 Milan Momcilo Popovich Holographic waveguide display
US11726332B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2023-08-15 Digilens Inc. Diffractive projection apparatus
US10156722B2 (en) 2010-12-24 2018-12-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods and systems for displaying stereoscopy with a freeform optical system with addressable focus for virtual and augmented reality
US9274349B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2016-03-01 Digilens Inc. Laser despeckler based on angular diversity
US20140204455A1 (en) 2011-08-24 2014-07-24 Milan Momcilo Popovich Wearable data display
US10670876B2 (en) 2011-08-24 2020-06-02 Digilens Inc. Waveguide laser illuminator incorporating a despeckler
WO2016020630A2 (en) 2014-08-08 2016-02-11 Milan Momcilo Popovich Waveguide laser illuminator incorporating a despeckler
US20150010265A1 (en) 2012-01-06 2015-01-08 Milan, Momcilo POPOVICH Contact image sensor using switchable bragg gratings
CN106125308B (en) 2012-04-25 2019-10-25 罗克韦尔柯林斯公司 Device and method for displaying images
WO2013167864A1 (en) 2012-05-11 2013-11-14 Milan Momcilo Popovich Apparatus for eye tracking
IL219907A (en) 2012-05-21 2017-08-31 Lumus Ltd Head-mounted display eyeball tracker integrated system
US9933684B2 (en) * 2012-11-16 2018-04-03 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Transparent waveguide display providing upper and lower fields of view having a specific light output aperture configuration
US10528135B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2020-01-07 Ctrl-Labs Corporation Wearable muscle interface systems, devices and methods that interact with content displayed on an electronic display
US9858721B2 (en) 2013-01-15 2018-01-02 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Methods, systems, and computer readable media for generating an augmented scene display
US9699433B2 (en) * 2013-01-24 2017-07-04 Yuchen Zhou Method and apparatus to produce re-focusable vision with detecting re-focusing event from human eye
US11504051B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2022-11-22 Wesley W. O. Krueger Systems and methods for observing eye and head information to measure ocular parameters and determine human health status
US10231614B2 (en) 2014-07-08 2019-03-19 Wesley W. O. Krueger Systems and methods for using virtual reality, augmented reality, and/or a synthetic 3-dimensional information for the measurement of human ocular performance
US10602927B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2020-03-31 Wesley W. O. Krueger Ocular-performance-based head impact measurement using a faceguard
US9788714B2 (en) 2014-07-08 2017-10-17 Iarmourholdings, Inc. Systems and methods using virtual reality or augmented reality environments for the measurement and/or improvement of human vestibulo-ocular performance
US11490809B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2022-11-08 Wesley W. O. Krueger Ocular parameter-based head impact measurement using a face shield
US12133567B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2024-11-05 Wesley W. O. Krueger Systems and methods for using eye imaging on face protection equipment to assess human health
US12042294B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2024-07-23 Wesley W. O. Krueger Systems and methods to measure ocular parameters and determine neurologic health status
US10716469B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2020-07-21 Wesley W. O. Krueger Ocular-performance-based head impact measurement applied to rotationally-centered impact mitigation systems and methods
US11389059B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2022-07-19 Wesley W. O. Krueger Ocular-performance-based head impact measurement using a faceguard
US11714487B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2023-08-01 Tobii Ab Gaze and smooth pursuit based continuous foveal adjustment
US10895908B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2021-01-19 Tobii Ab Targeting saccade landing prediction using visual history
US10082870B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2018-09-25 Tobii Ab Gaze and saccade based graphical manipulation
US9898081B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2018-02-20 Tobii Ab Gaze and saccade based graphical manipulation
US9665171B1 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-05-30 Tobii Ab Gaze and saccade based graphical manipulation
WO2014188149A1 (en) 2013-05-20 2014-11-27 Milan Momcilo Popovich Holographic waveguide eye tracker
US9977256B2 (en) * 2013-05-30 2018-05-22 Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. Methods for manufacturing and programming an energizable ophthalmic lens with a programmable media insert
US9874749B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2018-01-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
WO2015012024A1 (en) * 2013-07-26 2015-01-29 シチズンホールディングス株式会社 Light source device and projection device
WO2015015138A1 (en) 2013-07-31 2015-02-05 Milan Momcilo Popovich Method and apparatus for contact image sensing
US11921471B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2024-03-05 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Systems, articles, and methods for wearable devices having secondary power sources in links of a band for providing secondary power in addition to a primary power source
US20150124566A1 (en) 2013-10-04 2015-05-07 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, articles and methods for wearable electronic devices employing contact sensors
US10042422B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2018-08-07 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, articles, and methods for capacitive electromyography sensors
US9143880B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2015-09-22 Tobii Ab Systems and methods for providing audio to a user based on gaze input
US10430150B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2019-10-01 Tobii Ab Systems and methods for changing behavior of computer program elements based on gaze input
US9665172B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2017-05-30 Tobii Ab Portable eye tracking device
US10310597B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2019-06-04 Tobii Ab Portable eye tracking device
US10686972B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2020-06-16 Tobii Ab Gaze assisted field of view control
US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
WO2015081113A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 Cezar Morun Systems, articles, and methods for electromyography sensors
US9915826B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2018-03-13 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods having improved diffractive grating structures
US10677969B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2020-06-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Manufacturing for virtual and augmented reality systems and components
US9857591B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-01-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods and system for creating focal planes in virtual and augmented reality
US10274731B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2019-04-30 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Optical see-through near-eye display using point light source backlight
EP3087312B1 (en) * 2013-12-23 2024-09-11 Essilor International Head-mounted display with filter function
US9465237B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2016-10-11 Intel Corporation Automatic focus prescription lens eyeglasses
US20150187115A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 Mark A. MacDonald Dynamically adjustable 3d goggles
US9841598B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2017-12-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Lens with embedded multilayer optical film for near-eye display systems
US9829707B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2017-11-28 Osterhout Group, Inc. Measuring content brightness in head worn computing
US9841599B2 (en) 2014-06-05 2017-12-12 Osterhout Group, Inc. Optical configurations for head-worn see-through displays
US9299194B2 (en) 2014-02-14 2016-03-29 Osterhout Group, Inc. Secure sharing in head worn computing
US9939934B2 (en) 2014-01-17 2018-04-10 Osterhout Group, Inc. External user interface for head worn computing
US20150228119A1 (en) 2014-02-11 2015-08-13 Osterhout Group, Inc. Spatial location presentation in head worn computing
US9529195B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2016-12-27 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US10684687B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2020-06-16 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc See-through computer display systems
US9448409B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2016-09-20 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US10191279B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2019-01-29 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US20160019715A1 (en) 2014-07-15 2016-01-21 Osterhout Group, Inc. Content presentation in head worn computing
US20150277118A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2015-10-01 Osterhout Group, Inc. Sensor dependent content position in head worn computing
US10649220B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2020-05-12 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Content presentation in head worn computing
US11103122B2 (en) 2014-07-15 2021-08-31 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Content presentation in head worn computing
US9671613B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2017-06-06 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9594246B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-03-14 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9575321B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2017-02-21 Osterhout Group, Inc. Content presentation in head worn computing
US20160048019A1 (en) * 2014-08-12 2016-02-18 Osterhout Group, Inc. Content presentation in head worn computing
US9810906B2 (en) 2014-06-17 2017-11-07 Osterhout Group, Inc. External user interface for head worn computing
US9746686B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2017-08-29 Osterhout Group, Inc. Content position calibration in head worn computing
US10254856B2 (en) 2014-01-17 2019-04-09 Osterhout Group, Inc. External user interface for head worn computing
US11227294B2 (en) 2014-04-03 2022-01-18 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Sight information collection in head worn computing
US9753288B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-09-05 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9746676B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-08-29 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9811159B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-11-07 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US9766463B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-09-19 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9494800B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2016-11-15 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9532714B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-01-03 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US11487110B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-11-01 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Eye imaging in head worn computing
US9811153B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-11-07 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye imaging in head worn computing
US11892644B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2024-02-06 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc See-through computer display systems
US20150205135A1 (en) 2014-01-21 2015-07-23 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9651784B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-05-16 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US12093453B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2024-09-17 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Eye glint imaging in see-through computer display systems
US11669163B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2023-06-06 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Eye glint imaging in see-through computer display systems
US11737666B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2023-08-29 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Eye imaging in head worn computing
US9836122B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-12-05 Osterhout Group, Inc. Eye glint imaging in see-through computer display systems
US9846308B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-12-19 Osterhout Group, Inc. Haptic systems for head-worn computers
CN106233189B (en) 2014-01-31 2020-06-26 奇跃公司 Multi-focus display system and method
US10317690B2 (en) 2014-01-31 2019-06-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Multi-focal display system and method
US9401540B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2016-07-26 Osterhout Group, Inc. Spatial location presentation in head worn computing
US12112089B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2024-10-08 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Spatial location presentation in head worn computing
US9852545B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2017-12-26 Osterhout Group, Inc. Spatial location presentation in head worn computing
US10430985B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2019-10-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality systems and methods utilizing reflections
US11138793B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2021-10-05 Magic Leap, Inc. Multi-depth plane display system with reduced switching between depth planes
US10048647B2 (en) 2014-03-27 2018-08-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical waveguide including spatially-varying volume hologram
US20160187651A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2016-06-30 Osterhout Group, Inc. Safety for a vehicle operator with an hmd
KR20160143748A (en) 2014-04-09 2016-12-14 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 Near-eye display system having a pellicle as a combiner
IL232197B (en) 2014-04-23 2018-04-30 Lumus Ltd Compact head-mounted display system
US10853589B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2020-12-01 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Language translation with head-worn computing
US9672210B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2017-06-06 Osterhout Group, Inc. Language translation with head-worn computing
US9651787B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2017-05-16 Osterhout Group, Inc. Speaker assembly for headworn computer
NZ764960A (en) 2014-05-30 2022-05-27 Magic Leap Inc Methods and system for creating focal planes in virtual and augmented reality
CN111856755B (en) 2014-05-30 2022-07-19 奇跃公司 Method and system for displaying stereoscopic vision of virtual and augmented reality
US10663740B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2020-05-26 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Content presentation in head worn computing
US9880632B2 (en) 2014-06-19 2018-01-30 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for gesture identification
US9874744B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2018-01-23 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for wearable heads-up displays
US10204530B1 (en) 2014-07-11 2019-02-12 Shape Matrix Geometric Instruments, LLC Shape-matrix geometric instrument
WO2016020632A1 (en) 2014-08-08 2016-02-11 Milan Momcilo Popovich Method for holographic mastering and replication
KR20160029245A (en) * 2014-09-04 2016-03-15 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Head mounted display apparatus
WO2016040836A1 (en) * 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Eyelock Llc Methods and apparatus for directing the gaze of a user in an iris recognition system
WO2016042283A1 (en) 2014-09-19 2016-03-24 Milan Momcilo Popovich Method and apparatus for generating input images for holographic waveguide displays
US10423222B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-09-24 Digilens Inc. Holographic waveguide optical tracker
AU2015323940B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2021-05-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Architectures and methods for outputting different wavelength light out of waveguides
EP3212068B1 (en) 2014-10-31 2020-11-25 Lake Region Medical, Inc. Fiber bragg grating multi-point pressure sensing guidewire with birefringent component
IL235642B (en) 2014-11-11 2021-08-31 Lumus Ltd Compact head-mounted display system protected by a hyperfine structure
TWI688789B (en) * 2014-11-20 2020-03-21 美商英特爾股份有限公司 Virtual image generator and method to project a virtual image
US9864205B2 (en) * 2014-11-25 2018-01-09 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Multifocal display
US9684172B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2017-06-20 Osterhout Group, Inc. Head worn computer display systems
KR101844883B1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2018-04-03 메타 컴퍼니 Apparatuses, methods and systems coupling visual accommodation and visual convergence to the same plane at any depth of an object of interest
NZ759405A (en) * 2014-12-29 2022-01-28 Magic Leap Inc Light projector using an acousto-optical control device
USD751552S1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-03-15 Osterhout Group, Inc. Computer glasses
EP3241055B1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2020-04-15 Essilor International Binocular device comprising a monocular display device
USD753114S1 (en) 2015-01-05 2016-04-05 Osterhout Group, Inc. Air mouse
US20180275402A1 (en) 2015-01-12 2018-09-27 Digilens, Inc. Holographic waveguide light field displays
US10437064B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2019-10-08 Digilens Inc. Environmentally isolated waveguide display
US9659411B2 (en) * 2015-01-14 2017-05-23 Oculus Vr, Llc Passive locators for a virtual reality headset
EP3248026B1 (en) 2015-01-20 2019-09-04 DigiLens Inc. Holographic waveguide lidar
KR102289923B1 (en) 2015-01-22 2021-08-12 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Methods and system for creating focal planes using an Alvarez lens
AU2016211623B2 (en) 2015-01-26 2020-04-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods having improved diffractive grating structures
US11726241B2 (en) 2015-01-26 2023-08-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Manufacturing for virtual and augmented reality systems and components
US9632226B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2017-04-25 Digilens Inc. Waveguide grating device
US10878775B2 (en) 2015-02-17 2020-12-29 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc See-through computer display systems
US20160239985A1 (en) 2015-02-17 2016-08-18 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through computer display systems
US9989764B2 (en) 2015-02-17 2018-06-05 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for eyebox expansion in wearable heads-up displays
US11468639B2 (en) * 2015-02-20 2022-10-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Selective occlusion system for augmented reality devices
EP3062142B1 (en) 2015-02-26 2018-10-03 Nokia Technologies OY Apparatus for a near-eye display
AU2016227316B2 (en) 2015-03-01 2020-06-25 Novasight Ltd. A system and method for measuring ocular motility
CN112764536A (en) 2015-03-05 2021-05-07 奇跃公司 System and method for augmented reality
US10838207B2 (en) 2015-03-05 2020-11-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented reality
US10180734B2 (en) 2015-03-05 2019-01-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented reality
WO2016146963A1 (en) 2015-03-16 2016-09-22 Popovich, Milan, Momcilo Waveguide device incorporating a light pipe
CA2979687A1 (en) 2015-03-16 2016-09-22 Nicole Elizabeth SAMEC Methods and systems for diagnosing and treating health ailments
US20160274365A1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2016-09-22 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for wearable heads-up displays with heterogeneous display quality
JP6528498B2 (en) * 2015-03-25 2019-06-12 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Head mounted display
WO2016156776A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 Milan Momcilo Popovich Method and apparatus for contact image sensing
WO2016161463A1 (en) * 2015-04-03 2016-10-06 David Markus Method and apparatus for an imaging lens
JP2016212177A (en) * 2015-05-01 2016-12-15 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Transmission type display device
US10197805B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2019-02-05 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for eyeboxes with heterogeneous exit pupils
WO2016183020A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Devices, methods and systems for biometric user recognition utilizing neural networks
CN107710048A (en) 2015-05-28 2018-02-16 赛尔米克实验室公司 The system, apparatus and method of eye tracks and scanning laser projection are integrated in wearable head-up display
EP3310043B1 (en) * 2015-06-10 2024-08-07 Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc. Head-mounted display and display control method
WO2016205256A1 (en) * 2015-06-15 2016-12-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Display system with optical elements for in-coupling multiplexed light streams
US10210844B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2019-02-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Holographic near-eye display
WO2017015162A1 (en) * 2015-07-17 2017-01-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual/augmented reality system having dynamic region resolution
JP6792607B2 (en) 2015-07-20 2020-11-25 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Designed to collimate fiber scanners using inward angles in virtual / augmented reality systems
US10307246B2 (en) 2015-07-23 2019-06-04 Elwha Llc Intraocular lens devices, systems, and related methods
US9877824B2 (en) * 2015-07-23 2018-01-30 Elwha Llc Intraocular lens systems and related methods
US10376357B2 (en) * 2015-07-23 2019-08-13 Elwha Llc Intraocular lens systems and related methods
US10154897B2 (en) 2015-07-23 2018-12-18 Elwha Llc Intraocular lens systems and related methods
US10007115B2 (en) * 2015-08-12 2018-06-26 Daqri, Llc Placement of a computer generated display with focal plane at finite distance using optical devices and a see-through head-mounted display incorporating the same
EP3338251B1 (en) 2015-08-18 2023-01-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
AU2016310452B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2021-04-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Eyelid shape estimation
JP6918781B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2021-08-11 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Eyelid shape estimation using eye pose measurement
JP6367166B2 (en) 2015-09-01 2018-08-01 株式会社東芝 Electronic apparatus and method
JP2018526278A (en) * 2015-09-02 2018-09-13 ラークテイル ピー・ティー・ワイ リミテッド Folding stroller
US9555589B1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-01-31 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of making optical films and stacks
CN108474873A (en) 2015-09-04 2018-08-31 赛尔米克实验室公司 System, product and method for combining holographic optical elements (HOE) and eyeglass
WO2017131816A1 (en) 2016-01-30 2017-08-03 Leia Inc. Privacy display and dual-mode privacy display system
CA2996925C (en) * 2015-09-05 2022-06-28 Leia Inc. Light concentrating backlight and near-eye display system using same
WO2017048713A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2017-03-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Head pose mixing of audio files
WO2017049106A1 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Lumii, Inc. Multi-view displays and associated systems and methods
US9978183B2 (en) * 2015-09-18 2018-05-22 Fove, Inc. Video system, video generating method, video distribution method, video generating program, and video distribution program
WO2017053382A1 (en) * 2015-09-23 2017-03-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye imaging with an off-axis imager
EP3357175B1 (en) * 2015-09-29 2021-05-05 Newracom, Inc. Resource allocation indication for multi-user multiple-input-multiple-output (mu-mimo) orthogonal frequency division multiple access (ofdma) communication
US20170097753A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for interacting with content displayed on head-mounted displays
CN113759555B (en) * 2015-10-05 2024-09-20 迪吉伦斯公司 Waveguide display
EP3360002A4 (en) 2015-10-05 2018-10-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Microlens collimator for scanning optical fiber in virtual/augmented reality system
NZ775329A (en) 2015-10-06 2022-07-01 Magic Leap Inc Virtual/augmented reality system having reverse angle diffraction grating
CA2994231C (en) 2015-10-16 2022-06-21 Leia Inc. Multibeam diffraction grating-based near-eye display
CN108369653B (en) 2015-10-16 2021-12-14 奇跃公司 Eye pose recognition using eye features
US11609427B2 (en) 2015-10-16 2023-03-21 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Dual-mode augmented/virtual reality (AR/VR) near-eye wearable displays
US10088685B1 (en) 2015-10-19 2018-10-02 Meta Company Apparatuses, methods and systems for multiple focal distance display
EP3365724B1 (en) 2015-10-20 2021-05-05 Magic Leap, Inc. Selecting virtual objects in a three-dimensional space
US9904051B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2018-02-27 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for laser eye tracking
US9842868B2 (en) * 2015-10-26 2017-12-12 Sensors Unlimited, Inc. Quantum efficiency (QE) restricted infrared focal plane arrays
US11106273B2 (en) 2015-10-30 2021-08-31 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. System and methods for on-body gestural interfaces and projection displays
US10281744B2 (en) 2015-11-02 2019-05-07 Focure Inc. Continuous autofocusing eyewear using structured light
WO2017079342A1 (en) 2015-11-02 2017-05-11 Focure, Inc. Continuous autofocusing eyewear
US10260864B2 (en) 2015-11-04 2019-04-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Dynamic display calibration based on eye-tracking
US11231544B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2022-01-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Metasurfaces for redirecting light and methods for fabricating
US10204451B2 (en) 2015-11-30 2019-02-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-optical surface optical design
CA3006556A1 (en) * 2015-12-02 2017-06-08 Abl Ip Holding Llc Projection and/or waveguide arrangements for a software configurable lighting device
WO2017096241A1 (en) 2015-12-02 2017-06-08 Augmenteum, Inc. System for and method of projecting augmentation imagery in a head-mounted display
AU2016365422A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2018-06-28 Magic Leap, Inc. Relocalization systems and methods
US10445860B2 (en) 2015-12-08 2019-10-15 Facebook Technologies, Llc Autofocus virtual reality headset
KR102436809B1 (en) * 2015-12-15 2022-08-29 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Window display apparatus
US10802190B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2020-10-13 Covestro Llc Systems, devices, and methods for curved holographic optical elements
US10345594B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2019-07-09 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented near-eye wearable displays
CN108139801B (en) * 2015-12-22 2021-03-16 谷歌有限责任公司 System and method for performing electronic display stabilization via preserving light field rendering
WO2017112958A1 (en) * 2015-12-24 2017-06-29 Meta Company Optical engine for creating wide-field of view fovea-based display
US20200301150A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2020-09-24 Intelligent Technologies International, Inc. Secure testing device with liquid crystal shutter
US10764503B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2020-09-01 Nec Corporation Information processing apparatus, control method, and program for outputting a guide for correcting a field of view of a camera
WO2017115587A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 日本電気株式会社 Information processing device, control method, and program
US10578882B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2020-03-03 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Non-telecentric emissive micro-pixel array light modulators and methods of fabrication thereof
US11030443B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2021-06-08 Nec Corporation Information processing apparatus, control method, and program
US9964925B2 (en) * 2015-12-29 2018-05-08 Oculus Vr, Llc Holographic display architecture
US11281003B2 (en) * 2015-12-30 2022-03-22 Dualitas Ltd Near eye dynamic holography
WO2017120271A1 (en) 2016-01-04 2017-07-13 Meta Company Apparatuses, methods and systems for application of forces within a 3d virtual environment
WO2017120552A1 (en) 2016-01-06 2017-07-13 Meta Company Apparatuses, methods and systems for pre-warping images for a display system with a distorting optical component
JP6681042B2 (en) * 2016-02-17 2020-04-15 株式会社リコー Light guide and virtual image display device
JP6701559B2 (en) * 2016-02-17 2020-05-27 株式会社リコー Light guide and virtual image display device
JP6608065B2 (en) * 2016-01-06 2019-11-20 ビュージックス コーポレーション Double-sided imaging light guide with embedded dichroic filter
IL260280B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2023-09-01 Magic Leap Inc Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods having unequal numbers of component color images distributed across depth planes
US10042166B2 (en) * 2016-01-12 2018-08-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Beam angle sensor in virtual/augmented reality system
US10681328B1 (en) 2016-01-13 2020-06-09 Apple Inc. Dynamic focus 3D display
US11262580B1 (en) 2016-01-13 2022-03-01 Apple Inc. Virtual reality system
US11209898B2 (en) 2016-01-19 2021-12-28 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye image collection
KR20180104051A (en) 2016-01-19 2018-09-19 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Augmented reality systems and methods that utilize reflections
US10303246B2 (en) 2016-01-20 2019-05-28 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for proximity-based eye tracking
JP6907218B2 (en) * 2016-01-20 2021-07-21 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Polarization maintenance optical fiber in virtual / augmented reality systems
US10110935B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2018-10-23 Cable Television Laboratories, Inc Systems and methods for video delivery based upon saccadic eye motion
WO2017131770A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P Viewing device adjustment based on eye accommodation in relation to a display
IL292790B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2024-09-01 Magic Leap Inc Display for three-dimensional image
US10151926B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2018-12-11 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for preventing eyebox degradation in a wearable heads-up display
US11284109B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2022-03-22 Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. Visual coding for sensitivities to light, color and spatial resolution in human visual system
WO2017134412A1 (en) 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Milan Momcilo Popovich Holographic waveguide optical tracker
EP3205512B1 (en) 2016-02-09 2018-06-13 CSEM Centre Suisse d'Electronique et de Microtechnique SA - Recherche et Développement Optical security device
KR102587841B1 (en) * 2016-02-11 2023-10-10 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Multi-depth plane display system with reduced switching between depth planes
JP6908872B2 (en) * 2016-02-17 2021-07-28 株式会社リコー Light guide, virtual image display device and light guide member
US10591728B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2020-03-17 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Optical systems for head-worn computers
EP3420387A4 (en) * 2016-02-24 2019-10-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Polarizing beam splitter with low light leakage
US11157072B1 (en) * 2016-02-24 2021-10-26 Apple Inc. Direct retinal projector
JP6991981B2 (en) 2016-02-24 2022-01-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Thin interconnect for light emitters
NZ745294A (en) 2016-02-26 2020-01-31 Magic Leap Inc Light output system with reflector and lens for highly spatially uniform light output
WO2017147534A1 (en) * 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Display system having a plurality of light pipes for a plurality of light emitters
US10667981B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2020-06-02 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Reading assistance system for visually impaired
CN108700712B (en) * 2016-02-29 2020-10-13 奇跃公司 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
WO2017151671A1 (en) 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Depth sensing systems and methods
CA3015643A1 (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Reflective switching device for inputting different wavelengths of light into waveguides
KR102079181B1 (en) * 2016-03-04 2020-02-19 주식회사 고영테크놀러지 Pattern lighting appartus and method thereof
WO2017151974A1 (en) 2016-03-04 2017-09-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Current drain reduction in ar/vr display systems
EP4451237A2 (en) 2016-03-07 2024-10-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Blue light adjustment for biometric security
US11106276B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2021-08-31 Facebook Technologies, Llc Focus adjusting headset
CA3015658A1 (en) 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Structure learning in convolutional neural networks
CN111329551A (en) * 2016-03-12 2020-06-26 P·K·朗 Augmented reality guidance for spinal and joint surgery
US9886742B2 (en) * 2016-03-17 2018-02-06 Google Llc Electro-optic beam steering for super-resolution/lightfield imagery
CN105589202A (en) * 2016-03-18 2016-05-18 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device, display method, and display system
CN115032795A (en) 2016-03-22 2022-09-09 奇跃公司 Head-mounted display system configured to exchange biometric information
WO2017164573A1 (en) * 2016-03-23 2017-09-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Near-eye display apparatus and near-eye display method
EP3223063A1 (en) 2016-03-24 2017-09-27 Thomson Licensing Device for forming a field intensity pattern in the near zone, from incident electromagnetic waves
EP3223062A1 (en) 2016-03-24 2017-09-27 Thomson Licensing Device for forming at least one focused beam in the near zone, from incident electromagnetic waves
US10859768B2 (en) 2016-03-24 2020-12-08 Digilens Inc. Method and apparatus for providing a polarization selective holographic waveguide device
KR20180122726A (en) * 2016-03-25 2018-11-13 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
KR101788452B1 (en) * 2016-03-30 2017-11-15 연세대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and method for replaying contents using eye tracking of users
CA3018758A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Magic Leap, Inc. Interactions with 3d virtual objects using poses and multiple-dof controllers
US10815145B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-10-27 Corning Incorporated High index glass and devices incorporating such
US10317679B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2019-06-11 Akonia Holographics, Llc Light homogenization
US10353203B2 (en) 2016-04-05 2019-07-16 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Augmented/virtual reality near-eye displays with edge imaging lens comprising a plurality of display devices
CN109073819A (en) 2016-04-07 2018-12-21 奇跃公司 System and method for augmented reality
US10379356B2 (en) 2016-04-07 2019-08-13 Facebook Technologies, Llc Accommodation based optical correction
US9897811B2 (en) * 2016-04-07 2018-02-20 Google Llc Curved eyepiece with color correction for head wearable display
AU2017246901B2 (en) * 2016-04-08 2022-06-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality systems and methods with variable focus lens elements
WO2017178781A1 (en) 2016-04-11 2017-10-19 GRANT, Alastair, John Holographic waveguide apparatus for structured light projection
US10178378B2 (en) * 2016-04-12 2019-01-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Binocular image alignment for near-eye display
KR20180132854A (en) 2016-04-13 2018-12-12 탈믹 랩스 인크 System, apparatus and method for focusing a laser projector
IL262279B2 (en) * 2016-04-21 2023-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Visual aura around field of view
US11009714B1 (en) * 2016-04-22 2021-05-18 Holochip Corporation Interactive virtual reality display providing accommodation depth cues
WO2017189450A1 (en) 2016-04-26 2017-11-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Electromagnetic tracking with augmented reality systems
CN105759447A (en) * 2016-04-27 2016-07-13 江苏卡罗卡国际动漫城有限公司 Augmented reality glasses
US10453431B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2019-10-22 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Integrated near-far light field display systems
CN105788390A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-07-20 吉林医药学院 Medical anatomy auxiliary teaching system based on augmented reality
US20170315347A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2017-11-02 Mikko Antton Juhola Exit Pupil Expander for Laser-Scanner and Waveguide Based Augmented-Reality Displays
US10522106B2 (en) 2016-05-05 2019-12-31 Ostendo Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for active transparency modulation
KR102230642B1 (en) 2016-05-06 2021-03-19 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Metasurfaces with asymmetric gratings for redirecting light and methods for manufacturing
CN109414164B (en) 2016-05-09 2022-06-14 奇跃公司 Augmented reality system and method for user health analysis
CN105898276A (en) * 2016-05-10 2016-08-24 北京理工大学 Near-to-eye three-dimensional display system based on non-periodic holographic microlens array
AU2017264780B2 (en) 2016-05-12 2022-05-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Distributed light manipulation over imaging waveguide
US10215986B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2019-02-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Wedges for light transformation
WO2017199232A1 (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-23 Lumus Ltd. Head-mounted imaging device
EP3459071B1 (en) 2016-05-20 2022-05-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Contextual awareness of user interface menus
US10765314B2 (en) 2016-05-29 2020-09-08 Novasight Ltd. Display system and method
JP6850817B2 (en) 2016-06-03 2021-03-31 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Augmented reality identification verification
US10429647B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-10-01 Facebook Technologies, Llc Focus adjusting virtual reality headset
CA3026872A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Integrating point source for texture projecting bulb
US10684479B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2020-06-16 Vrvaorigin Vision Technology Corp. Ltd. Head-mounted personal multimedia systems and visual assistance devices thereof
CN107526165B (en) * 2016-06-15 2022-08-26 威亚视觉科技股份有限公司 Head-mounted personal multimedia system, visual auxiliary device and related glasses
JP7385993B2 (en) 2016-06-20 2023-11-24 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented reality display system for evaluation and correction of neurological disorders, including disorders of visual processing and perception
US10444509B2 (en) * 2016-06-27 2019-10-15 Daqri, Llc Near eye diffractive holographic projection method
US10366536B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-07-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Infinite far-field depth perception for near-field objects in virtual environments
AU2017291131B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2022-03-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Estimating pose in 3D space
CN107561697B (en) * 2016-07-01 2019-04-30 成都理想境界科技有限公司 Near-eye display system, virtual reality device and augmented reality equipment
CN107561698A (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-09 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of near-eye display system, virtual reality device and augmented reality equipment
CN107561700A (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-09 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of near-eye display system, virtual reality device and augmented reality equipment
CN107562181B (en) * 2016-07-01 2020-01-31 成都理想境界科技有限公司 Near-to-eye display system, virtual reality equipment and augmented reality equipment
US10649209B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2020-05-12 Daqri Llc Optical combiner apparatus
CN109690387B (en) * 2016-07-13 2022-11-01 视瑞尔技术公司 Display device
JP6917444B2 (en) 2016-07-14 2021-08-11 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Iris boundary estimation using corneal curvature
KR102648770B1 (en) 2016-07-14 2024-03-15 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Deep neural network for iris identification
US10877210B2 (en) * 2016-07-15 2020-12-29 Light Field Lab, Inc. Energy propagation and transverse anderson localization with two-dimensional, light field and holographic relays
US10152122B2 (en) 2016-07-18 2018-12-11 Tobii Ab Foveated rendering
CN106201213A (en) * 2016-07-19 2016-12-07 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 The control method of a kind of virtual reality focus and terminal
KR102461953B1 (en) * 2016-07-25 2022-10-31 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Imaging modification, display and visualization using augmented reality and virtual reality eyewear
JP6992046B2 (en) * 2016-07-25 2022-01-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Lightfield processor system
US10277874B2 (en) 2016-07-27 2019-04-30 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for laser projectors
US10241244B2 (en) 2016-07-29 2019-03-26 Lumentum Operations Llc Thin film total internal reflection diffraction grating for single polarization or dual polarization
IL294128B2 (en) 2016-07-29 2024-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Secure exchange of cryptographically signed records
AU2017305249B2 (en) 2016-08-01 2021-07-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Mixed reality system with spatialized audio
KR102626821B1 (en) 2016-08-02 2024-01-18 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Fixed-distance virtual and augmented reality systems and methods
EP3497676B1 (en) 2016-08-11 2024-07-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Automatic placement of a virtual object in a three-dimensional space
US10185153B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2019-01-22 Avegant Corp. Orthogonal optical path length extender
US10057488B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2018-08-21 Avegant Corp. Image capture with digital light path length modulation
US10401639B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2019-09-03 Avegant Corp. Method and apparatus for an optical path length extender
US10379388B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2019-08-13 Avegant Corp. Digital light path length modulation systems
US10516879B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2019-12-24 Avegant Corp. Binocular display with digital light path length modulation
US10187634B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2019-01-22 Avegant Corp. Near-eye display system including a modulation stack
US10607609B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2020-03-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Word flow annotation
US10809546B2 (en) 2016-08-12 2020-10-20 Avegant Corp. Digital light path length modulation
WO2018027326A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for variable luminance in wearable heads-up displays
WO2018039269A1 (en) 2016-08-22 2018-03-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality display device with deep learning sensors
JP6813666B2 (en) * 2016-08-22 2021-01-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Multi-layer diffraction eyepiece
KR102634343B1 (en) 2016-08-22 2024-02-05 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Virtual, augmented, and mixed reality systems and methods
US10255714B2 (en) 2016-08-24 2019-04-09 Disney Enterprises, Inc. System and method of gaze predictive rendering of a focal area of an animation
US20180061084A1 (en) * 2016-08-24 2018-03-01 Disney Enterprises, Inc. System and method of bandwidth-sensitive rendering of a focal area of an animation
KR101894555B1 (en) * 2016-09-07 2018-10-04 주식회사 레티널 Reflecting lens module
CN113467093B (en) 2016-09-07 2023-09-22 奇跃公司 Virtual reality, augmented reality, and mixed reality systems including thick media and related methods
US9958749B2 (en) * 2016-09-12 2018-05-01 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Optical assemblies that are both brightly backlit and transparent for use in costumed characters
JP6798010B2 (en) 2016-09-13 2020-12-09 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッドMagic Leap,Inc. Sensory eyewear
CN109691141B (en) 2016-09-14 2022-04-29 奇跃公司 Spatialization audio system and method for rendering spatialization audio
CN107835288A (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-23 天津思博科科技发展有限公司 The interdynamic recreational apparatus realized using intelligent terminal
WO2018057660A2 (en) 2016-09-20 2018-03-29 Apple Inc. Augmented reality system
CA3037044A1 (en) * 2016-09-21 2018-03-29 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for optical systems with exit pupil expander
WO2018057910A1 (en) 2016-09-22 2018-03-29 Apple, Inc. Postponing the state change of an information affecting the graphical user interface until during the conditon of inattentiveness
US10330935B2 (en) 2016-09-22 2019-06-25 Apple Inc. Predictive, foveated virtual reality system
KR20210072157A (en) 2016-09-22 2021-06-16 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Augmented reality spectroscopy
JP2020509790A (en) 2016-09-23 2020-04-02 ノバサイト リミテッド Screening device and method
EP3516485A4 (en) 2016-09-26 2020-06-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Calibration of magnetic and optical sensors in a virtual reality or augmented reality display system
GB2554416A (en) 2016-09-26 2018-04-04 Design Led Ltd Illuminated eyewear device
US10976549B2 (en) 2016-09-28 2021-04-13 Magic Leap, Inc. Face model capture by a wearable device
RU2016138608A (en) 2016-09-29 2018-03-30 Мэджик Лип, Инк. NEURAL NETWORK FOR SEGMENTING THE EYE IMAGE AND ASSESSING THE QUALITY OF THE IMAGE
US10425636B2 (en) 2016-10-03 2019-09-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic detection and correction of binocular misalignment in a display device
WO2018067603A1 (en) 2016-10-04 2018-04-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Efficient data layouts for convolutional neural networks
IL295059A (en) 2016-10-05 2022-09-01 Magic Leap Inc Periocular test for mixed reality calibration
WO2018067801A1 (en) 2016-10-05 2018-04-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Surface modeling systems and methods
US10466479B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2019-11-05 Coretronic Corporation Head-mounted display apparatus and optical system
CA2992213C (en) 2016-10-09 2023-08-29 Yochay Danziger Aperture multiplier using a rectangular waveguide
JP6209662B1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2017-10-04 株式会社Qdレーザ Image projection device
EP4333428A3 (en) 2016-10-21 2024-05-22 Magic Leap, Inc. System and method for presenting image content on multiple depth planes by providing multiple intra-pupil parallax views
EP3312646A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-25 Thomson Licensing Device and method for shielding at least one sub-wavelength-scale object from an incident electromagnetic wave
EP3312660A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-25 Thomson Licensing Device for forming at least one tilted focused beam in the near zone, from incident electromagnetic waves
CN106371218B (en) * 2016-10-28 2019-05-24 苏州苏大维格光电科技股份有限公司 A kind of wear-type three-dimensional display apparatus
CN108024187A (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-11 苏州乐听电子科技有限公司 It is a kind of independently to debug the intelligent hearing aid tested and matched somebody with somebody
US10254542B2 (en) 2016-11-01 2019-04-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Holographic projector for a waveguide display
CN108007386B (en) * 2016-11-02 2021-04-20 光宝电子(广州)有限公司 Three-dimensional scanning method based on structured light and device and system thereof
US10274732B2 (en) 2016-11-04 2019-04-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Hologram focus accommodation
BR112018014673A2 (en) 2016-11-08 2018-12-11 Lumus Ltd. optical cutting edge light guide device and corresponding production methods
US10215987B2 (en) 2016-11-10 2019-02-26 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for astigmatism compensation in a wearable heads-up display
KR102555925B1 (en) 2016-11-10 2023-07-13 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Method and system for eye tracking using speckle patterns
EP3538946B1 (en) 2016-11-11 2023-02-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Periocular and audio synthesis of a full face image
US11960083B2 (en) 2016-11-15 2024-04-16 Creal Sa Near-eye sequential light-field projector with correct monocular depth cues
EP3542250A4 (en) 2016-11-15 2020-08-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Deep learning system for cuboid detection
CA3042554C (en) 2016-11-16 2023-07-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Multi-resolution display assembly for head-mounted display systems
IL294413B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2024-07-01 Magic Leap Inc Thermal management systems for wearable components
CN106657976B (en) * 2016-11-17 2019-06-11 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of visual range extension method, device and virtual reality glasses
JP7237830B2 (en) * 2016-11-18 2023-03-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Waveguide optical multiplexer using cross gratings
CN115685626A (en) 2016-11-18 2023-02-03 奇跃公司 Multilayer liquid crystal diffraction grating for redirecting light with a wide range of incident angles
US11067860B2 (en) * 2016-11-18 2021-07-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Liquid crystal diffractive devices with nano-scale pattern and methods of manufacturing the same
EP4152085A1 (en) * 2016-11-18 2023-03-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Spatially variable liquid crystal diffraction gratings
WO2018098436A1 (en) 2016-11-28 2018-05-31 Spy Eye, Llc Unobtrusive eye mounted display
US10509153B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2019-12-17 Akonia Holographics Llc Input coupling
CA3045046A1 (en) 2016-11-30 2018-06-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Method and system for high resolution digitized display
WO2018098579A1 (en) 2016-11-30 2018-06-07 Thalmic Labs Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for laser eye tracking in wearable heads-up displays
CN106780297B (en) * 2016-11-30 2019-10-25 天津大学 Image high registration accuracy method under scene and Varying Illumination
US20190278090A1 (en) * 2016-11-30 2019-09-12 Nova-Sight Ltd. Methods and devices for displaying image with changed field of view
CA3045014A1 (en) 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Projector with scanning array light engine
EP3548939A4 (en) 2016-12-02 2020-11-25 DigiLens Inc. Waveguide device with uniform output illumination
US10531220B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2020-01-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Distributed audio capturing techniques for virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), and mixed reality (MR) systems
CN116883628A (en) 2016-12-05 2023-10-13 奇跃公司 Wearable system and method for providing virtual remote control in mixed reality environment
US10310268B2 (en) 2016-12-06 2019-06-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Waveguides with peripheral side geometries to recycle light
KR20230144109A (en) 2016-12-08 2023-10-13 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Diffractive devices based on cholesteric liquid crystal
US9946075B1 (en) * 2016-12-08 2018-04-17 Darwin Hu See-through display glasses for virtual reality and augmented reality applications
US10353213B2 (en) * 2016-12-08 2019-07-16 Darwin Hu See-through display glasses for viewing 3D multimedia
JP7071363B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2022-05-18 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented reality and virtual reality eyewear, systems, and methods for delivering polarization and determining glucose levels.
JP7038713B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2022-03-18 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド 3D object rendering with detected features
KR102170123B1 (en) 2016-12-14 2020-10-26 주식회사 엘지화학 Waveguide having light shielding and manufacturing method for the same
US10895784B2 (en) * 2016-12-14 2021-01-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Patterning of liquid crystals using soft-imprint replication of surface alignment patterns
CN110959131A (en) * 2016-12-15 2020-04-03 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Wearable display optics using laser beam scanner
US11209586B2 (en) * 2016-12-15 2021-12-28 Fusao Ishii Ghost image elimination of doe using fourier optics method
US9977248B1 (en) 2016-12-21 2018-05-22 PhantaField, Inc. Augmented reality display system
US10930082B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-02-23 Pcms Holdings, Inc. Systems and methods for selecting spheres of relevance for presenting augmented reality information
US10371896B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2019-08-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Color separation in planar waveguides using dichroic filters
CN106599893B (en) * 2016-12-22 2020-01-24 深圳大学 Processing method and device for object deviating from recognition graph based on augmented reality
KR102524010B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2023-04-19 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Systems and methods for manipulating light from ambient light sources
US10663732B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-05-26 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for beam combining in wearable heads-up displays
WO2018122902A1 (en) * 2016-12-26 2018-07-05 マクセル株式会社 Image display device and image display method
US10746999B2 (en) 2016-12-28 2020-08-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Dual depth exit pupil expander
CN108254918B (en) * 2016-12-28 2021-10-26 精工爱普生株式会社 Optical element and display device
KR102630774B1 (en) 2016-12-29 2024-01-30 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Automatic control of wearable display device based on external conditions
US10650552B2 (en) 2016-12-29 2020-05-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented reality
US10209520B2 (en) * 2016-12-30 2019-02-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Near eye display multi-component dimming system
CN106713882A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-24 中国科学院苏州生物医学工程技术研究所 Photostimulation visual restoration device and photostimulation visual imaging method
EP3343267B1 (en) 2016-12-30 2024-01-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Polychromatic light out-coupling apparatus, near-eye displays comprising the same, and method of out-coupling polychromatic light
US11022939B2 (en) * 2017-01-03 2021-06-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Reduced bandwidth holographic near-eye display
USD864959S1 (en) 2017-01-04 2019-10-29 Mentor Acquisition One, Llc Computer glasses
EP4122897A1 (en) 2017-01-05 2023-01-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Patterning of high refractive index glasses by plasma etching
WO2018129398A1 (en) 2017-01-05 2018-07-12 Digilens, Inc. Wearable heads up displays
KR101894955B1 (en) 2017-01-05 2018-09-05 주식회사 미디어프론트 Live social media system for using virtual human awareness and real-time synthesis technology, server for augmented synthesis
US10481678B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2019-11-19 Daqri Llc Interface-based modeling and design of three dimensional spaces using two dimensional representations
US20180197624A1 (en) 2017-01-11 2018-07-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Medical assistant
CN108303804A (en) * 2017-01-12 2018-07-20 北京维信诺光电技术有限公司 3d glasses
TWI629506B (en) * 2017-01-16 2018-07-11 國立台灣大學 Stereoscopic video see-through augmented reality device with vergence control and gaze stabilization, head-mounted display and method for near-field augmented reality application
US10409066B2 (en) 2017-01-19 2019-09-10 Coretronic Corporation Head-mounted display device with waveguide elements
CN110431470B (en) * 2017-01-19 2022-03-01 脸谱科技有限责任公司 Focal plane display
IL268135B2 (en) 2017-01-23 2024-03-01 Magic Leap Inc Eyepiece for virtual, augmented, or mixed reality systems
US10812936B2 (en) 2017-01-23 2020-10-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Localization determination for mixed reality systems
US10718951B2 (en) 2017-01-25 2020-07-21 North Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for beam combining in laser projectors
WO2018140502A1 (en) 2017-01-27 2018-08-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Antireflection coatings for metasurfaces
JP7142015B2 (en) * 2017-01-27 2022-09-26 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Diffraction gratings formed by metasurfaces with differently directed nanobeams
EP3574360B1 (en) 2017-01-28 2024-07-10 Lumus Ltd. Augmented reality imaging system
US10303211B2 (en) * 2017-02-01 2019-05-28 Facebook Technologies, Llc Two part cone display using flexible substrates
US9983412B1 (en) 2017-02-02 2018-05-29 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Wide field of view augmented reality see through head mountable display with distance accommodation
US10410566B1 (en) * 2017-02-06 2019-09-10 Andrew Kerdemelidis Head mounted virtual reality display system and method
US10904514B2 (en) 2017-02-09 2021-01-26 Facebook Technologies, Llc Polarization illumination using acousto-optic structured light in 3D depth sensing
WO2018147811A1 (en) * 2017-02-12 2018-08-16 Lemnis Technologies Pte. Ltd. Methods, devices and systems for focus adjustment of displays
US11016292B2 (en) 2017-02-15 2021-05-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Projector architecture incorporating artifact mitigation
US11347054B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2022-05-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented reality
CN110383139A (en) * 2017-02-17 2019-10-25 康尼柴克斯 Method and system for displaying images
US10485420B2 (en) * 2017-02-17 2019-11-26 Analog Devices Global Unlimited Company Eye gaze tracking
CN110268448B (en) 2017-02-20 2023-11-24 交互数字Vc控股公司 Dynamically presenting augmented reality information to reduce peak cognitive demands
JP7027856B2 (en) * 2017-02-21 2022-03-02 株式会社リコー Display devices and equipment
WO2018154576A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Lumus Ltd. Light guide optical assembly
JP7158395B2 (en) 2017-02-23 2022-10-21 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Variable focus imaging device based on polarization conversion
CN106980983A (en) 2017-02-23 2017-07-25 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Service authentication method and device based on virtual reality scenario
JP6774603B2 (en) * 2017-03-06 2020-10-28 株式会社Jvcケンウッド Laser light irradiation detection device, laser light irradiation detection method, laser light irradiation detection system
EP3593183B1 (en) 2017-03-07 2022-02-16 Apple Inc. Head-mounted display system
AU2018231083B2 (en) * 2017-03-09 2023-03-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Head-mounted light field display with integral imaging and waveguide prism
US12078802B2 (en) 2017-03-09 2024-09-03 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Head-mounted light field display with integral imaging and relay optics
CN107452031B (en) * 2017-03-09 2020-06-26 叠境数字科技(上海)有限公司 Virtual ray tracking method and light field dynamic refocusing display system
CN110402350B (en) 2017-03-14 2022-05-24 奇跃公司 Waveguide having light absorbing film and method of forming the same
US10502948B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2019-12-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Techniques for improving a fiber scanning system
IL251189A0 (en) 2017-03-15 2017-06-29 Ophir Yoav Gradual transitioning between two-dimensional and theree-dimensional augmented reality images
CN110392844B (en) * 2017-03-16 2024-03-12 特里纳米克斯股份有限公司 Detector for optically detecting at least one object
AU2018234921B2 (en) 2017-03-17 2021-10-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Mixed reality system with color virtual content warping and method of generating virtual content using same
CN110419061B (en) 2017-03-17 2023-09-29 奇跃公司 Mixed reality system and method for generating virtual content using the same
US10769752B2 (en) 2017-03-17 2020-09-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Mixed reality system with virtual content warping and method of generating virtual content using same
CA3055597A1 (en) 2017-03-17 2018-09-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Room layout estimation methods and techniques
EP3602173A4 (en) 2017-03-21 2021-01-13 Magic Leap, Inc. Stacked waveguides having different diffraction gratings for combined field of view
US11079603B2 (en) * 2017-03-21 2021-08-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Display system with spatial light modulator illumination for divided pupils
CN113568508B (en) 2017-03-21 2024-07-26 奇跃公司 Depth sensing techniques for virtual, augmented and mixed reality systems
AU2018239525A1 (en) 2017-03-21 2019-10-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods, devices, and systems for illuminating spatial light modulators
CN114326278A (en) * 2017-03-21 2022-04-12 奇跃公司 Method and system for fiber scanning projector
IL301719B1 (en) * 2017-03-21 2024-08-01 Magic Leap Inc Method and system for tracking eye movement in conjunction with a light scanning projector
KR102576133B1 (en) 2017-03-21 2023-09-07 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Eye-imaging device using diffractive optical elements
IL269289B2 (en) * 2017-03-21 2024-10-01 Magic Leap Inc Low-profile beam splitter
TWI751262B (en) 2017-03-22 2022-01-01 以色列商魯姆斯有限公司 Overlapping facets
IL300511A (en) 2017-03-22 2023-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Depth based foveated rendering for display systems
IL269103B2 (en) * 2017-03-22 2024-07-01 Magic Leap Inc Dynamic field of view variable focus display system
US10748333B2 (en) 2017-03-23 2020-08-18 Nvidia Corporation Finite aperture omni-directional stereo light transport
US10277943B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2019-04-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Selective rendering of sparse peripheral displays based on user movements
US10216260B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2019-02-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Selective rendering of sparse peripheral displays based on element saliency
JP7175281B2 (en) * 2017-03-28 2022-11-18 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented reality system with spatialized audio associated with user-scanned virtual objects
CN106959514B (en) * 2017-03-29 2021-09-14 联想(北京)有限公司 Head-mounted equipment
EP3602182A1 (en) 2017-03-31 2020-02-05 Universiteit Gent Integrated near-eye display
CN106933022A (en) * 2017-04-01 2017-07-07 深圳优立全息科技有限公司 A kind of virtual reality Interactive Experience device
DE102017107346A1 (en) * 2017-04-05 2018-10-11 Carl Zeiss Ag Device for power supply of and / or communication with an eye implant by means of illumination radiation
IL251645B (en) 2017-04-06 2018-08-30 Lumus Ltd Light-guide optical element and method of its manufacture
WO2018184718A1 (en) * 2017-04-06 2018-10-11 Konstantin Roggatz Augmented reality (ar) glasses and method for mixing virtual images into an image visible to a wearer of the glasses through at least one glasses lens
EP3385219B1 (en) 2017-04-07 2021-07-14 InterDigital CE Patent Holdings Method for manufacturing a device for forming at least one focused beam in a near zone
KR102629577B1 (en) 2017-04-18 2024-01-24 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Waveguides having reflective layers formed by reflective flowable materials
CN113608617A (en) 2017-04-19 2021-11-05 奇跃公司 Multi-modal task execution and text editing for wearable systems
CN107123096B (en) * 2017-04-20 2018-11-06 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method for displaying image and device in VR equipment and VR equipment
US11474354B2 (en) * 2017-04-25 2022-10-18 Ati Technologies Ulc Display pacing in multi-head mounted display virtual reality configurations
IL310727A (en) 2017-04-27 2024-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Light-emitting user input device
CN110573992B (en) * 2017-04-27 2023-07-18 西门子股份公司 Editing augmented reality experiences using augmented reality and virtual reality
US10854146B1 (en) * 2017-04-28 2020-12-01 Cloudminds (Shenzhen) Robotics Systems Co., Ltd. Directional optical waveguide, directional backlight module, and display device
US10409074B2 (en) 2017-05-03 2019-09-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Near-to-eye display with steerable phased arrays
US10412378B2 (en) 2017-05-08 2019-09-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resonating optical waveguide using multiple diffractive optical elements
US10386923B2 (en) 2017-05-08 2019-08-20 International Business Machines Corporation Authenticating users and improving virtual reality experiences via ocular scans and pupillometry
US20200201038A1 (en) * 2017-05-15 2020-06-25 Real View Imaging Ltd. System with multiple displays and methods of use
CN108873326A (en) 2017-05-16 2018-11-23 中强光电股份有限公司 Head-mounted display apparatus
IL270459B2 (en) * 2017-05-16 2024-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Systems and methods for mixed reality
EP3625658B1 (en) 2017-05-19 2024-10-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Keyboards for virtual, augmented, and mixed reality display systems
WO2018211074A1 (en) * 2017-05-19 2018-11-22 Seereal Technologies S.A. Display device comprising a light guide
IL294143B2 (en) 2017-05-22 2023-12-01 Magic Leap Inc Pairing with companion device
US10855977B2 (en) * 2017-05-26 2020-12-01 Google Llc Near-eye display with extended accommodation range adjustment
WO2018215834A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Spectrum Optix, Inc. Reflective truncated ball imaging system
US10764552B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2020-09-01 Google Llc Near-eye display with sparse sampling super-resolution
US10222615B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-03-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical waveguide with coherent light source
EP3631559A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2020-04-08 Google LLC Near-eye display with sparse sampling super-resolution
US10869517B1 (en) 2017-05-28 2020-12-22 Nexus House LLC Folding hat with integrated display system
WO2018222618A1 (en) 2017-05-30 2018-12-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Power supply assembly with fan assembly for electronic device
EP3631567B1 (en) 2017-05-31 2022-09-21 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye tracking calibration techniques
CN108984075B (en) * 2017-05-31 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Display mode switching method and device and terminal
US10613413B1 (en) 2017-05-31 2020-04-07 Facebook Technologies, Llc Ultra-wide field-of-view scanning devices for depth sensing
US11119353B2 (en) 2017-06-01 2021-09-14 E-Vision Smart Optics, Inc. Switchable micro-lens array for augmented reality and mixed reality
US10921613B2 (en) * 2017-06-01 2021-02-16 NewSight Reality, Inc. Near eye display and related computer-implemented software and firmware
US10634921B2 (en) * 2017-06-01 2020-04-28 NewSight Reality, Inc. See-through near eye optical display
JP6812579B2 (en) * 2017-06-02 2021-01-13 アップル インコーポレイテッドApple Inc. Methods and devices for detecting planes and / or quadtrees for use as virtual substrates
US10409001B2 (en) 2017-06-05 2019-09-10 Applied Materials, Inc. Waveguide fabrication with sacrificial sidewall spacers
EP3639510A4 (en) * 2017-06-12 2021-03-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality display having multi-element adaptive lens for changing depth planes
KR102365726B1 (en) * 2017-06-13 2022-02-22 한국전자통신연구원 Method for providing composite image based on optical see-through and apparatus using the same
US10712567B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2020-07-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Holographic display system
CN107121787A (en) * 2017-06-16 2017-09-01 北京灵犀微光科技有限公司 three-dimensional imaging display device and method
EP3639042A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-04-22 Tektronix, Inc. Test and measurement devices, systems and methods associated with augmented reality
CN107065196B (en) * 2017-06-16 2019-03-15 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 A kind of augmented reality display device and augmented reality display methods
US11598971B2 (en) * 2017-06-21 2023-03-07 Fusao Ishii Image device with a compact homogenizer
US10181200B1 (en) 2017-06-28 2019-01-15 Facebook Technologies, Llc Circularly polarized illumination and detection for depth sensing
KR102314789B1 (en) * 2017-06-29 2021-10-20 에스케이텔레콤 주식회사 Apparatus for displaying augmented reality contents
US10908680B1 (en) 2017-07-12 2021-02-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Pose estimation using electromagnetic tracking
CN107219629B (en) * 2017-07-14 2021-01-08 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Method, storage medium and device for preventing VR device dispersion by RGB superposition
CN107277496B (en) * 2017-07-17 2019-05-10 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Nearly eye field display system and control circuit
RU2698919C2 (en) * 2017-07-18 2019-09-02 Святослав Иванович АРСЕНИЧ Stereo display (embodiments), video camera for stereoscopic shooting and method for stereoscopic images computer formation for such stereo display
TWI770234B (en) 2017-07-19 2022-07-11 以色列商魯姆斯有限公司 Lcos illumination via loe
US20190025602A1 (en) * 2017-07-20 2019-01-24 Google Llc Compact near-eye display optics for augmented reality
CN111133294B (en) * 2017-07-24 2024-05-24 宽腾矽公司 Photonic structure for light suppression
KR102461253B1 (en) * 2017-07-24 2022-10-31 삼성전자주식회사 Projection display apparatus including eye tracker
CN110914790A (en) 2017-07-26 2020-03-24 奇跃公司 Training neural networks using representations of user interface devices
US10578870B2 (en) 2017-07-26 2020-03-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Exit pupil expander
WO2019023489A1 (en) 2017-07-28 2019-01-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Fan assembly for displaying an image
US11122256B1 (en) 2017-08-07 2021-09-14 Apple Inc. Mixed reality system
EP3665013B1 (en) 2017-08-09 2021-12-29 Fathom Optics Inc. Manufacturing light field prints
CN107817471B (en) * 2017-08-11 2021-07-20 北京圣威特科技有限公司 Optical tracking method, device and system
CN107479705B (en) * 2017-08-14 2020-06-02 中国电子科技集团公司第二十八研究所 Command institute collaborative operation electronic sand table system based on HoloLens
CN107390365A (en) * 2017-08-18 2017-11-24 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of imaging device, augmented reality display device and imaging method
JP7231546B2 (en) 2017-08-23 2023-03-01 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging device
CN107644443B (en) * 2017-09-01 2020-07-28 北京七鑫易维信息技术有限公司 Parameter setting method and device in sight tracking equipment
US10521661B2 (en) 2017-09-01 2019-12-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Detailed eye shape model for robust biometric applications
US10574973B2 (en) 2017-09-06 2020-02-25 Facebook Technologies, Llc Non-mechanical beam steering for depth sensing
WO2019060283A1 (en) 2017-09-20 2019-03-28 Magic Leap, Inc. Personalized neural network for eye tracking
IL273397B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2024-09-01 Magic Leap Inc Augmented reality display with waveguide configured to capture images of eye and/or environment
US11857260B2 (en) * 2017-09-21 2024-01-02 Verily Life Sciences Llc Retinal cameras having movable optical stops
KR102481884B1 (en) 2017-09-22 2022-12-28 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for displaying a virtual image
CN111051938B (en) 2017-09-26 2022-11-25 苹果公司 Display with volume phase grating
EP3460561A1 (en) 2017-09-26 2019-03-27 Thomson Licensing Device for deviating and focusing light
US10890767B1 (en) 2017-09-27 2021-01-12 United Services Automobile Association (Usaa) System and method for automatic vision correction in near-to-eye displays
US11231581B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2022-01-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Near eye 3D display with separate phase and amplitude modulators
IL255049B (en) * 2017-10-16 2022-08-01 Oorym Optics Ltd Highly efficient compact head-mounted display system
US10867368B1 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-12-15 Apple Inc. Foveated image capture for power efficient video see-through
WO2019068304A1 (en) 2017-10-02 2019-04-11 CSEM Centre Suisse d'Electronique et de Microtechnique SA - Recherche et Développement Resonant waveguide grating and applications thereof
US10930709B2 (en) 2017-10-03 2021-02-23 Lockheed Martin Corporation Stacked transparent pixel structures for image sensors
US10788677B2 (en) * 2017-10-03 2020-09-29 Facebook Technologies, Llc Fresnel assembly for light redirection in eye tracking systems
WO2019072363A1 (en) 2017-10-09 2019-04-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Focus tunable optical system and multi-focal display device
KR20240056672A (en) 2017-10-11 2024-04-30 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Augmented reality display comprising eyepiece having a transparent emissive display
IL273734B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2024-11-01 Oorym Optics Ltd Highly Efficient Compact Head-Mounted Display System
US10551625B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2020-02-04 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated Laser homogenizing and beam shaping illumination optical system and method
CN116149058A (en) 2017-10-16 2023-05-23 迪吉伦斯公司 System and method for multiplying image resolution of pixellated display
EP3697297A4 (en) 2017-10-19 2020-12-16 Facebook Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying biological structures associated with neuromuscular source signals
US11300788B2 (en) 2017-10-23 2022-04-12 Google Llc Free space multiple laser diode modules
WO2019084189A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Gradient normalization systems and methods for adaptive loss balancing in deep multitask networks
JP7273034B2 (en) 2017-10-26 2023-05-12 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented reality display with liquid crystal variable focus element and roll-to-roll method and apparatus for forming same
KR102698364B1 (en) 2017-10-26 2024-08-23 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Wideband adaptive lens assembly for augmented reality displays
IL310847A (en) 2017-10-27 2024-04-01 Magic Leap Inc Virtual reticle for augmented reality systems
TW201917447A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-01 廣達電腦股份有限公司 Head-mounted display devices and methods for increasing color difference
KR102507626B1 (en) * 2017-10-31 2023-03-07 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Volumetric type 3-dimension display device
CN109344677B (en) * 2017-11-07 2021-01-15 长城汽车股份有限公司 Method, device, vehicle and storage medium for recognizing three-dimensional object
US10510812B2 (en) 2017-11-09 2019-12-17 Lockheed Martin Corporation Display-integrated infrared emitter and sensor structures
EP3710990A4 (en) 2017-11-14 2021-10-27 Magic Leap, Inc. Meta-learning for multi-task learning for neural networks
CN207965356U (en) * 2017-11-14 2018-10-12 塔普翊海(上海)智能科技有限公司 A kind of aobvious optical system of the see-through head of nearly eye
US20190146152A1 (en) * 2017-11-15 2019-05-16 Source Photonics (Chengdu) Company , Ltd. Waveguide Array Module and Receiver Optical Sub-Assembly
US10867407B2 (en) * 2017-11-15 2020-12-15 Magic Leap, Inc. System and methods for extrinsic calibration of cameras and diffractive optical elements
IL274484B2 (en) * 2017-11-22 2024-07-01 Magic Leap Inc Thermally actuated cantilevered beam optical scanner
KR102182768B1 (en) 2017-11-24 2020-11-25 주식회사 엘지화학 Waveguide having light shielding and manufacturing method for the same
WO2019104046A1 (en) * 2017-11-27 2019-05-31 University Of Central Florida Research Optical display system, method, and applications
KR102467882B1 (en) * 2017-11-28 2022-11-16 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Personal immersion display device and driving method thereof
CN109839742A (en) * 2017-11-29 2019-06-04 深圳市掌网科技股份有限公司 A kind of augmented reality device based on Eye-controlling focus
CN108012139B (en) * 2017-12-01 2019-11-29 北京理工大学 The image generating method and device shown applied to the nearly eye of the sense of reality
KR102005508B1 (en) * 2017-12-01 2019-07-30 김태경 Image display optical apparatus and image generation method thereof
KR102436730B1 (en) * 2017-12-06 2022-08-26 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for estimating parameter of virtual screen
KR102596429B1 (en) 2017-12-10 2023-10-30 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Anti-reflection coatings on optical waveguides
KR20240152954A (en) 2017-12-11 2024-10-22 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Waveguide illuminator
KR102601622B1 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-11-10 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Contextual rendering of virtual avatars
EP3724713A4 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-08-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Enhanced pose determination for display device
JP7407111B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2023-12-28 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Eyepiece for augmented reality display system
DE102017130344A1 (en) 2017-12-18 2019-06-19 Carl Zeiss Ag Optical system for transmitting a source image
WO2019126331A1 (en) 2017-12-20 2019-06-27 Magic Leap, Inc. Insert for augmented reality viewing device
US10768431B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2020-09-08 Aperture In Motion, LLC Light control devices and methods for regional variation of visual information and sampling
US10175490B1 (en) 2017-12-20 2019-01-08 Aperture In Motion, LLC Light control devices and methods for regional variation of visual information and sampling
US10845594B1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-11-24 Facebook Technologies, Llc Prism based light redirection system for eye tracking systems
CN108267856A (en) * 2017-12-21 2018-07-10 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of augmented reality wears display equipment
CN108072978A (en) * 2017-12-21 2018-05-25 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of augmented reality wears display device
CN108294739B (en) * 2017-12-27 2021-02-09 苏州创捷传媒展览股份有限公司 Method and device for testing user experience
US10506220B2 (en) 2018-01-02 2019-12-10 Lumus Ltd. Augmented reality displays with active alignment and corresponding methods
KR102689506B1 (en) 2018-01-04 2024-07-29 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Optical elements based on polymer structures containing inorganic materials
US10914950B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2021-02-09 Digilens Inc. Waveguide architectures and related methods of manufacturing
KR20200108030A (en) 2018-01-08 2020-09-16 디지렌즈 인코포레이티드. System and method for high throughput recording of holographic gratings in waveguide cells
WO2019135837A1 (en) 2018-01-08 2019-07-11 Digilens, Inc. Systems and methods for manufacturing waveguide cells
WO2019143844A1 (en) 2018-01-17 2019-07-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye center of rotation determination, depth plane selection, and render camera positioning in display systems
EP4339692A3 (en) * 2018-01-17 2024-06-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Display systems and methods for determining registration between a display and a user's eyes
US10477186B2 (en) * 2018-01-17 2019-11-12 Nextvr Inc. Methods and apparatus for calibrating and/or adjusting the arrangement of cameras in a camera pair
CN111869205B (en) * 2018-01-19 2022-06-10 Pcms控股公司 Multiple focal planes with varying positions
US10551544B2 (en) 2018-01-21 2020-02-04 Lumus Ltd. Light-guide optical element with multiple-axis internal aperture expansion
US10942355B2 (en) 2018-01-22 2021-03-09 Facebook Technologies, Llc Systems, devices, and methods for tiled multi-monochromatic displays
US10739595B2 (en) * 2018-01-22 2020-08-11 Facebook Technologies, Llc Application specific integrated circuit for waveguide display
US11907423B2 (en) 2019-11-25 2024-02-20 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Systems and methods for contextualized interactions with an environment
US11961494B1 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-04-16 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Electromagnetic interference reduction in extended reality environments
US11567627B2 (en) 2018-01-30 2023-01-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Eclipse cursor for virtual content in mixed reality displays
US10540941B2 (en) 2018-01-30 2020-01-21 Magic Leap, Inc. Eclipse cursor for mixed reality displays
JP7100333B2 (en) * 2018-02-02 2022-07-13 Fairy Devices株式会社 Optical scanning image display device
US10673414B2 (en) 2018-02-05 2020-06-02 Tectus Corporation Adaptive tuning of a contact lens
CN108366250B (en) * 2018-02-06 2020-03-17 深圳市鹰硕技术有限公司 Image display system, method and digital glasses
KR102689931B1 (en) 2018-02-06 2024-07-29 매직 립, 인코포레이티드 Systems and methods for augmented reality
US10652529B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-05-12 Lockheed Martin Corporation In-layer Signal processing
US10951883B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2021-03-16 Lockheed Martin Corporation Distributed multi-screen array for high density display
US10838250B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-11-17 Lockheed Martin Corporation Display assemblies with electronically emulated transparency
US10594951B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-03-17 Lockheed Martin Corporation Distributed multi-aperture camera array
US10690910B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-06-23 Lockheed Martin Corporation Plenoptic cellular vision correction
US10979699B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2021-04-13 Lockheed Martin Corporation Plenoptic cellular imaging system
US11616941B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2023-03-28 Lockheed Martin Corporation Direct camera-to-display system
US10129984B1 (en) 2018-02-07 2018-11-13 Lockheed Martin Corporation Three-dimensional electronics distribution by geodesic faceting
EP3729176A4 (en) 2018-02-09 2021-09-22 Vuzix Corporation Image light guide with circular polarizer
US10488666B2 (en) 2018-02-10 2019-11-26 Daqri, Llc Optical waveguide devices, methods and systems incorporating same
US10735649B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2020-08-04 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods using display system control information embedded in image data
CN108537111A (en) * 2018-02-26 2018-09-14 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 A kind of method, apparatus and equipment of In vivo detection
JP7342008B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-09-11 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Mesh mates for virtual avatars
JP7355748B2 (en) 2018-02-28 2023-10-03 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Head scan alignment using eye alignment
US10866426B2 (en) 2018-02-28 2020-12-15 Apple Inc. Scanning mirror display devices
US20210364817A1 (en) * 2018-03-05 2021-11-25 Carnegie Mellon University Display system for rendering a scene with multiple focal planes
CN111819487A (en) 2018-03-05 2020-10-23 奇跃公司 Display system with low-delay pupil tracker
US10802285B2 (en) 2018-03-05 2020-10-13 Invensas Corporation Remote optical engine for virtual reality or augmented reality headsets
WO2019173524A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Visual tracking of peripheral devices
CA3090818A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Adaptive lens assemblies including polarization-selective lens stacks for augmented reality display
AU2019236460B2 (en) 2018-03-12 2024-10-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Tilting array based display
US10878620B2 (en) 2018-03-14 2020-12-29 Magic Leap, Inc. Display systems and methods for clipping content to increase viewing comfort
KR102486664B1 (en) 2018-03-14 2023-01-10 주식회사 엘지화학 Module of diffractive light guide plate
WO2019177870A1 (en) 2018-03-15 2019-09-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Animating virtual avatar facial movements
US10755676B2 (en) 2018-03-15 2020-08-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Image correction due to deformation of components of a viewing device
JP7235146B2 (en) * 2018-03-16 2023-03-08 株式会社リコー Head-mounted display and display system
USD878420S1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2020-03-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Display panel or portion thereof with a transitional mixed reality graphical user interface
CN112136094A (en) 2018-03-16 2020-12-25 奇跃公司 Depth-based foveated rendering for display systems
JP7027987B2 (en) * 2018-03-16 2022-03-02 株式会社リコー Head-mounted display device and display system
WO2019178614A1 (en) 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Digilens Inc. Holographic waveguides incorporating birefringence control and methods for their fabrication
WO2019177869A1 (en) 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Facial expressions from eye-tracking cameras
US11480467B2 (en) 2018-03-21 2022-10-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality system and method for spectroscopic analysis
CN110297324B (en) * 2018-03-21 2021-08-03 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device and vehicle
RU2748645C1 (en) * 2018-03-22 2021-05-28 Сэн-Гобэн Гласс Франс Projection system for windshield indicator (wsi) with areas of p-polarized light
US11477434B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2022-10-18 Pcms Holdings, Inc. Multifocal plane based method to produce stereoscopic viewpoints in a DIBR system (MFP-DIBR)
US20210041693A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2021-02-11 Sony Corporation Information detection apparatus, video projection apparatus, information detection method, and video projection method
CN108810519A (en) * 2018-03-26 2018-11-13 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of 3D rendering display equipment
CN112166367A (en) 2018-03-26 2021-01-01 Adlens有限公司 Improvements in or relating to augmented reality display units and augmented reality headsets including the same
FI128552B (en) * 2018-03-28 2020-07-31 Dispelix Oy Waveguide display element with reflector surface
JPWO2019187592A1 (en) * 2018-03-29 2021-05-20 ソニーグループ株式会社 Information processing equipment, information processing methods and programs
US20190045174A1 (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-02-07 Intel Corporation Extended depth of focus integral displays
CN108398791B (en) * 2018-03-29 2022-11-25 陈超平 Near-to-eye display device based on polarized contact lenses
EP3776029A4 (en) 2018-04-02 2022-06-29 Magic Leap, Inc. Hybrid polymer waveguide and methods for making the same
JP7349445B2 (en) * 2018-04-02 2023-09-22 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Waveguides with integrated optical elements and methods for making the same
WO2019195193A1 (en) 2018-04-02 2019-10-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Waveguides having integrated spacers, waveguides having edge absorbers, and methods for making the same
WO2019195390A1 (en) 2018-04-03 2019-10-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Waveguide display with cantilevered light scanner
EP3762762B1 (en) 2018-04-03 2023-05-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Display device for head-mounting and display method
US10690922B2 (en) * 2018-04-13 2020-06-23 Facebook Technologies, Llc Super-resolution scanning display for near-eye displays
US11048082B1 (en) 2018-04-13 2021-06-29 Apple Inc. Wireless bandwidth reduction with display data interleaving
WO2019204164A1 (en) 2018-04-16 2019-10-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for cross-application authoring, transfer, and evaluation of rigging control systems for virtual characters
US11067805B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-07-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for operating a display system based on user perceptibility
FI129306B (en) 2018-04-19 2021-11-30 Dispelix Oy Diffractive exit pupil expander arrangement for display applications
CN108333781B (en) * 2018-04-20 2023-10-27 深圳创维新世界科技有限公司 Near-to-eye display system
CN108333780A (en) * 2018-04-20 2018-07-27 深圳创维新世界科技有限公司 Near-eye display system
US10505394B2 (en) 2018-04-21 2019-12-10 Tectus Corporation Power generation necklaces that mitigate energy absorption in the human body
US10318811B1 (en) * 2018-04-22 2019-06-11 Bubbler International Llc Methods and systems for detecting objects by non-visible radio frequencies and displaying associated augmented reality effects
WO2019209431A1 (en) 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Avatar facial expression representation in multidimensional space
US10838239B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2020-11-17 Tectus Corporation Multi-coil field generation in an electronic contact lens system
US10895762B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2021-01-19 Tectus Corporation Multi-coil field generation in an electronic contact lens system
WO2019212698A1 (en) 2018-05-01 2019-11-07 Magic Leap, Inc. Avatar animation using markov decision process policies
US10295723B1 (en) * 2018-05-01 2019-05-21 Facebook Technologies, Llc 2D pupil expander using holographic Bragg grating
US11308673B2 (en) 2018-05-03 2022-04-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Using three-dimensional scans of a physical subject to determine positions and/or orientations of skeletal joints in the rigging for a virtual character
US10783230B2 (en) 2018-05-09 2020-09-22 Shape Matrix Geometric Instruments, LLC Methods and apparatus for encoding passwords or other information
US10747309B2 (en) * 2018-05-10 2020-08-18 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Reconfigurable optics for switching between near-to-eye display modes
EP3625617B1 (en) 2018-05-14 2023-09-06 Lumus Ltd. Projector configuration with subdivided optical aperture for near-eye displays, and corresponding optical systems
WO2019222215A1 (en) * 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Micromachined waveguide and methods of making and using
CN112236711A (en) * 2018-05-17 2021-01-15 诺基亚技术有限公司 Apparatus and method for image display
IL278511B1 (en) 2018-05-17 2024-09-01 Lumus Ltd Near-eye display having overlapping projector assemblies
JP7328993B2 (en) 2018-05-17 2023-08-17 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Gradient Adversarial Training of Neural Networks
CN108508616B (en) * 2018-05-17 2024-04-16 成都工业学院 3D display system and 3D display device
JP7079146B2 (en) * 2018-05-18 2022-06-01 シャープ株式会社 3D display device
US10790700B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2020-09-29 Tectus Corporation Power generation necklaces with field shaping systems
US11282255B2 (en) 2018-05-21 2022-03-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Generating textured polygon strip hair from strand-based hair for a virtual character
US11210835B2 (en) 2018-05-22 2021-12-28 Magic Leap, Inc. Computer generated hair groom transfer tool
IL259518B2 (en) 2018-05-22 2023-04-01 Lumus Ltd Optical system and method for improvement of light field uniformity
JP7516260B2 (en) 2018-05-22 2024-07-16 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド A skeletal system for animating virtual avatars
CN112424727A (en) 2018-05-22 2021-02-26 奇跃公司 Cross-modal input fusion for wearable systems
AU2019274687B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2023-05-11 Lumus Ltd. Optical system including light-guide optical element with partially-reflective internal surfaces
US11625864B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2023-04-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Compression of dynamic unstructured point clouds
KR102558106B1 (en) * 2018-05-30 2023-07-21 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Display panel, display device and virtual reality/augmented reality device
CN112236713B (en) * 2018-05-30 2023-01-24 奇跃公司 Compact variable focus configuration
CN110554593B (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-01-26 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Holographic optical element, manufacturing method thereof, image reconstruction method and augmented reality glasses
CN112601975B (en) 2018-05-31 2024-09-06 奇跃公司 Radar head pose positioning
WO2019232075A1 (en) 2018-06-01 2019-12-05 Magic Leap, Inc. Compression of dynamic unstructured point clouds
US10825424B2 (en) 2018-06-05 2020-11-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Homography transformation matrices based temperature calibration of a viewing system
US11157159B2 (en) 2018-06-07 2021-10-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality scrollbar
US11092812B2 (en) 2018-06-08 2021-08-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality viewer with automated surface selection placement and content orientation placement
JP7336470B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2023-08-31 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Wide-field polarization switch using liquid crystal optical element with pretilt angle
CN112272789B (en) * 2018-06-15 2022-10-04 大陆汽车有限责任公司 Device for generating virtual images with variable projection distance
US12007652B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-06-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Wide field-of-view polarization switches and methods of fabricating liquid crystal optical elements with pretilt
WO2019246129A2 (en) 2018-06-18 2019-12-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented reality display with frame modulation functionality
WO2019246058A1 (en) 2018-06-18 2019-12-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for temporarily disabling user control interfaces during attachment of an electronic device
WO2019246044A1 (en) 2018-06-18 2019-12-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Head-mounted display systems with power saving functionality
WO2020005757A1 (en) 2018-06-26 2020-01-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Waypoint creation in map detection
US11415812B2 (en) 2018-06-26 2022-08-16 Lumus Ltd. Compact collimating optical device and system
CN108932058B (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-05-18 联想(北京)有限公司 Display method and device and electronic equipment
WO2020010097A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Pixel intensity modulation using modifying gain values
CN112602090A (en) 2018-07-02 2021-04-02 奇跃公司 Method and system for interpolating different inputs
WO2020010226A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for virtual and augmented reality
US11856479B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2023-12-26 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for virtual and augmented reality along a route with markers
EP4462289A2 (en) 2018-07-05 2024-11-13 Magic Leap, Inc. Waveguide-based illumination for head mounted display system
CN118158376A (en) 2018-07-05 2024-06-07 Pcms控股公司 Method and system for near-eye focal plane overlay
CN109001907A (en) * 2018-07-06 2018-12-14 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of high-resolution display module
US11302156B1 (en) * 2018-07-06 2022-04-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. User interfaces associated with device applications
US11624937B2 (en) 2018-07-07 2023-04-11 Acucela Inc. Device to prevent retinal hypoxia
WO2020014038A2 (en) * 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Pure Depth Inc. Ghost multi-layer and single layer display systems
WO2020014700A1 (en) 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for display binocular deformation compensation
US11137622B2 (en) 2018-07-15 2021-10-05 Tectus Corporation Eye-mounted displays including embedded conductive coils
WO2020018938A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2020-01-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Content interaction driven by eye metrics
EP3827300A4 (en) 2018-07-23 2021-09-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Method and system for resolving hemisphere ambiguity using a position vector
KR102578653B1 (en) * 2018-07-23 2023-09-15 삼성전자 주식회사 Electronic device capable of providing multi focus to light of display
WO2020023383A1 (en) 2018-07-23 2020-01-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Mixed reality system with virtual content warping and method of generating virtual content using same
JP7562504B2 (en) 2018-07-23 2024-10-07 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Deep Predictor Recurrent Neural Networks for Head Pose Prediction
US11145127B2 (en) 2018-07-23 2021-10-12 Magic Leap, Inc. System and method for mapping
EP3827584A4 (en) 2018-07-23 2021-09-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Intra-field sub code timing in field sequential displays
US11627587B2 (en) 2018-07-23 2023-04-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Coexistence interference avoidance between two different radios operating in the same band
US11624929B2 (en) 2018-07-24 2023-04-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Viewing device with dust seal integration
CN112689869A (en) 2018-07-24 2021-04-20 奇跃公司 Display system and method for determining registration between a display and an eye of a user
USD930614S1 (en) 2018-07-24 2021-09-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Totem controller having an illumination region
WO2020023582A1 (en) 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for determining and/or evaluating localizing maps of image display devices
EP3827224B1 (en) 2018-07-24 2023-09-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Temperature dependent calibration of movement detection devices
USD924204S1 (en) 2018-07-24 2021-07-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Totem controller having an illumination region
USD918176S1 (en) 2018-07-24 2021-05-04 Magic Leap, Inc. Totem controller having an illumination region
JP7456995B2 (en) 2018-07-24 2024-03-27 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Display system and method for determining vertical alignment between left and right displays and a user's eyes
US12099386B2 (en) 2018-07-24 2024-09-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Thermal management system for electronic device
EP3827294A4 (en) 2018-07-24 2022-04-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Diffractive optical elements with mitigation of rebounce-induced light loss and related systems and methods
WO2020023531A1 (en) 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for corner detection
WO2020023404A1 (en) 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Flicker mitigation when toggling eyepiece display illumination in augmented reality systems
CN108919492B (en) * 2018-07-25 2021-05-07 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Near-to-eye display device, system and display method
US11402801B2 (en) 2018-07-25 2022-08-02 Digilens Inc. Systems and methods for fabricating a multilayer optical structure
US10950024B2 (en) 2018-07-27 2021-03-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Pose space dimensionality reduction for pose space deformation of a virtual character
CN109116577B (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-10-20 杭州光粒科技有限公司 Holographic contact lens and application thereof
EP3830636A4 (en) 2018-07-30 2022-04-13 Acucela Inc. Optical designs of electronic contact lens to decrease myopia progression
US11353767B2 (en) * 2018-07-30 2022-06-07 Facebook Technologies, Llc Varifocal system using hybrid tunable liquid crystal lenses
US10712837B1 (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-07-14 David Douglas Using geo-registered tools to manipulate three-dimensional medical images
JP7401519B2 (en) 2018-08-02 2023-12-19 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Visual recognition system with interpupillary distance compensation based on head motion
US11468640B2 (en) 2018-08-03 2022-10-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Depth plane selection for multi-depth plane display systems by user categorization
EP3830631A4 (en) 2018-08-03 2021-10-27 Magic Leap, Inc. Unfused pose-based drift correction of a fused pose of a totem in a user interaction system
US10955677B1 (en) 2018-08-06 2021-03-23 Apple Inc. Scene camera
CN108965857A (en) * 2018-08-09 2018-12-07 张家港康得新光电材料有限公司 A kind of stereo display method and device, wearable stereoscopic display
CN110825280A (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-21 北京微播视界科技有限公司 Method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium for controlling position movement of virtual object
US10778963B2 (en) 2018-08-10 2020-09-15 Valve Corporation Head-mounted display (HMD) with spatially-varying retarder optics
US10996463B2 (en) 2018-08-10 2021-05-04 Valve Corporation Head-mounted display (HMD) with spatially-varying retarder optics
US10957112B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2021-03-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system
US11227435B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2022-01-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system
KR102605397B1 (en) * 2018-08-20 2023-11-24 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Device for providing augmented reality
EP3840645A4 (en) 2018-08-22 2021-10-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Patient viewing system
EP4212929A1 (en) 2018-08-26 2023-07-19 Lumus Ltd. Reflection suppression in near eye displays
US10699383B2 (en) 2018-08-27 2020-06-30 Nvidia Corp. Computational blur for varifocal displays
GB2576738B (en) * 2018-08-29 2020-08-19 Envisics Ltd Head-up display
CN117238224A (en) 2018-08-31 2023-12-15 奇跃公司 Spatially resolved dynamic dimming for augmented reality devices
US11914148B2 (en) * 2018-09-07 2024-02-27 Adeia Semiconductor Inc. Stacked optical waveguides
DE102018215272A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft Method for operating a field of view display device for a motor vehicle
WO2020049542A1 (en) 2018-09-09 2020-03-12 Lumus Ltd. Optical systems including light-guide optical elements with two-dimensional expansion
US10529107B1 (en) 2018-09-11 2020-01-07 Tectus Corporation Projector alignment in a contact lens
US11141645B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2021-10-12 Real Shot Inc. Athletic ball game using smart glasses
US11103763B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2021-08-31 Real Shot Inc. Basketball shooting game using smart glasses
JP2020042212A (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-03-19 ソニー株式会社 Display unit, display control method, and recording medium
US11428942B2 (en) 2018-09-14 2022-08-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for external light management
USD934873S1 (en) 2018-09-18 2021-11-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Mobile computing support system having an illumination region
USD955396S1 (en) 2018-09-18 2022-06-21 Magic Leap, Inc. Mobile computing support system having an illumination region
USD934872S1 (en) 2018-09-18 2021-11-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Mobile computing support system having an illumination region
USD950567S1 (en) 2018-09-18 2022-05-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Mobile computing support system having an illumination region
KR20210043670A (en) 2018-09-25 2021-04-21 애플 인크. Camera lens system
US11520044B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2022-12-06 Waymo Llc Waveguide diffusers for LIDARs
US11733523B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2023-08-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Diffractive optical elements with optical power
US12050318B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2024-07-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Eyewear with pinhole and slit cameras
JP7086392B2 (en) * 2018-10-01 2022-06-20 株式会社Qdレーザ Image projection device and image projection method
EP3633438A1 (en) 2018-10-01 2020-04-08 InterDigital CE Patent Holdings Inhomogeneous microlens device for near-field focusing, beam forming, and high-efficiency far-field device implementation
CN113196209A (en) 2018-10-05 2021-07-30 奇跃公司 Rendering location-specific virtual content at any location
CN111007589A (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-14 成都理想境界科技有限公司 Waveguide module, display module based on waveguide and near-to-eye display equipment
CN111077670B (en) * 2018-10-18 2022-02-18 中强光电股份有限公司 Light transmission module and head-mounted display device
JP7455121B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2024-03-25 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Ambient electromagnetic distortion correction for electromagnetic tracking
WO2020090487A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 国立大学法人横浜国立大学 Prism lens, light deflection device, and lidar apparatus
US11262585B2 (en) * 2018-11-01 2022-03-01 Google Llc Optical combiner lens with spacers between lens and lightguide
KR102099785B1 (en) 2018-11-06 2020-04-10 주식회사 레티널 Optical device for augmented reality
KR102140733B1 (en) 2018-11-06 2020-08-03 주식회사 레티널 Optical device for augmented reality
WO2020102030A1 (en) 2018-11-12 2020-05-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Multi-depth exit pupil expander
DE102018219474A1 (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-05-20 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method and arrangement for performing a virtual retinal display
EP3881232A4 (en) 2018-11-15 2022-08-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Deep neural network pose estimation system
CN109348210A (en) * 2018-11-16 2019-02-15 成都理想境界科技有限公司 Image source mould group, near-eye display system, control method and near-eye display device
EP3881279A4 (en) 2018-11-16 2022-08-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Image size triggered clarification to maintain image sharpness
US11237393B2 (en) 2018-11-20 2022-02-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Eyepieces for augmented reality display system
US10838232B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2020-11-17 Tectus Corporation Eye-mounted displays including embedded solenoids
EP3886693A4 (en) 2018-11-27 2022-06-08 Facebook Technologies, LLC. Methods and apparatus for autocalibration of a wearable electrode sensor system
CN111240145B (en) * 2018-11-29 2022-04-15 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Light valve driving control method and projection equipment
EP3887887A4 (en) 2018-11-30 2022-01-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Methods and systems for high efficiency eyepiece in augmented reality devices
US11199912B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-12-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Multi-modal hand location and orientation for avatar movement
US10866413B2 (en) 2018-12-03 2020-12-15 Lockheed Martin Corporation Eccentric incident luminance pupil tracking
JP7330901B2 (en) * 2018-12-04 2023-08-22 京東方科技集團股▲ふん▼有限公司 Display panel, display device and display method
WO2020123561A1 (en) 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 Daqri, Llc Adaptive viewports for hypervocal viewport (hvp) displays
US11125993B2 (en) 2018-12-10 2021-09-21 Facebook Technologies, Llc Optical hyperfocal reflective systems and methods, and augmented reality and/or virtual reality displays incorporating same
JP7153087B2 (en) * 2018-12-11 2022-10-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Light guide element, image display device and sensing device
US11107972B2 (en) 2018-12-11 2021-08-31 Facebook Technologies, Llc Nanovoided tunable optics
US11409240B2 (en) * 2018-12-17 2022-08-09 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Holographic pattern generation for head-mounted display (HMD) eye tracking using a diffractive optical element
US10644543B1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-05-05 Tectus Corporation Eye-mounted display system including a head wearable object
JP7161934B2 (en) * 2018-12-21 2022-10-27 株式会社日立エルジーデータストレージ Video display device and video display system
CN113454507B (en) 2018-12-21 2024-05-07 奇跃公司 Cavitation structure for promoting total internal reflection within a waveguide
KR102041261B1 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-11-07 한국광기술원 Reactive Multifocal Optical System and Augmented Reality Device Using the Same
WO2020139752A1 (en) * 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Magic Leap, Inc. Variable pixel density display system with mechanically-actuated image projector
JP7539386B2 (en) * 2018-12-28 2024-08-23 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented and virtual reality display system with shared displays for left and right eyes - Patents.com
KR102706916B1 (en) * 2019-01-02 2024-09-20 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Device for providing augmented reality
EP3908878A4 (en) 2019-01-09 2022-04-06 Facebook Technologies, LLC Non-uniform sub-pupil reflectors and methods in optical waveguides for ar, hmd and hud applications
CN113544570A (en) 2019-01-11 2021-10-22 奇跃公司 Time multiplexed display of virtual content at various depths
CN113260889B (en) 2019-01-15 2023-04-18 鲁姆斯有限公司 Method for manufacturing symmetrical light guide optical element
JP7259341B2 (en) * 2019-01-18 2023-04-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 PROJECTION DEVICE, PROJECTION SYSTEM, AND PROJECTION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD
US11099406B2 (en) * 2019-01-24 2021-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Delivering augmented reality via embedded contact lens
US11061254B2 (en) 2019-01-24 2021-07-13 International Business Machines Corporation Adjusting contact lens prescription while wearing lens
AU2020211092B2 (en) 2019-01-24 2023-05-11 Lumus Ltd. Optical systems including LOE with three stage expansion
EP3914997A4 (en) 2019-01-25 2022-10-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye-tracking using images having different exposure times
CN113383260B (en) * 2019-01-31 2023-08-25 见真实股份有限公司 Light field mixed reality system with correct monocular depth cues for viewers
US12105289B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2024-10-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Inline in-coupling optical elements
CN113518961B (en) 2019-02-06 2024-09-24 奇跃公司 Clock speed determination and adjustment based on target intent
US11237389B1 (en) * 2019-02-11 2022-02-01 Facebook Technologies, Llc Wedge combiner for eye-tracking
US20200264378A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Digilens Inc. Methods and Apparatuses for Providing a Holographic Waveguide Display Using Integrated Gratings
KR101982098B1 (en) * 2019-02-27 2019-05-24 주식회사 두리번 Motion Sensor With Optical Fiber And Virtual/Augmented Reality System
US12124050B2 (en) 2019-02-28 2024-10-22 Lumus Ltd. Compact collimated image projector
JP7518844B2 (en) 2019-02-28 2024-07-18 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Display system and method for providing variable accommodation cues using multiple intrapupillary parallax views formed by a light emitter array - Patents.com
US11624906B2 (en) * 2019-03-04 2023-04-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc IR illumination module for MEMS-based eye tracking
US11360269B2 (en) * 2019-03-04 2022-06-14 Lumentum Operations Llc High-power all fiber telescope
JP7398131B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2023-12-14 ルムス エルティーディー. image projector
EP3939030A4 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-11-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Registration of local content between first and second augmented reality viewers
US11982813B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2024-05-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Waveguides with high index materials and methods of fabrication thereof
EP3938821A4 (en) 2019-03-12 2023-04-26 Digilens Inc. Holographic waveguide backlight and related methods of manufacturing
US12117630B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2024-10-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Method of fabricating display device having patterned lithium-based transition metal oxide
US20200301239A1 (en) * 2019-03-18 2020-09-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Varifocal display with fixed-focus lens
US11846778B2 (en) * 2019-03-20 2023-12-19 Magic Leap, Inc. System for providing illumination of the eye
WO2020191224A1 (en) 2019-03-20 2020-09-24 Magic Leap, Inc. System for collecting light
KR101984616B1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-06-03 (주)락앤크리에이티브 System for providing contents using images
US11221487B2 (en) * 2019-03-26 2022-01-11 Kevin Chew Figueroa Method and device of field sequential imaging for large field of view augmented/virtual reality
CN111751987B (en) * 2019-03-29 2023-04-14 托比股份公司 Holographic eye imaging apparatus
US10698201B1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-06-30 Lockheed Martin Corporation Plenoptic cellular axis redirection
US10867543B2 (en) 2019-04-09 2020-12-15 Facebook Technologies, Llc Resolution reduction of color channels of display devices
US10861369B2 (en) * 2019-04-09 2020-12-08 Facebook Technologies, Llc Resolution reduction of color channels of display devices
US11016305B2 (en) 2019-04-15 2021-05-25 Magic Leap, Inc. Sensor fusion for electromagnetic tracking
EP3956604A4 (en) 2019-04-15 2022-06-08 Lumus Ltd. Method of fabricating a light-guide optical element
CN110069310B (en) * 2019-04-23 2022-04-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for switching desktop wallpaper and storage medium
US10659772B1 (en) * 2019-04-23 2020-05-19 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Augmented reality system for layering depth on head-mounted displays using external stereo screens
KR102302159B1 (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-09-14 주식회사 레티널 Optical device for augmented reality preventing light leakage
CN114127837A (en) 2019-05-01 2022-03-01 奇跃公司 Content providing system and method
JP2022532688A (en) 2019-05-06 2022-07-19 ルーマス リミテッド A transparent light guide for viewing scenes and near-eye displays
JP7284292B2 (en) 2019-05-10 2023-05-30 トゥエンティ・トゥエンティ・セラピューティクス・エルエルシイ A natural physio-optical user interface for intraocular microdisplays
US11778856B2 (en) 2019-05-15 2023-10-03 Apple Inc. Electronic device having emissive display with light recycling
CN114127610A (en) 2019-05-20 2022-03-01 奇跃公司 Systems and techniques for estimating eye pose
CN113874883A (en) 2019-05-21 2021-12-31 奇跃公司 Hand pose estimation
US20200371472A1 (en) * 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Light Field Lab, Inc. Light Field Display System Based Commercial System
WO2020242533A1 (en) 2019-05-24 2020-12-03 Arno Leon Konings Annular axial flux motors
JP2022532931A (en) 2019-05-24 2022-07-20 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Varifocal assembly
CN110187506B (en) * 2019-05-28 2021-12-17 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Optical display system and augmented reality device
CN114174463A (en) 2019-05-28 2022-03-11 奇跃公司 Thermal management system for portable electronic devices
USD962981S1 (en) 2019-05-29 2022-09-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated scrollbar graphical user interface
US20200386947A1 (en) 2019-06-07 2020-12-10 Digilens Inc. Waveguides Incorporating Transmissive and Reflective Gratings and Related Methods of Manufacturing
WO2020257469A1 (en) 2019-06-20 2020-12-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Eyepieces for augmented reality display system
US11803628B2 (en) 2019-06-21 2023-10-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Secure authorization via modal window
KR20220021904A (en) 2019-06-23 2022-02-22 루머스 리미티드 Display by Foveated Optical Correction
US11049302B2 (en) 2019-06-24 2021-06-29 Realwear, Inc. Photo redaction security system and related methods
US11726317B2 (en) 2019-06-24 2023-08-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Waveguides having integral spacers and related systems and methods
JP7270481B2 (en) 2019-06-25 2023-05-10 株式会社日立製作所 vehicle control system
TWI690745B (en) * 2019-06-26 2020-04-11 點晶科技股份有限公司 Multifunctional eyeglasses
GB201909179D0 (en) * 2019-06-26 2019-08-07 Wave Optics Ltd Pupil relay system
JP2022538957A (en) 2019-06-27 2022-09-07 ルーマス リミテッド Apparatus and method for eye tracking based on imaging the eye through light guide optics
US11151794B1 (en) 2019-06-28 2021-10-19 Snap Inc. Messaging system with augmented reality messages
IL309979A (en) 2019-07-04 2024-03-01 Lumus Ltd Image waveguide with symmetric beam multiplication
US11029805B2 (en) 2019-07-10 2021-06-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Real-time preview of connectable objects in a physically-modeled virtual space
CN114096910B (en) * 2019-07-12 2024-09-10 奇跃公司 Method and system for an augmented reality display with dynamic field of view
USD907037S1 (en) 2019-07-12 2021-01-05 Magic Leap, Inc. Clip-on accessory
USD980840S1 (en) 2019-07-12 2023-03-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Clip-on accessory
JP2022540675A (en) 2019-07-16 2022-09-16 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Determination of Eye Rotation Center Using One or More Eye Tracking Cameras
CN110349383A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-10-18 浙江师范大学 A kind of intelligent eyeshield device and method
EP3999884A4 (en) 2019-07-19 2023-08-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Display device having diffraction gratings with reduced polarization sensitivity
WO2021016028A1 (en) 2019-07-19 2021-01-28 Magic Leap, Inc. Method of fabricating diffraction gratings
US11907417B2 (en) 2019-07-25 2024-02-20 Tectus Corporation Glance and reveal within a virtual environment
WO2021021670A1 (en) * 2019-07-26 2021-02-04 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for augmented reality
CN112305776B (en) * 2019-07-26 2022-06-07 驻景(广州)科技有限公司 Light field display system based on light waveguide coupling light exit pupil segmentation-combination control
WO2021021926A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Digilens Inc. Methods and apparatus for multiplying the image resolution and field-of-view of a pixelated display
KR20210014816A (en) * 2019-07-30 2021-02-10 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Optical device
CN114467279A (en) 2019-07-31 2022-05-10 奇跃公司 User data management for augmented reality using distributed ledgers
CN110426853B (en) * 2019-07-31 2020-10-16 华为技术有限公司 Lens and head-mounted display device
EP4003250A4 (en) 2019-07-31 2023-08-23 Acucela Inc. Device for projecting images on the retina
US10944290B2 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-03-09 Tectus Corporation Headgear providing inductive coupling to a contact lens
US11579425B1 (en) 2019-08-05 2023-02-14 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Narrow-band peripheral see-through pancake lens assembly and display device with same
US11586024B1 (en) 2019-08-05 2023-02-21 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Peripheral see-through pancake lens assembly and display device with same
US11822083B2 (en) 2019-08-13 2023-11-21 Apple Inc. Display system with time interleaving
CN112399157A (en) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-23 中强光电股份有限公司 Projector and projection method
US11300791B2 (en) 2019-08-21 2022-04-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Flat spectral response gratings using high index materials
KR102386259B1 (en) * 2019-08-21 2022-04-18 주식회사 레티널 Optical device for augmented reality having visual acuity correction function
CN112823307A (en) * 2019-08-26 2021-05-18 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Optical display system and method, display device
KR20220054386A (en) 2019-08-29 2022-05-02 디지렌즈 인코포레이티드. Vacuum Bragg grating and manufacturing method thereof
WO2021040096A1 (en) * 2019-08-30 2021-03-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Head-wearable electronic device
US11391948B2 (en) 2019-09-10 2022-07-19 Facebook Technologies, Llc Display illumination using a grating
US11467332B2 (en) 2019-09-10 2022-10-11 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Display with switchable retarder array
US11726336B2 (en) 2019-09-10 2023-08-15 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Active zonal display illumination using a chopped lightguide
EP4028354A4 (en) 2019-09-11 2023-11-22 Magic Leap, Inc. Display device with diffraction grating having reduced polarization sensitivity
US11245880B2 (en) * 2019-09-12 2022-02-08 Universal City Studios Llc Techniques for spatial data projection
WO2021049740A1 (en) 2019-09-12 2021-03-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Eye accommodation distance measuring device and method, and head-mounted display
US11733545B2 (en) 2019-09-16 2023-08-22 Acucela Inc. Assembly process for an electronic soft contact lens designed to inhibit progression of myopia
US11835722B2 (en) * 2019-09-17 2023-12-05 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Display device with transparent emissive display and see-through lens assembly
JP7357976B2 (en) * 2019-09-18 2023-10-10 レティノル カンパニー リミテッド Augmented reality optical device with improved light efficiency
US11137608B2 (en) * 2019-09-25 2021-10-05 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Slim immersive display device, slim visualization device, and user eye-tracking device
US11933949B2 (en) 2019-09-27 2024-03-19 Apple Inc. Freeform folded optical system
US11039113B2 (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-06-15 Snap Inc. Multi-dimensional rendering
JP2021056369A (en) 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Head-mounted display
US11175509B2 (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-11-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Tuned waveguides
US11176757B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2021-11-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Mission driven virtual character for user interaction
US11276246B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2022-03-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Color space mapping for intuitive surface normal visualization
JP2022551734A (en) 2019-10-15 2022-12-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Cross-reality system that supports multiple device types
JP2022551733A (en) 2019-10-15 2022-12-13 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Cross-reality system with localization service
US11632679B2 (en) 2019-10-15 2023-04-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system with wireless fingerprints
EP4045964A4 (en) 2019-10-17 2023-11-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Attenuation of light transmission artifacts in wearable displays
KR20220074893A (en) 2019-10-23 2022-06-03 루머스 리미티드 Display using astigmatism optics and aberration compensation
US10901505B1 (en) 2019-10-24 2021-01-26 Tectus Corporation Eye-based activation and tool selection systems and methods
US11662807B2 (en) 2020-01-06 2023-05-30 Tectus Corporation Eye-tracking user interface for virtual tool control
CN110866895B (en) * 2019-10-25 2023-09-08 广西电网有限责任公司电力科学研究院 Method for detecting quality of hot galvanizing layer of power transmission and transformation steel framework
CN114616509A (en) 2019-10-31 2022-06-10 奇跃公司 Cross-reality system with quality information about persistent coordinate frames
KR102282422B1 (en) * 2019-11-01 2021-07-27 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality which can prevent ghost images with wide field of view
KR102200144B1 (en) * 2019-11-01 2021-01-08 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality which can prevent ghost images with wide field of view
KR102248606B1 (en) * 2019-12-26 2021-05-06 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality having reflective means arranged in curved line
JP7291441B2 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-06-15 レティノル カンパニー リミテッド Compact augmented reality optical device with ghost image blocking function and wide viewing angle
CN110727115A (en) * 2019-11-05 2020-01-24 华东交通大学 Super-multi-viewpoint near-to-eye display device based on diffractive optics
US11493989B2 (en) 2019-11-08 2022-11-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Modes of user interaction
EP4055423A4 (en) 2019-11-08 2024-01-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Metasurfaces with light-redirecting structures including multiple materials and methods for fabricating
USD982593S1 (en) 2019-11-08 2023-04-04 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with animated ray
WO2021096931A1 (en) 2019-11-12 2021-05-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system with localization service and shared location-based content
WO2021097102A1 (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Ambient light management systems and methods for wearable devices
EP4058936A4 (en) 2019-11-14 2023-05-03 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for virtual and augmented reality
JP2023502927A (en) 2019-11-15 2023-01-26 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Visualization system for use in a surgical environment
WO2021101844A1 (en) 2019-11-18 2021-05-27 Magic Leap, Inc. Mapping and localization of a passable world
US11282288B2 (en) 2019-11-20 2022-03-22 Shape Matrix Geometric Instruments, LLC Methods and apparatus for encoding data in notched shapes
JP7494297B2 (en) 2019-11-22 2024-06-03 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Method and system for patterning a liquid crystal layer - Patents.com
KR102244445B1 (en) * 2019-11-22 2021-04-26 인하대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and method for occlusion capable near-eye display for augmented reality using single dmd
US12094139B2 (en) 2019-11-22 2024-09-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for enhanced depth determination using projection spots
JP7467623B2 (en) 2019-11-26 2024-04-15 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Improved eye tracking for augmented or virtual reality display systems
EP4066042A4 (en) * 2019-11-26 2023-11-08 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Supply of multi-layer extended reality images to a user
CN110873971B (en) * 2019-11-29 2021-08-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Wearable device and light filtering method thereof
GB2589575B (en) 2019-12-02 2022-01-12 Envisics Ltd Pupil expander
US11561335B2 (en) 2019-12-05 2023-01-24 Lumus Ltd. Light-guide optical element employing complementary coated partial reflectors, and light-guide optical element having reduced light scattering
US11442593B2 (en) 2019-12-06 2022-09-13 Magic Leap, Inc. Dynamic browser stage
CN114788251A (en) 2019-12-06 2022-07-22 奇跃公司 Encoding stereoscopic splash screens in still images
JP7497079B2 (en) 2019-12-08 2024-06-10 ルーマス リミテッド Optical system with a compact image projector
USD941353S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-01-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with transitional graphical user interface for guiding graphics
USD940748S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-01-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with transitional graphical user interface for guiding graphics
USD940749S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-01-11 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with transitional graphical user interface for guiding graphics
USD941307S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-01-18 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with graphical user interface for guiding graphics
US20210173144A1 (en) * 2019-12-09 2021-06-10 KDH Design Co., Ltd. Guiding apparatus for an imaging light path and guiding method thereof
EP4073763A4 (en) 2019-12-09 2023-12-27 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system with simplified programming of virtual content
USD940189S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-01-04 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with transitional graphical user interface for guiding graphics
US12135446B2 (en) * 2019-12-09 2024-11-05 KDH Advanced Research Pty Ltd. Light guiding apparatus and guiding method thereof
US11269181B2 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-03-08 Magic Leap, Inc. Systems and methods for operating a head-mounted display system based on user identity
USD952673S1 (en) 2019-12-09 2022-05-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with transitional graphical user interface for guiding graphics
US11288876B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2022-03-29 Magic Leap, Inc. Enhanced techniques for volumetric stage mapping based on calibration object
CN113007618B (en) 2019-12-19 2023-11-28 隆达电子股份有限公司 Optical element and light-emitting device
WO2021124287A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Niantic, Inc. Sharded storage of geolocated data with predictable query response times
CN110989172B (en) * 2019-12-24 2021-08-06 平行现实(杭州)科技有限公司 Waveguide display device with ultra-large field angle
KR102310804B1 (en) * 2019-12-26 2021-10-08 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality having reflective means arranged in curved line
WO2021137228A1 (en) 2019-12-30 2021-07-08 Lumus Ltd. Optical systems including light-guide optical elements with two-dimensional expansion
TW202125039A (en) * 2019-12-30 2021-07-01 宏碁股份有限公司 Wearable display device
US11372478B2 (en) * 2020-01-14 2022-06-28 Htc Corporation Head mounted display
KR20210091580A (en) 2020-01-14 2021-07-22 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for 3-dimensional image display
CN111175976B (en) * 2020-01-17 2022-02-22 歌尔股份有限公司 Optical waveguide component, display system, augmented reality device and display method
CN111221126B (en) * 2020-01-17 2022-01-14 歌尔股份有限公司 Imaging system, imaging method and virtual reality equipment
US11360308B2 (en) 2020-01-22 2022-06-14 Facebook Technologies, Llc Optical assembly with holographic optics for folded optical path
US11340695B2 (en) 2020-01-24 2022-05-24 Magic Leap, Inc. Converting a 2D positional input into a 3D point in space
CN115380236A (en) 2020-01-24 2022-11-22 奇跃公司 Content movement and interaction using a single controller
JP7490784B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2024-05-27 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Augmented Reality Map Curation
USD949200S1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-04-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with a set of avatars
USD948562S1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-04-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with avatar
JP2023511311A (en) 2020-01-27 2023-03-17 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Gaze timer-based extension of user input device functionality
USD948574S1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-04-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with a set of avatars
JP2023511107A (en) 2020-01-27 2023-03-16 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド neutral avatar
US11756509B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-09-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Enhanced state control for anchor-based cross reality applications
USD936704S1 (en) 2020-01-27 2021-11-23 Magic Leap, Inc. Portion of a display screen with avatar
US10856253B1 (en) 2020-01-31 2020-12-01 Dell Products, Lp System and method for beamsteering acquisition and optimization in an enhanced reality environment
US11487356B2 (en) 2020-01-31 2022-11-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Augmented and virtual reality display systems for oculometric assessments
US20230072559A1 (en) * 2020-01-31 2023-03-09 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation System and method for visual field rapid assessment
US11709363B1 (en) 2020-02-10 2023-07-25 Avegant Corp. Waveguide illumination of a spatial light modulator
JP7455985B2 (en) 2020-02-10 2024-03-26 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Body-centered content positioning for 3D containers in mixed reality environments
JP2023514207A (en) * 2020-02-13 2023-04-05 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Cross-reality system with prioritization of geolocation information for localization
JP2023514208A (en) 2020-02-13 2023-04-05 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Cross-reality system with map processing using multi-resolution frame descriptors
EP4103910A4 (en) 2020-02-13 2024-03-06 Magic Leap, Inc. Cross reality system with accurate shared maps
JP2023517281A (en) 2020-02-14 2023-04-25 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Virtual Object Movement Velocity Curves for Virtual and Augmented Reality Display Systems
EP4107820A4 (en) 2020-02-21 2024-04-17 Acucela Inc. Charging case for electronic contact lens
CN115461787A (en) 2020-02-26 2022-12-09 奇跃公司 Cross reality system with quick positioning
EP4111133A4 (en) 2020-02-26 2024-11-06 Magic Leap Inc Procedural electron beam lithography
US11840034B2 (en) 2020-02-28 2023-12-12 Magic Leap, Inc. Method of fabricating molds for forming eyepieces with integrated spacers
US11187858B2 (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-11-30 International Business Machines Corporation Electrically-controlled fiber-optic switching system
WO2021178727A1 (en) * 2020-03-04 2021-09-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Evanescent coupler mode converters
CN115244447A (en) 2020-03-06 2022-10-25 奇跃公司 Angle-selective attenuation of light transmission artifacts in wearable displays
US11262588B2 (en) 2020-03-10 2022-03-01 Magic Leap, Inc. Spectator view of virtual and physical objects
CN111476104B (en) * 2020-03-17 2022-07-01 重庆邮电大学 AR-HUD image distortion correction method, device and system under dynamic eye position
JP2023518421A (en) 2020-03-20 2023-05-01 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Systems and methods for retinal imaging and tracking
KR20220152387A (en) 2020-03-23 2022-11-15 루머스 리미티드 Optical device to mitigate ghost images
WO2021195283A1 (en) 2020-03-25 2021-09-30 Magic Leap, Inc. Optical device with one-way mirror
JP2023520461A (en) 2020-04-03 2023-05-17 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Wearable display system with nanowire LED microdisplay
US11348300B2 (en) 2020-04-03 2022-05-31 Magic Leap, Inc. Avatar customization for optimal gaze discrimination
CN111474813B (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-09-28 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Projection optical machine and electronic equipment
JP2023524446A (en) 2020-04-29 2023-06-12 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Cross-reality system for large-scale environments
US11994687B2 (en) * 2020-05-13 2024-05-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Meta-optics for virtual reality and augmented reality systems
AU2021270577A1 (en) 2020-05-13 2022-12-08 Acucela Inc. Electro-switchable spectacles for myopia treatment
KR102284743B1 (en) * 2020-05-14 2021-08-03 한국과학기술연구원 Extended dof image display apparatus and method for controlling thereof
JP2023526430A (en) 2020-05-22 2023-06-21 マジック リープ, インコーポレイテッド Method and system for dual projector waveguide display with wide field of view
CN116194821A (en) 2020-05-22 2023-05-30 奇跃公司 Augmented and virtual reality display system with associated in-and out-coupling optical zones
CN115552171B (en) 2020-05-24 2024-01-23 鲁姆斯有限公司 Method for manufacturing composite light guide optical element and optical structure
EP4085287A4 (en) 2020-05-24 2023-07-12 Lumus Ltd. Compound light-guide optical elements
US11195490B1 (en) 2020-05-29 2021-12-07 International Business Machines Corporation Smart contact lens with adjustable light transmittance
US11514649B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2022-11-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Camera for augmented reality display
WO2021247435A1 (en) 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Enhanced eye tracking techniques based on neural network analysis of images
AU2021288457A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2023-01-05 Acucela Inc. Lens with asymmetric projection to treat astigmatism
CA3179557A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 Ryo Kubota Stick on devices using peripheral defocus to treat progressive refractive error
CA3174148A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 Acucela Inc. Projection of defocused images on the peripheral retina to treat refractive error
US11281022B2 (en) 2020-06-10 2022-03-22 Acucela Inc. Apparatus and methods for the treatment of refractive error using active stimulation
EP4165360A4 (en) * 2020-06-16 2024-10-30 Marsupial Holdings Inc Diffractive optic reflex sight
EP4172684A4 (en) * 2020-06-25 2024-07-17 Magic Leap Inc Tunable attenuation of light transmission artifacts in wearable displays
US20220004148A1 (en) * 2020-07-06 2022-01-06 Grimaldi, Inc. Apparatus and method of reproduction of a diffractive pattern
KR102489272B1 (en) * 2020-07-07 2023-01-17 한국과학기술연구원 Near eye display apparatus
US11360310B2 (en) * 2020-07-09 2022-06-14 Trimble Inc. Augmented reality technology as a controller for a total station
US11512956B2 (en) 2020-07-09 2022-11-29 Trimble Inc. Construction layout using augmented reality
US11852817B2 (en) * 2020-07-14 2023-12-26 Mercury Mission Systems, Llc Curved waveguide for slim head up displays
WO2022015847A1 (en) 2020-07-15 2022-01-20 Magic Leap, Inc. Eye tracking using aspheric cornea model
KR102423857B1 (en) * 2020-07-17 2022-07-21 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality using total internal reflection
US11662511B2 (en) 2020-07-22 2023-05-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Beam expander and method of operating the same
CN111650745B (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-07-19 中国科学院光电技术研究所 Scanning system based on micro-lens array group and self-adaptive optical fiber collimator
US12105299B2 (en) 2020-07-31 2024-10-01 University Of Utah Research Foundation Broadband diffractive optical element
WO2022032198A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Magic Leap, Inc. Tunable cylindrical lenses and head-mounted display including the same
CN112087575B (en) * 2020-08-24 2022-03-08 广州启量信息科技有限公司 Virtual camera control method
WO2022045707A1 (en) 2020-08-25 2022-03-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Augmented reality device based on waveguide with holographic diffractive grating structure and apparatus for recording the holographic diffractive grating structure
WO2022051123A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-10 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Doubly resonant micromechanical beam scanners
KR102436597B1 (en) 2020-09-09 2022-08-26 주식회사 레티널 Optical device for augmented reality having optical structure arranged in straight line and manufacturing method for optical means
WO2022066431A1 (en) 2020-09-22 2022-03-31 Sterling Labs Llc Multiple gaze dependent illumination sources for retinal eye tracking
WO2022065658A1 (en) 2020-09-22 2022-03-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Holographic waveguide, method of producing the same, and display device including the holographic waveguide
US11860366B2 (en) 2020-09-29 2024-01-02 Avegant Corp. Architecture to illuminate a display panel
JP7481225B2 (en) 2020-10-08 2024-05-10 エルジー ディスプレイ カンパニー リミテッド Head-mounted display
KR102425375B1 (en) * 2020-10-15 2022-07-27 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality having optical structure arranged in straight line and manufacturing method for optical means
US20220128756A1 (en) * 2020-10-27 2022-04-28 Lightspace Technologies, SIA Display system for generating three-dimensional image and method therefor
US11747621B2 (en) * 2020-11-07 2023-09-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Dichroic coatings to improve display uniformity and light security in an optical combiner
CN114545624A (en) * 2020-11-25 2022-05-27 华为技术有限公司 Near-eye display system and near-eye display method
TWI793912B (en) * 2020-12-14 2023-02-21 瑞士商艾姆微體電子 馬林公司 Method for sensing a displacement of a pointing device
CN112702537B (en) * 2020-12-25 2022-06-28 上海科技大学 High dynamic range environment light dynamic collection system based on albedo difference
CN112817117B (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-10-21 西南技术物理研究所 Parabolic reflector auxiliary device with auto-collimation adjusting function
US20240151964A1 (en) * 2021-01-11 2024-05-09 Magic Leap, Inc. Actuated pupil steering for head-mounted display systems
US11323691B1 (en) * 2021-01-14 2022-05-03 Lightspace Technologies, SIA Display system for displaying three-dimensional image and method therefor
KR102591589B1 (en) * 2021-01-30 2023-10-20 주식회사 피앤씨솔루션 Wearable computing system of ar glasses using external computing device
KR20240006707A (en) 2021-02-25 2024-01-15 루머스 리미티드 Optical aperture multipliers having a rectangular waveguide
JP7558842B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-10-01 株式会社小糸製作所 Image Projection Device
JP7558841B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-10-01 株式会社小糸製作所 Image Projection Device
WO2022181346A1 (en) * 2021-02-25 2022-09-01 株式会社小糸製作所 Image projection device
USD962290S1 (en) * 2021-03-03 2022-08-30 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with icon
KR102470650B1 (en) * 2021-03-04 2022-11-25 주식회사 레티널 Compact type optical device for augmented reality having reflective means arranged in curved line
KR20220131720A (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus including combiner having asymmetric magnification
US20240168278A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2024-05-23 Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation Light source device and image display device
CN115128737B (en) * 2021-03-24 2023-04-18 华为技术有限公司 Diffractive optical waveguide and electronic device
JP7093591B1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-06-30 株式会社Qdレーザ Image projection device
WO2022213190A1 (en) * 2021-04-06 2022-10-13 Vuereal Inc. Ar system with hybrid display
US11209672B1 (en) 2021-04-06 2021-12-28 Acucela Inc. Supporting pillars for encapsulating a flexible PCB within a soft hydrogel contact lens
US11868531B1 (en) 2021-04-08 2024-01-09 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Wearable device providing for thumb-to-finger-based input gestures detected based on neuromuscular signals, and systems and methods of use thereof
CN112950791A (en) * 2021-04-08 2021-06-11 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Display method and related device
US11741863B2 (en) 2021-04-16 2023-08-29 Tectus Corporation Eyeglass-integrated display device using multiple embedded projectors and display windows
KR20220145668A (en) 2021-04-22 2022-10-31 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus including free-formed surface and operating method of the same
US11366341B1 (en) 2021-05-04 2022-06-21 Acucela Inc. Electronic case for electronic spectacles
CN114675418B (en) * 2021-05-08 2024-08-20 胡大文 Ultra-light wearable display device and method for the same
TW202307518A (en) 2021-07-04 2023-02-16 以色列商魯姆斯有限公司 Display with stacked light-guide elements providing different parts of field of view
US20230143223A1 (en) * 2021-08-18 2023-05-11 Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for providing digital health services
CN117651892A (en) 2021-08-23 2024-03-05 鲁姆斯有限公司 Method for manufacturing a composite light guide optical element with an embedded in-coupling reflector
US12135471B2 (en) 2021-09-10 2024-11-05 Tectus Corporation Control of an electronic contact lens using eye gestures
US20230084541A1 (en) * 2021-09-16 2023-03-16 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Compact imaging optics using spatially located, free form optical components for distortion compensation and image clarity enhancement
US11592899B1 (en) 2021-10-28 2023-02-28 Tectus Corporation Button activation within an eye-controlled user interface
US11863730B2 (en) 2021-12-07 2024-01-02 Snap Inc. Optical waveguide combiner systems and methods
TWI806293B (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-21 宏碁股份有限公司 Augmented reality glasses
GB2610251B (en) * 2021-12-21 2023-10-18 Envisics Ltd Compact head-up display and waveguide therefor
WO2023121290A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 삼성전자 주식회사 Display device and projector using holographic optical element
KR20230103379A (en) 2021-12-31 2023-07-07 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for processing augmented reality
US11619994B1 (en) 2022-01-14 2023-04-04 Tectus Corporation Control of an electronic contact lens using pitch-based eye gestures
US20230236415A1 (en) * 2022-01-26 2023-07-27 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Image generation and delivery in a display system utilizing a two-dimensional (2d) field of view expander
US11741861B1 (en) 2022-02-08 2023-08-29 Lumus Ltd. Optical system including selectively activatable facets
CN118830239A (en) * 2022-03-07 2024-10-22 Uab研究基金会 Myopia prevention visual display therapy using simulated myopia blur
US11556010B1 (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-01-17 Wen-Tsun Wu Mini display device
US20230350203A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Snap Inc. Ar/vr enabled contact lens
US11874961B2 (en) 2022-05-09 2024-01-16 Tectus Corporation Managing display of an icon in an eye tracking augmented reality device
TWI828150B (en) * 2022-05-20 2024-01-01 宇力電通數位整合有限公司 Stereoscopic vision glasses
WO2023239417A1 (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Magic Leap, Inc. Compensating thickness variations in substrates for optical devices
WO2023244811A1 (en) * 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 Magic Leap, Inc. Method and system for performing eye tracking in augmented reality devices
US20240087238A1 (en) * 2022-06-21 2024-03-14 T-Mobile Innovations Llc System and method for extended reality processing in a local wireless environment with reduced latency
CN115128829B (en) * 2022-08-25 2023-01-31 惠科股份有限公司 Display device
KR102474532B1 (en) * 2022-09-13 2022-12-06 한국광기술원 Contact Lens Type Holographic Display Apparatus and System with Optical Waveguide Structure
WO2024071692A1 (en) * 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 삼성전자 주식회사 Electronic device and operation method thereof
US20240177398A1 (en) * 2022-11-29 2024-05-30 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for forming folded focal planes
KR20240080686A (en) 2022-11-30 2024-06-07 (주)라이언로켓 Apparatus and method for processing pseudonyms of video contents using one-shot face swap
KR20240080687A (en) 2022-11-30 2024-06-07 (주)라이언로켓 Real-time face special makeup device and method through one-shot face swap
CN115840295B (en) * 2023-02-23 2023-05-02 北京数字光芯集成电路设计有限公司 Linear array micro LED scans AR equipment
JP7475751B1 (en) 2023-10-11 2024-04-30 アルディーテック株式会社 Collimating contact lenses and XR glasses
CN118506260A (en) * 2024-04-23 2024-08-16 南京脉期尔电气有限公司 Intelligent identification system for different target contact scenes of power distribution network

Family Cites Families (283)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3466021A (en) * 1967-09-14 1969-09-09 Falconbridge Nickel Mines Ltd Thermal treatments in fluidized beds
US3566021A (en) 1968-11-29 1971-02-23 Bell Telephone Labor Inc Real time three dimensional television system
US4173391A (en) * 1978-04-06 1979-11-06 New York Institute Of Technology Three dimensional display
JPS56153315A (en) * 1980-04-30 1981-11-27 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Light beam deflector
US5061049A (en) 1984-08-31 1991-10-29 Texas Instruments Incorporated Spatial light modulator and method
US4786150A (en) 1985-09-19 1988-11-22 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Zoom lens with beam splitter
JPS6388529A (en) * 1986-10-01 1988-04-19 Univ Osaka Multifunctional optical signal processing system
US4848884A (en) * 1987-02-05 1989-07-18 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Variable focusing lens barrel
JPS63254884A (en) * 1987-04-10 1988-10-21 Toshio Hiji Image pickup, transmitting, reproducing device for picture
US5003300A (en) * 1987-07-27 1991-03-26 Reflection Technology, Inc. Head mounted display for miniature video display system
GB8727212D0 (en) 1987-11-20 1987-12-23 Secr Defence Optical beam steering device
EP0365406B1 (en) * 1988-10-21 1993-09-29 Thomson-Csf Optical collimating system for a helmet visual
US5081615A (en) * 1988-12-16 1992-01-14 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Method of coupling external light into an optical waveguide and a guided wave from an optical waveguide and optical pickup employing an optical waveguide
JPH0384516A (en) * 1989-08-29 1991-04-10 Fujitsu Ltd Three-dimensional display device
JP2874208B2 (en) 1989-09-08 1999-03-24 ブラザー工業株式会社 Image display device
US8730129B2 (en) 1990-12-07 2014-05-20 Dennis J Solomon Advanced immersive visual display system
US5334333A (en) * 1990-12-17 1994-08-02 Elf Atochem North America, Inc. Electroactive compounds, compositions and devices and methods of making the same
JPH04336523A (en) * 1991-05-14 1992-11-24 Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd Multicore type optical isolator
JP2971626B2 (en) * 1991-07-10 1999-11-08 旭化成工業株式会社 Image fiber
JP3438732B2 (en) 1991-07-19 2003-08-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Optical device and display device
JPH0546161A (en) 1991-08-12 1993-02-26 Casio Comput Co Ltd Virtual reality display device
US5233673A (en) 1991-10-09 1993-08-03 Hughes Aircraft Company Output steerable optical phased array
US5493426A (en) * 1991-11-14 1996-02-20 University Of Colorado Foundation, Inc. Lateral electrode smectic liquid crystal devices
US5377287A (en) 1991-12-19 1994-12-27 Hughes Aircraft Company Fiber optic corporate power divider/combiner and method
US5596339A (en) * 1992-10-22 1997-01-21 University Of Washington Virtual retinal display with fiber optic point source
US6008781A (en) 1992-10-22 1999-12-28 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Washington Virtual retinal display
US5285509A (en) * 1992-12-18 1994-02-08 Hughes Aircraft Company Coupler for waveguides of differing cross section
US5564959A (en) 1993-09-08 1996-10-15 Silicon Video Corporation Use of charged-particle tracks in fabricating gated electron-emitting devices
JPH0795622A (en) * 1993-09-21 1995-04-07 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Stereo image photographing device, stereoscopic image display device and stereoscopic image recording and/or reproducing
JP3341795B2 (en) * 1994-01-13 2002-11-05 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Laser scanning oscillator
US5416876A (en) * 1994-01-28 1995-05-16 Hughes Training, Inc. Fiber optic ribbon subminiature display for head/helmet mounted display
JPH07261112A (en) * 1994-03-22 1995-10-13 Hitachi Ltd On-head type display device
JP3335248B2 (en) * 1994-03-31 2002-10-15 セントラル硝子株式会社 Holographic display device
JP3847799B2 (en) * 1994-08-05 2006-11-22 キヤノン株式会社 Display device having gaze detection system
JP3298082B2 (en) * 1994-12-13 2002-07-02 日本電信電話株式会社 Head mount display device
US5768025A (en) 1995-08-21 1998-06-16 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Optical system and image display apparatus
EP1072934A3 (en) * 1995-08-25 2002-05-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology VLSI visual display
JP3556389B2 (en) * 1996-05-01 2004-08-18 日本電信電話株式会社 Head mounted display device
JPH09211374A (en) * 1996-01-31 1997-08-15 Nikon Corp Head mounted display device
JPH09219832A (en) 1996-02-13 1997-08-19 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Image display
JPH09243955A (en) * 1996-03-11 1997-09-19 Seiko Epson Corp Mounting-on-head type liquid crystal display device
US5701132A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-12-23 University Of Washington Virtual retinal display with expanded exit pupil
US6243350B1 (en) * 1996-05-01 2001-06-05 Terastor Corporation Optical storage systems with flying optical heads for near-field recording and reading
US5885822A (en) 1996-08-20 1999-03-23 David A. Paslin Method and system for growing molluscum contagiosum in xenografts to immunocompromised hosts
US5886822A (en) * 1996-10-08 1999-03-23 The Microoptical Corporation Image combining system for eyeglasses and face masks
US6204974B1 (en) * 1996-10-08 2001-03-20 The Microoptical Corporation Compact image display system for eyeglasses or other head-borne frames
JP3787939B2 (en) * 1997-02-27 2006-06-21 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 3D image display device
JPH10257411A (en) * 1997-03-14 1998-09-25 Minolta Co Ltd Video observation system
US6046720A (en) 1997-05-07 2000-04-04 University Of Washington Point source scanning apparatus and method
US6415087B1 (en) 1997-06-04 2002-07-02 Corning Laserton, Inc. Polished fused optical fiber endface
JP3865906B2 (en) 1997-06-27 2007-01-10 オリンパス株式会社 Image display device
JP2001517329A (en) * 1997-12-16 2001-10-02 ゴスダルストベンニ ナウチニ ツェントル ロシイスコイ フェデラツィイ“ニオピク”(ゲーエヌテーエス エルエフ“ニオピク”) Polarizer and liquid crystal display device
US6043799A (en) 1998-02-20 2000-03-28 University Of Washington Virtual retinal display with scanner array for generating multiple exit pupils
JP3279265B2 (en) 1998-03-26 2002-04-30 株式会社エム・アール・システム研究所 Image display device
FR2777359B1 (en) * 1998-04-09 2000-07-07 Corning Inc CONNECTION OF OPTICAL FIBER AND OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE BY MERGER
JP3583613B2 (en) * 1998-04-15 2004-11-04 日本電信電話株式会社 Stereoscopic display method and apparatus
US6100862A (en) 1998-04-20 2000-08-08 Dimensional Media Associates, Inc. Multi-planar volumetric display system and method of operation
JPH11352325A (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-24 Shimadzu Corp Optical interference filter and head up display using optical interference filter
US6215532B1 (en) 1998-07-27 2001-04-10 Mixed Reality Systems Laboratory Inc. Image observing apparatus for observing outside information superposed with a display image
JP2000105348A (en) * 1998-07-27 2000-04-11 Mr System Kenkyusho:Kk Picture observation device
JP4232231B2 (en) * 1998-09-30 2009-03-04 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus and method, and recording medium
JP2000131640A (en) * 1998-10-23 2000-05-12 Sony Corp Picture display device
US6281862B1 (en) 1998-11-09 2001-08-28 University Of Washington Scanned beam display with adjustable accommodation
CN1362868A (en) * 1999-02-05 2002-08-07 成象诊断系统公司 CCD array as a multiple-detector in an optical imaging apparatus
CA2363012A1 (en) * 1999-02-17 2000-08-24 University Of Washington A halo display system generating a panoramic virtual image surrounding the use
JP2000249974A (en) * 1999-03-02 2000-09-14 Canon Inc Display device and stereoscopic display device
US6480337B2 (en) 1999-03-04 2002-11-12 Mixed Reality Systems Laboratory Inc. Image display apparatus
JP3891723B2 (en) 1999-03-04 2007-03-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Laser deflection scanning device
JP2000249969A (en) * 1999-03-04 2000-09-14 Mr System Kenkyusho:Kk Picture display optical system and picture display device using the same
JP2000295637A (en) * 1999-04-12 2000-10-20 Mr System Kenkyusho:Kk Stereoscopic image display device
JP3453086B2 (en) * 1999-05-18 2003-10-06 日本電信電話株式会社 Three-dimensional display method and head-mounted display device
JP4372891B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2009-11-25 オリンパス株式会社 Video display device
JP2001021831A (en) * 1999-07-09 2001-01-26 Shimadzu Corp Head mounted type display device
JP2001066504A (en) * 1999-08-30 2001-03-16 Canon Inc Optical device and photographing device using the optical device
JP3854763B2 (en) * 1999-11-19 2006-12-06 キヤノン株式会社 Image display device
JP4921634B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2012-04-25 グーグル インコーポレイテッド Display device
JP5059937B2 (en) * 2000-01-31 2012-10-31 グーグル インコーポレイテッド Display device
US6987911B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2006-01-17 Lightsmyth Technologies, Inc. Multimode planar waveguide spectral filter
JP2001265314A (en) * 2000-03-17 2001-09-28 Toshiba Corp Display system, data display method, shadowed character font generating method, and recording medium
JP2001290101A (en) 2000-04-06 2001-10-19 Tomohiko Hattori System for detecting will to adjust visual point in length direction and method for driving the will and spectacles for automatic correction of perspective
CA2411442C (en) * 2000-06-05 2010-07-13 Lumus Ltd. Substrate-guided optical beam expander
AU2001267074A1 (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-12-17 Interactive Imaging Systems, Inc. Two stage optical magnification and image correction system
US6975898B2 (en) 2000-06-19 2005-12-13 University Of Washington Medical imaging, diagnosis, and therapy using a scanning single optical fiber system
JP2002296626A (en) * 2000-10-23 2002-10-09 Sony Corp Optical switch and display apparatus
US6856712B2 (en) 2000-11-27 2005-02-15 University Of Washington Micro-fabricated optical waveguide for use in scanning fiber displays and scanned fiber image acquisition
TW522256B (en) * 2000-12-15 2003-03-01 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Wearable display system
US7405884B2 (en) 2000-12-21 2008-07-29 Olympus Corporation Optical apparatus
JP2002214545A (en) * 2001-01-18 2002-07-31 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Optical device
US6542665B2 (en) 2001-02-17 2003-04-01 Lucent Technologies Inc. GRIN fiber lenses
US6654070B1 (en) 2001-03-23 2003-11-25 Michael Edward Rofe Interactive heads up display (IHUD)
GB0108838D0 (en) 2001-04-07 2001-05-30 Cambridge 3D Display Ltd Far field display
KR20020083737A (en) * 2001-04-30 2002-11-04 삼성전자 주식회사 Wearable display system
US7616986B2 (en) * 2001-05-07 2009-11-10 University Of Washington Optical fiber scanner for performing multimodal optical imaging
US6574043B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-06-03 Eastman Kodak Company Method for enhanced bit depth in an imaging apparatus using a spatial light modulator
US7012756B2 (en) 2001-11-14 2006-03-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Display optical system, image display apparatus, image taking optical system, and image taking apparatus
JP4083684B2 (en) * 2002-01-23 2008-04-30 道彦 庄司 Image processing system and image processing apparatus
US7497574B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-03-03 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Retinal image display device
JP4107102B2 (en) * 2002-02-20 2008-06-25 ブラザー工業株式会社 Image display device
US6702442B2 (en) * 2002-03-08 2004-03-09 Eastman Kodak Company Monocentric autostereoscopic optical apparatus using resonant fiber-optic image generation
US7428001B2 (en) * 2002-03-15 2008-09-23 University Of Washington Materials and methods for simulating focal shifts in viewers using large depth of focus displays
KR20030088218A (en) * 2002-05-13 2003-11-19 삼성전자주식회사 Wearable color-display system
DE10392754T5 (en) 2002-06-17 2005-08-25 Zygo Corp., Middlefield An interferometric optical system and methods providing an optical path length and a focus that are scanned simultaneously
US7031579B2 (en) * 2002-06-26 2006-04-18 L-3 Communications Corporation High resolution display component, system and method
JP2004038012A (en) * 2002-07-05 2004-02-05 Minolta Co Ltd Image display device
US7463783B1 (en) 2002-09-20 2008-12-09 Lockheed Martin Corporation Constant magnification imaging method and system
GB0222244D0 (en) 2002-09-25 2002-10-30 Sau Anthony L T Improved 3D imaging system using reflectors
JP2004289108A (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-10-14 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor optical element
EP1592992B1 (en) * 2003-01-24 2012-05-30 University of Washington Optical beam scanning system for compact image display or image acquisition
JP2006516761A (en) 2003-01-24 2006-07-06 モンタナ ステート ユニバーシティー−ボーズマン Off-axis variable focus and aberration control mirror and method
CN2611927Y (en) * 2003-02-09 2004-04-14 广辉电子股份有限公司 Optical fiber display
CN100416340C (en) * 2003-04-25 2008-09-03 微型光学公司 Binocular viewing system
US7146084B2 (en) * 2003-06-16 2006-12-05 Cmc Electronics, Inc. Fiber optic light source for display devices
IL157837A (en) 2003-09-10 2012-12-31 Yaakov Amitai Substrate-guided optical device particularly for three-dimensional displays
US20050073471A1 (en) * 2003-10-03 2005-04-07 Uni-Pixel Displays, Inc. Z-axis redundant display/multilayer display
JP2005227324A (en) 2004-02-10 2005-08-25 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Display element and display apparatus
US7077523B2 (en) 2004-02-13 2006-07-18 Angstorm Inc. Three-dimensional display using variable focusing lens
US7274835B2 (en) 2004-02-18 2007-09-25 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Optical waveguide displacement sensor
US7088743B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2006-08-08 Northrop Grumman Corp. Laser source comprising amplifier and adaptive wavefront/polarization driver
CN100410727C (en) * 2004-03-29 2008-08-13 索尼株式会社 Optical device and virtual image display device
JP4636808B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2011-02-23 キヤノン株式会社 Image display device
JP4138690B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2008-08-27 株式会社東芝 Display device
EP1757974B1 (en) 2004-05-17 2012-08-29 Olympus Corporation Head-mounted type image display device
JP4766913B2 (en) 2004-05-17 2011-09-07 オリンパス株式会社 Head-mounted image display device
JP4609160B2 (en) * 2004-05-17 2011-01-12 株式会社ニコン Optical element, combiner optical system, and information display device
US7764428B2 (en) * 2004-06-23 2010-07-27 Nikon Corporation Optical element, optical system, and waveguide
WO2006017771A1 (en) 2004-08-06 2006-02-16 University Of Washington Variable fixation viewing distance scanned light displays
JP4637532B2 (en) * 2004-08-30 2011-02-23 オリンパス株式会社 Decentered optical system and optical system using it
CN100359362C (en) * 2004-09-13 2008-01-02 宋义 LED optical fiber display
WO2006054518A1 (en) * 2004-11-18 2006-05-26 Pioneer Corporation 3d display device
JP2006154041A (en) 2004-11-26 2006-06-15 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Projection optical system
JP2006154437A (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-15 Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc Video display device
WO2006064301A1 (en) * 2004-12-13 2006-06-22 Nokia Corporation System and method for beam expansion with near focus in a display device
US7206107B2 (en) * 2004-12-13 2007-04-17 Nokia Corporation Method and system for beam expansion in a display device
US7499174B2 (en) 2005-01-12 2009-03-03 John Farah Lensless imaging with reduced aperture
JP2006195084A (en) 2005-01-12 2006-07-27 Sharp Corp Display apparatus
KR101210804B1 (en) 2005-03-22 2012-12-10 혼하이 프리시젼 인더스트리 컴퍼니 리미티드 optical system using total internal reflection images
EP1893074B2 (en) * 2005-05-18 2017-06-14 Visual Physics, LLC Image presentation and micro-optic security system
JP4655771B2 (en) * 2005-06-17 2011-03-23 ソニー株式会社 Optical device and virtual image display device
JP2007010830A (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Nikon Corp Image display optical system and image display apparatus
JP4776285B2 (en) 2005-07-01 2011-09-21 ソニー株式会社 Illumination optical device and virtual image display device using the same
JP4662256B2 (en) 2005-08-03 2011-03-30 サミー株式会社 Display device and display program
JP4768367B2 (en) * 2005-09-02 2011-09-07 日本放送協会 Stereoscopic image pickup apparatus and stereoscopic image display apparatus
KR100725895B1 (en) * 2005-09-15 2007-06-08 주식회사 아이캔텍 Apparatus for optical data input using optical fiber
US7324732B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2008-01-29 Fanasys, Llc Lithium niobate coated optical fiber apparatus and method
US20070171328A1 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-07-26 Freeman Mark O Substrate-guided display
WO2007067163A1 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-06-14 University Of Washington Scanning beam with variable sequential framing using interrupted scanning resonance
US8526096B2 (en) 2006-02-23 2013-09-03 Pixtronix, Inc. Mechanical light modulators with stressed beams
US20080144174A1 (en) * 2006-03-15 2008-06-19 Zebra Imaging, Inc. Dynamic autostereoscopic displays
DE102006047777A1 (en) * 2006-03-17 2007-09-20 Daimlerchrysler Ag Virtual spotlight for marking objects of interest in image data
EP1996688B1 (en) 2006-03-22 2011-10-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid treatment composition
CA2649411C (en) * 2006-04-19 2019-02-12 Setred As Bandwidth improvement for 3d display
CN101086608A (en) * 2006-06-05 2007-12-12 中国科学院物理研究所 Projection display device
KR101258584B1 (en) 2006-06-21 2013-05-02 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Volumetric type 3-Dimension Image Display Device
FR2903786B1 (en) * 2006-07-11 2008-09-05 Thales Sa HELMET VISUALIZATION SYSTEM WITH INTERCHANGEABLE OPTICAL MODULES
JP2008046253A (en) * 2006-08-11 2008-02-28 Canon Inc Image display device
EP2059838A4 (en) 2006-08-21 2009-12-30 Univ Washington Optical fiber scope with both non-resonant illumination and resonant collection/imaging for multiple modes of operation
JP2008070604A (en) 2006-09-14 2008-03-27 Canon Inc Image display device
JP5023632B2 (en) * 2006-09-15 2012-09-12 ブラザー工業株式会社 Head mounted display
JP4893200B2 (en) * 2006-09-28 2012-03-07 ブラザー工業株式会社 Optical system for light beam transfer, and retinal scanning display using the same
DE102007024237B4 (en) * 2007-05-21 2009-01-29 Seereal Technologies S.A. Holographic reconstruction system with optical waveguide tracking
JP2008197242A (en) * 2007-02-09 2008-08-28 Sony Corp Image reproduction method, image reproduction device, and three-dimensional image display apparatus
EP2115519A4 (en) * 2007-02-23 2012-12-05 Pixeloptics Inc Ophthalmic dynamic aperture
JP2008268846A (en) 2007-03-22 2008-11-06 Citizen Holdings Co Ltd Spectacles with electronic image display function
JP2008304580A (en) 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Sharp Corp Image display device
US7700908B2 (en) * 2007-06-08 2010-04-20 University Of Washington Two dimensional optical scanning image system
WO2009032813A2 (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Lightguides having light extraction structures providing regional control of light output
EP2187259B1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2014-05-14 Panasonic Corporation Projector
JP2010541001A (en) * 2007-09-25 2010-12-24 エクスプレイ エルティーディー. Micro projector
JP4739304B2 (en) 2007-09-28 2011-08-03 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Light wavefront display device and light wavefront display method
JP2009092810A (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-30 Nikon Corp Head-mounted display device
CN101414425B (en) * 2007-10-16 2013-07-17 宋学锋 Display device and display method
WO2009066465A1 (en) * 2007-11-20 2009-05-28 Panasonic Corporation Image display device, display method thereof, program, integrated circuit, glasses type head mounted display, automobile, binoculars, and desktop type display
WO2009100113A1 (en) 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 Imra America, Inc. High power parallel fiber arrays
US20100149073A1 (en) * 2008-11-02 2010-06-17 David Chaum Near to Eye Display System and Appliance
US20090295683A1 (en) * 2008-05-27 2009-12-03 Randall Pugh Head mounted display with variable focal length lens
JP5493144B2 (en) * 2008-05-30 2014-05-14 国立大学法人東北大学 Optical scanning device
EP2138886A3 (en) 2008-06-25 2011-10-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Compact virtual display
RU2427015C2 (en) * 2008-06-25 2011-08-20 Корпорация "САМСУНГ ЭЛЕКТРОНИКС Ко., Лтд." Compact virtual display
GB2461294B (en) 2008-06-26 2011-04-06 Light Blue Optics Ltd Holographic image display systems
JP2010008948A (en) * 2008-06-30 2010-01-14 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Scanning type optical projector
JP2010020025A (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-01-28 Ricoh Co Ltd Optical scanner and image forming apparatus
JP5062432B2 (en) * 2008-07-22 2012-10-31 大日本印刷株式会社 Head mounted display
US8809758B2 (en) * 2008-07-25 2014-08-19 Cornell University Light field image sensor with an angle-sensitive pixel (ASP) device
EP2311007B1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2016-12-28 Thomson Licensing Method and apparatus for banding artifact detection
WO2010062481A1 (en) * 2008-11-02 2010-06-03 David Chaum Near to eye display system and appliance
US10274660B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2019-04-30 Luminit, Llc Holographic substrate-guided wave-based see-through display
GB2465786A (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-02 Sharp Kk An optical system for varying the perceived shape of a display surface
JP5491833B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2014-05-14 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device
WO2010067114A1 (en) * 2008-12-12 2010-06-17 Bae Systems Plc Improvements in or relating to waveguides
JP4674634B2 (en) * 2008-12-19 2011-04-20 ソニー株式会社 Head-mounted display
JP5136442B2 (en) * 2009-01-27 2013-02-06 ブラザー工業株式会社 Head mounted display
DE102009000724A1 (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-12 Robert Bosch Gmbh Device for deflecting light rays
JP5133925B2 (en) * 2009-03-25 2013-01-30 オリンパス株式会社 Head-mounted image display device
US20120081800A1 (en) * 2009-04-20 2012-04-05 Dewen Cheng Optical see-through free-form head-mounted display
JP2010271526A (en) * 2009-05-21 2010-12-02 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Video display device, head mounted display, and head-up display
JP2010271565A (en) * 2009-05-22 2010-12-02 Seiko Epson Corp Head-mounted display device
JP5104820B2 (en) * 2009-07-10 2012-12-19 株式会社島津製作所 Display device
JP5104823B2 (en) * 2009-07-29 2012-12-19 株式会社島津製作所 Display device
DE102009037835B4 (en) * 2009-08-18 2012-12-06 Metaio Gmbh Method for displaying virtual information in a real environment
US20110075257A1 (en) * 2009-09-14 2011-03-31 The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona 3-Dimensional electro-optical see-through displays
CN101661163A (en) * 2009-09-27 2010-03-03 合肥工业大学 Three-dimensional helmet display of augmented reality system
US20110083742A1 (en) * 2009-10-01 2011-04-14 RNY Solar Multiconverter system comprising spectral separating reflector assembly and methods thereof
US9195115B2 (en) * 2009-10-15 2015-11-24 Nec Corporation Image projection device, image protection method, distance measuring device and distance measuring method
JP5370071B2 (en) * 2009-10-26 2013-12-18 株式会社島津製作所 Display device
EP2494388B1 (en) * 2009-10-27 2018-11-21 DigiLens Inc. Compact holographic eyeglass display
JP2011145607A (en) * 2010-01-18 2011-07-28 Sony Corp Head mount display
JP5218438B2 (en) 2010-01-25 2013-06-26 株式会社島津製作所 Display device
JP5240214B2 (en) 2010-02-15 2013-07-17 株式会社島津製作所 Display device
US20130278631A1 (en) * 2010-02-28 2013-10-24 Osterhout Group, Inc. 3d positioning of augmented reality information
US8488246B2 (en) * 2010-02-28 2013-07-16 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through near-eye display glasses including a curved polarizing film in the image source, a partially reflective, partially transmitting optical element and an optically flat film
CN102906623A (en) 2010-02-28 2013-01-30 奥斯特豪特集团有限公司 Local advertising content on an interactive head-mounted eyepiece
US20120194553A1 (en) * 2010-02-28 2012-08-02 Osterhout Group, Inc. Ar glasses with sensor and user action based control of external devices with feedback
WO2011110728A1 (en) * 2010-03-12 2011-09-15 Nokia Corporation Light-guiding structures
KR101772153B1 (en) * 2010-03-17 2017-08-29 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display device using diffractive lens
US8134719B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2012-03-13 Carestream Health, Inc. 3-D imaging using telecentric defocus
JP5361800B2 (en) * 2010-05-21 2013-12-04 三菱電機株式会社 Optical waveguide type Q switch element and Q switch laser device
US8649099B2 (en) 2010-09-13 2014-02-11 Vuzix Corporation Prismatic multiple waveguide for near-eye display
JP5646263B2 (en) * 2010-09-27 2014-12-24 任天堂株式会社 Image processing program, image processing apparatus, image processing system, and image processing method
US9223137B2 (en) * 2010-10-08 2015-12-29 Seiko Epson Corporation Virtual image display apparatus
US8884984B2 (en) * 2010-10-15 2014-11-11 Microsoft Corporation Fusing virtual content into real content
CN102033319B (en) * 2010-10-25 2015-07-15 北京理工大学 Oxyopter type display device using holographic elements
US8582209B1 (en) * 2010-11-03 2013-11-12 Google Inc. Curved near-to-eye display
US9292973B2 (en) * 2010-11-08 2016-03-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic variable virtual focus for augmented reality displays
US9304319B2 (en) * 2010-11-18 2016-04-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic focus improvement for augmented reality displays
JP2012119867A (en) 2010-11-30 2012-06-21 Nintendo Co Ltd Program, device, system, and method for image processing
US8988765B2 (en) * 2010-12-07 2015-03-24 Laser Light Engines, Inc. Laser projection system with improved bit depth
US8988463B2 (en) * 2010-12-08 2015-03-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Sympathetic optic adaptation for see-through display
US9690099B2 (en) * 2010-12-17 2017-06-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optimized focal area for augmented reality displays
KR101876944B1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2018-08-09 시리얼 테크놀로지즈 에스.에이. Combined light modulation device for tracking users
AU2011348122A1 (en) 2010-12-24 2013-07-11 Magic Leap Inc. An ergonomic head mounted display device and optical system
CN103261944A (en) * 2010-12-28 2013-08-21 洛克希德马丁公司 Head-mounted display apparatus employing one or more reflective optical surfaces
US8432542B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2013-04-30 Eric T. Marple Fiber optic probes utilizing GRIN lenses for spatially precise optical spectroscopy
US8939579B2 (en) * 2011-01-28 2015-01-27 Light Prescriptions Innovators, Llc Autofocusing eyewear, especially for presbyopia correction
WO2012115768A1 (en) 2011-02-27 2012-08-30 Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation Multiview projector system
TWI465768B (en) * 2011-03-21 2014-12-21 Nat Univ Tsing Hua Head-up display (hud)
CN202041739U (en) * 2011-05-14 2011-11-16 马建栋 Glasses for treating myopia
US20120306850A1 (en) 2011-06-02 2012-12-06 Microsoft Corporation Distributed asynchronous localization and mapping for augmented reality
JP2013013450A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-24 Namco Bandai Games Inc Program, information storage medium, terminal and server
CA2750287C (en) * 2011-08-29 2012-07-03 Microsoft Corporation Gaze detection in a see-through, near-eye, mixed reality display
US9025252B2 (en) * 2011-08-30 2015-05-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Adjustment of a mixed reality display for inter-pupillary distance alignment
US9323325B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2016-04-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Enhancing an object of interest in a see-through, mixed reality display device
US8998414B2 (en) * 2011-09-26 2015-04-07 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Integrated eye tracking and display system
WO2013051051A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-04-11 古野電気株式会社 Touch-panel-equipped device, radar device, plotter device, shipboard network system, information display method, and information display program
US20130108229A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 Google Inc. Heads-up display including ambient light control
US8752963B2 (en) * 2011-11-04 2014-06-17 Microsoft Corporation See-through display brightness control
CA2858208C (en) 2011-11-23 2019-01-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Three dimensional virtual and augmented reality display system
US20130135359A1 (en) 2011-11-30 2013-05-30 Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. Display systems including illumination and optical touchscreen
CN103135233B (en) * 2011-12-01 2015-10-14 财团法人车辆研究测试中心 Head-up display device
US20130147686A1 (en) 2011-12-12 2013-06-13 John Clavin Connecting Head Mounted Displays To External Displays And Other Communication Networks
US9223138B2 (en) * 2011-12-23 2015-12-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Pixel opacity for augmented reality
US8917453B2 (en) * 2011-12-23 2014-12-23 Microsoft Corporation Reflective array waveguide
US20130194304A1 (en) * 2012-02-01 2013-08-01 Stephen Latta Coordinate-system sharing for augmented reality
JP6111635B2 (en) 2012-02-24 2017-04-12 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Virtual image display device
CN103293675A (en) * 2012-02-24 2013-09-11 精工爱普生株式会社 Virtual image display device
KR20130097429A (en) 2012-02-24 2013-09-03 삼성전자주식회사 Focusing apparatus for optical device
JP5919885B2 (en) * 2012-02-28 2016-05-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Virtual image display device
JP2013178639A (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-09-09 Seiko Epson Corp Head mounted display device and image display system
US20130229712A1 (en) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-05 Google Inc. Sandwiched diffractive optical combiner
JP5957972B2 (en) * 2012-03-07 2016-07-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Virtual image display device
JP5919899B2 (en) * 2012-03-08 2016-05-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Virtual image display device and method for adjusting position of virtual image display device
JP6035793B2 (en) * 2012-03-14 2016-11-30 ソニー株式会社 Image display device and image generation device
US9578318B2 (en) * 2012-03-14 2017-02-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Imaging structure emitter calibration
US8985803B2 (en) * 2012-03-21 2015-03-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Freeform-prism eyepiece with illumination waveguide
US9116337B1 (en) * 2012-03-21 2015-08-25 Google Inc. Increasing effective eyebox size of an HMD
US9274338B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2016-03-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Increasing field of view of reflective waveguide
US8736963B2 (en) * 2012-03-21 2014-05-27 Microsoft Corporation Two-dimensional exit-pupil expansion
JP2013200474A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-03 Jvc Kenwood Corp Image display device and control method for image display device
US20130285885A1 (en) * 2012-04-25 2013-10-31 Andreas G. Nowatzyk Head-mounted light-field display
JP6145966B2 (en) * 2012-05-09 2017-06-14 ソニー株式会社 Display device
US20130300635A1 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for providing focus correction of displayed information
US20130300634A1 (en) * 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for determining representations of displayed information based on focus distance
EP4235270A3 (en) * 2012-05-18 2023-11-08 RealD Spark, LLC Directionally illuminated waveguide arrangement
US10502876B2 (en) * 2012-05-22 2019-12-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Waveguide optics focus elements
US9116666B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2015-08-25 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gesture based region identification for holograms
US9250445B2 (en) 2012-08-08 2016-02-02 Carol Ann Tosaya Multiple-pixel-beam retinal displays
US9151887B2 (en) 2012-09-04 2015-10-06 Corning Incorporated Multi-core optical fibers with single mode and multimode core elements
US20140118360A1 (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-05-01 Pixtronix, Inc. Thinfilm stacks for light modulating displays
CN202975477U (en) * 2012-11-28 2013-06-05 联想(北京)有限公司 Head-mounted electronic equipment
CN102998799A (en) * 2012-12-04 2013-03-27 深圳市长江力伟股份有限公司 Near-to-eye display system for blending virtual with real scenes
AU2014207545B2 (en) * 2013-01-15 2018-03-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Ultra-high resolution scanning fiber display
WO2015006784A2 (en) 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 Magic Leap, Inc. Planar waveguide apparatus with diffraction element(s) and system employing same
TWI541543B (en) * 2013-10-21 2016-07-11 財團法人工業技術研究院 Beam splitting module and projector device using the same
US9791700B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-10-17 Magic Leap, Inc. Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10338400B2 (en) 2017-07-03 2019-07-02 Holovisions LLC Augmented reality eyewear with VAPE or wear technology
US10859834B2 (en) 2017-07-03 2020-12-08 Holovisions Space-efficient optical structures for wide field-of-view augmented reality (AR) eyewear

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20150235436A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN107272199A (en) 2017-10-20
AU2014354673B2 (en) 2019-04-11
KR102268462B1 (en) 2021-06-22
US20160109707A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20150243093A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150235454A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150243107A1 (en) 2015-08-27
NZ755267A (en) 2021-06-25
JP2023025048A (en) 2023-02-21
CN113568175A (en) 2021-10-29
US20150235473A1 (en) 2015-08-20
AU2017254807A1 (en) 2017-11-16
US20150243094A1 (en) 2015-08-27
KR102493498B1 (en) 2023-01-27
CN110542938B (en) 2023-04-18
US20150235446A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20160110920A1 (en) 2016-04-21
AU2020204085B2 (en) 2022-07-07
US20180039084A1 (en) 2018-02-08
US9915824B2 (en) 2018-03-13
US20150243104A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20160110912A1 (en) 2016-04-21
EP3075090A2 (en) 2016-10-05
US10935806B2 (en) 2021-03-02
EP3075090B1 (en) 2023-04-05
JP2018032050A (en) 2018-03-01
US20150234190A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150243096A1 (en) 2015-08-27
IL260867B (en) 2019-12-31
US20200265650A1 (en) 2020-08-20
US20150235462A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN107219628A (en) 2017-09-29
IL260865B (en) 2020-11-30
AU2017254807B2 (en) 2019-11-21
JP6510014B2 (en) 2019-05-08
US20150235438A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN113433700A (en) 2021-09-24
US20150243088A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20160109705A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20150243091A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP2022009824A (en) 2022-01-14
CN107329260B (en) 2021-07-16
JP2018032049A (en) 2018-03-01
US10643392B2 (en) 2020-05-05
US20150235418A1 (en) 2015-08-20
JP6514302B2 (en) 2019-05-15
US20180252925A1 (en) 2018-09-06
AU2017254798B2 (en) 2019-11-07
US20150205126A1 (en) 2015-07-23
AU2023203920B2 (en) 2023-11-30
CN110542938A (en) 2019-12-06
CN113568175B (en) 2023-06-27
US20150235455A1 (en) 2015-08-20
AU2017254800A1 (en) 2017-11-16
JP7179140B2 (en) 2022-11-28
US9841601B2 (en) 2017-12-12
JP2018060210A (en) 2018-04-12
AU2017254801B2 (en) 2018-11-15
US20150235443A1 (en) 2015-08-20
NZ755268A (en) 2021-06-25
CA2931776A1 (en) 2015-06-04
US20150235458A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150235442A1 (en) 2015-08-20
EP4220999A3 (en) 2023-08-09
US20150234254A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL280685A (en) 2021-03-25
US9804397B2 (en) 2017-10-31
US20150235431A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN107329259B (en) 2019-10-11
AU2017254800B2 (en) 2019-08-15
KR20160091402A (en) 2016-08-02
CN113433700B (en) 2024-03-22
US20150243097A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150235463A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US9791700B2 (en) 2017-10-17
US20150235470A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150309315A1 (en) 2015-10-29
IL291010B1 (en) 2023-09-01
CN107203045B (en) 2023-10-20
US9939643B2 (en) 2018-04-10
JP6600675B2 (en) 2019-10-30
JP6510012B2 (en) 2019-05-08
US20230324706A1 (en) 2023-10-12
AU2020204085A1 (en) 2020-07-09
US20150235440A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL260872B (en) 2022-04-01
US20150243099A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150241703A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP6513167B2 (en) 2019-05-15
AU2017254813B2 (en) 2019-08-22
KR20230016035A (en) 2023-01-31
CN109597202B (en) 2021-08-03
US20150248790A1 (en) 2015-09-03
CN109298526B (en) 2021-09-07
JP6720368B2 (en) 2020-07-08
US20210141237A1 (en) 2021-05-13
US20160109708A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20180045965A1 (en) 2018-02-15
US11714291B2 (en) 2023-08-01
CN107193126A (en) 2017-09-22
CN107300769B (en) 2019-12-13
CN109298526A (en) 2019-02-01
CN107315249A (en) 2017-11-03
IL260869B (en) 2020-11-30
CN107329259A (en) 2017-11-07
JP2024040250A (en) 2024-03-25
US20150241704A1 (en) 2015-08-27
WO2015081313A3 (en) 2015-11-12
AU2023203920A1 (en) 2023-07-13
US20220113552A1 (en) 2022-04-14
US20150235439A1 (en) 2015-08-20
AU2019261725A1 (en) 2019-12-05
US20150235457A1 (en) 2015-08-20
JP2019109534A (en) 2019-07-04
JP2018060211A (en) 2018-04-12
US20150243102A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP2018060214A (en) 2018-04-12
US20150235460A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150235469A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN109445095A (en) 2019-03-08
US20150235472A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150241699A1 (en) 2015-08-27
NZ755270A (en) 2021-06-25
CN109445095B (en) 2021-11-23
KR20210076199A (en) 2021-06-23
US20150241701A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP2018060213A (en) 2018-04-12
US20150319342A1 (en) 2015-11-05
US10529138B2 (en) 2020-01-07
CN107193126B (en) 2020-06-05
US20150235420A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150248006A1 (en) 2015-09-03
US20150243101A1 (en) 2015-08-27
NZ755265A (en) 2021-06-25
JP6763070B2 (en) 2020-09-30
JP2018060212A (en) 2018-04-12
CN107203045A (en) 2017-09-26
JP2019191611A (en) 2019-10-31
US20150235468A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL291010A (en) 2022-05-01
WO2015081313A2 (en) 2015-06-04
JP6510015B2 (en) 2019-05-08
US20150248786A1 (en) 2015-09-03
AU2017254803A1 (en) 2017-11-16
US20150235456A1 (en) 2015-08-20
NZ755273A (en) 2021-04-30
JP6510016B2 (en) 2019-05-08
AU2017254801A1 (en) 2017-11-16
US20150243089A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150234191A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL245878B (en) 2020-07-30
JP2018028703A (en) 2018-02-22
US20150235444A1 (en) 2015-08-20
AU2022246404A1 (en) 2022-11-03
JP2019191612A (en) 2019-10-31
KR102651578B1 (en) 2024-03-25
US20150235448A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL280685B (en) 2021-08-31
US9846967B2 (en) 2017-12-19
AU2024201233B2 (en) 2024-08-15
US20150241700A1 (en) 2015-08-27
IL305162B1 (en) 2024-08-01
US20150243103A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150235459A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150235467A1 (en) 2015-08-20
JP2018060209A (en) 2018-04-12
CN107272199B (en) 2023-04-07
JP2018060208A (en) 2018-04-12
US20150235471A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150235466A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US11237403B2 (en) 2022-02-01
US20150243090A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20160109706A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20150234205A1 (en) 2015-08-20
AU2024201233A1 (en) 2024-03-14
AU2017254803B2 (en) 2019-05-02
US20150235461A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL313875A (en) 2024-08-01
US20150241706A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP6529143B2 (en) 2019-06-12
US20150248158A1 (en) 2015-09-03
US10629004B2 (en) 2020-04-21
AU2014354673A1 (en) 2016-06-16
IL245878A0 (en) 2016-07-31
AU2017254811B2 (en) 2019-08-01
AU2022246404B2 (en) 2023-03-30
CN109597202A (en) 2019-04-09
CN107300769A (en) 2017-10-27
CN105934902A (en) 2016-09-07
EP4220999A2 (en) 2023-08-02
US20150248046A1 (en) 2015-09-03
US20150248012A1 (en) 2015-09-03
US20150235465A1 (en) 2015-08-20
KR20220039849A (en) 2022-03-29
AU2019261725B2 (en) 2020-05-07
IL260866B (en) 2019-11-28
JP2017500605A (en) 2017-01-05
IL260871B (en) 2019-12-31
NZ720610A (en) 2020-04-24
US20150235437A1 (en) 2015-08-20
IL305162A (en) 2023-10-01
US20150241698A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150241702A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP7432687B2 (en) 2024-02-16
NZ755269A (en) 2020-10-30
JP6971281B2 (en) 2021-11-24
US9946071B2 (en) 2018-04-17
AU2017254811A1 (en) 2017-11-16
AU2017254798A1 (en) 2017-11-23
US20150248010A1 (en) 2015-09-03
JP2018032048A (en) 2018-03-01
US20150243095A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US9846306B2 (en) 2017-12-19
US20150235445A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150243092A1 (en) 2015-08-27
CN107219628B (en) 2020-05-01
JP6510013B2 (en) 2019-05-08
US20150235464A1 (en) 2015-08-20
KR102378457B1 (en) 2022-03-23
IL260870B (en) 2021-02-28
CN107315249B (en) 2021-08-17
US20150234476A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CN105934902B (en) 2018-11-23
KR20240042677A (en) 2024-04-02
CN107329260A (en) 2017-11-07
US20150235419A1 (en) 2015-08-20
US20150243098A1 (en) 2015-08-27
WO2015081313A9 (en) 2016-09-09
US20160109652A1 (en) 2016-04-21
IL291010B2 (en) 2024-01-01
US20150235421A1 (en) 2015-08-20
EP3075090A4 (en) 2017-08-02
NZ755272A (en) 2020-05-29
AU2017254813A1 (en) 2017-11-16
US20150241697A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150241707A1 (en) 2015-08-27
US20150248011A1 (en) 2015-09-03
AU2018250534A1 (en) 2018-11-15
NZ755266A (en) 2020-10-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9804397B2 (en) Using a freedom reflective and lens optical component for augmented or virtual reality display

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., NEW YORK

Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:MAGIC LEAP, INC.;MOLECULAR IMPRINTS, INC.;MENTOR ACQUISITION ONE, LLC;REEL/FRAME:050138/0287

Effective date: 20190820

AS Assignment

Owner name: CITIBANK, N.A., NEW YORK

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.;REEL/FRAME:050967/0138

Effective date: 20191106